‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴــﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻜﺘــﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺤــﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜـــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺎﻤــﺭ ﻓﺎﺨﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬

‫ﺕ ﻜﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﺍﻷﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻏﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺼﻲ ﻏﺭﺴ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒل ﺜﻼﺜﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺒﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺤﻤﺹ ﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻀﻨ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﺭﻓﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺤﺯﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﺎﺘﺨﺫﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺜﺭ ٍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ٍﻤﻌﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻁﻼﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻓﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻴﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻥ ﺤﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﻴﻀﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻨﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﺠﺎﻤﻌ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﺡ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺒﻨﻴﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻲ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺸﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺭ ٍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﻭ ﻜﺎﺩ ٍﺭ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺭﻴ ﹰﺔ ﺘﻀﺎﻫﻲ ﻤﺜﻴﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺭﻓﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺒﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺘﺸﻜل ﺠﺴﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﺍﺒﻁﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻴﺩﻋﻡ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺼﻌﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺸﻬﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﺌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ /23/‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺒﺕ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻲ ﻭﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻭﻤﻭﺍ ٍﺯ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻀـﻤﺕ ﺃﺤـﺩﺙ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻠﻎ )‪ ( 700‬ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺒﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻜل‪ ‬ﺩﻋ ٍﻡ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎ ٍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴـﺩﻋﻡ ﺤﺭﻜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺒﻜل‪ ‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺕ ﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺸﺎﻫﺩﺍﹰﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻬﻀﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺸﻬﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﺤـﺎﻓﻅ ﺍﻷﺴـﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘـﺎﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻤﺴﻴﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺒﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺩ ﻗﺎﺌﺩ ﻤﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﺍﺌﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻴﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﻤﻨﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤـﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﻓﺒﻜﻡ ﻴﻜﺒﺭ ﻭ ﺒﻜﻡ ﻴﺯﺩﻫﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺒﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻁﻨﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﺃﺸﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺼﺩﻗﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃ‪.‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻤـﺭ ﻓﺎﺨـﻭﺭﻱ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻋﺼـﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤـﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻﻗـﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺴﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ ﻤﻨﺘـﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺠﺫﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻠـﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺅﺍﺯﺭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺏﺀ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎل‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘـﻊ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ " ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺴﻠﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﺤﺘﻔﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺜﻼﺜﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺴﺴﺕ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 44‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1979‬ﻜﻬﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﺤـﺎﻓﻅ ﺍﻷﺴـﺩ‬
‫ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻁﻼﺏ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﺤﻴﻨﺫﺍﻙ ‪ /58/‬ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺯﻤﻼﺌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻨﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺭﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ‪ /120/‬ﺒﺤﺜﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺘﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ‪ /93/‬ﺒﺤﺜﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻜﻭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ‬
‫) ‪ 100‬ﺒﺎﺤﺙ( ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ) ،‬ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺕ‪ (.....‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺘﻨﺎﻗﺵ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﻀﺒﻁ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺘﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﺨﺘﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﺴﻌﺩﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﺠﻲ ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺎﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺨﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺴﻥ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺩﻋﻤﻪ ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻤﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺯﻤﻼﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻤﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺸﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺼﺩﻗﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﺤﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﺤﻭﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻠﺩﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﻴﺎﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻭﺍﺤﺔ ﺒﺄﺭﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻐﻨﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻔﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻷﺼﻴل ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻗﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺤﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺠﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﺩﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺠﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬

 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺯﺍﻕ ﺴﺎﻟﻡ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﻌﻥ ﻫﻼل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺇﻴﻬﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻱ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺩﻭ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺨﻭﺭﻱ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺭﺼﻴﻥ ﺯﻜﻴﺔ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻱ – ﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺴﻤـﺭ ﺴﻤﻌـﺎﻥ – ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻷﻭل‬

‫ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪2‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ ‪.‬ﻡ‪.‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻨﺘﺞ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠـﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺍﺌﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺜﺭﺕ ﺴﻼﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺴـﺒﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻨﻘﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻀﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻊ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺤﻘﻘـﺔ ﻷﺴـﺱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﺩﺓ ) ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺯﻻﺯل ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺃﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻭﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋـﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ‪Fibre Reinforced Polymers‬‬

‫ﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯﺕ ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻼﺴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺠﺯﺉ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻴ‪‬ﺸﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺠﺯﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ) ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺎﺕ( ‪ Strips‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤـﺩﻭﺩ ‪ ) 1mm‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻼ( ﻭﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﺘﺭﻭﺠﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﺘـﺼﻨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ) ﻤﺜل ┘└ ﺃﻭ ∟ ( ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻲ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻨﻘـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘﻨﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺸﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤـﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺜﻘـﻭﺏ‬
‫) ﻓﻭﻫﺎﺕ( ﻤﺴﺨﻨﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻁﻭﺍل ﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (Sheet‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﺎﺌﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻁﺭﻱ‪Fabric‬‬
‫ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻥ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻥ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘﻨﺠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ – ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻷﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻤﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪CFRP‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩﻴﺔ ‪AFRP‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺠﻴﺔ ‪GFRP‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ – ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻷﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠــﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺨﻔﺔ ﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﻬل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺴﻘﺎﺌل ﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﻔﻑ ﻤـﻥ ﻜﻠﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ) ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻁﻭﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻻ ﺤﺼﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﻗﺒـل ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﻤﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺨﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ ) ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ( ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺭﻥ – ﻟﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒـﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﺭﻨﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ) ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺘـﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ( ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺃﻴﺔ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻟﺩﻥ‪.‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻌﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻨـﻪ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻓﺭﻗﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺘﻤﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺠـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ﻤﺜل ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ( ﺍﻨﺤﺩﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﺒـﻪ ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻌـﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻴﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ‪ 70o‬ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﺩﻴل ﺤﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ )ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ‪.‬ﻭﺒﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺤـﻭل ﺼـﻼﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﻤﺯﺍﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ‪:FRP‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴـﺔ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﺤـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ :‬ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ ﺘﺘـﻀﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻼ(‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ) ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻤـﺜ ﹸ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﻋـﺎﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜـﺎﻨﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﻭﺒﻬﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻤـﻊ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺴﻘﺎﺌل ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠـﺏ‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﺠﺒﺎﺌﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺃﻁﻭﺍ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻗﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺫﻭﻑ( ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬـﺎ ﺘﺤﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﻴﺩ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤـﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟـﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻏﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺒﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻜﺴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻤﻴﺹ‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺒﺩل ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻥ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺤـﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ) ﻟﻠـﺸﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘل ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ( ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎﻫـﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘﻨﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﻤـل‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﻌـﺩ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘـﺘﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠــﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺠﻤل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺯﻴﻡ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻑ( ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﺼﻕ ‪ ) Adhesives‬ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ (‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘﻨﺠﻴﺔ ‪. Resin Matrices‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪. Fibres‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠــﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﺼـﻕ ) ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ ( ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻤﺭ ﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒـﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ( ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺘﻔﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻀـﻴﻊ ﻤﺜـل‪:‬‬
‫ـﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Rheology‬ﻭﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴــﻙ‬
‫ـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ – ﻋﻠــﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠـ‬
‫ـﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﻭﻜﻴﻤﻴــﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒـ‬
‫ـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ﻜﻴﻤﻴـ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻜﺴﺎﺭ)ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺸﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻻ ﻭﺸﻴﻭﻋﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻕ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻﺼﻕ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺯﺝ ﻋﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ )ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭ( ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻻﺼﻕ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﺒﻔﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻜﻌﺎﻤل ﻟـﺼﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻁﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻁﻭﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺼـﻼﺕ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﺭ ﻤﻁﺎﻁﻲ ﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻠﺼﻪ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤـﻊ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴـﺴﺘﺭ ‪ Polyesters‬ﻭﺍﻷﻜﺭﻴﻠﻴـﻙ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ Acrylics‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴل ‪. Vinyl‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﻼﻨﻪ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻫﻼﻤﻴﹰﺎ ‪ Thixotropic‬ﻟﻠﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﺒﻕ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺜﺨﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌـﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻭﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻉ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺍﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ‪: Matrices‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ( ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ )ﻴﺘﺼﻠﺏ(‬
‫ﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﻴﻭﻋﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌـﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻜـﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺏ )ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺞ( ﻤﺜل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺨـﻭﺍﺹ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻻﻨﺼﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺤـﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴــﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺃﻗﺴﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺘﻠﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻁﻭل ﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻴﺭﺓ( ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺴﻤﺤﺕ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻓﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﺤﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻴﺭﺍﺕ( ﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺠﺫﺍﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﺒـﺔ ‪20←5‬‬
‫ﻤﻴﻜﺭﻭﻥ )‪ (um‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻜﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﺘﺠـﺎﻫﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﺴـﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﺭﻨﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺔ ﻜـﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ) ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻡ (‪ .‬ﻴﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻸﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺭﻤﺯﻴـﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺸﻭﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟـﻴﺎﻑ ‪FRP‬‬

‫ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻀﺨﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺘﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩ ‪ ، AFRP‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ، CFRP‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺠﻴﺔ ‪.GFRP‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪%70 – 50‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %35 – 25‬ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺌﻕ ) ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ(‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤل ﻟﻼﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ ﻟﻬـﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﺘﺭﻭﺠﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻴـﺩﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺘـﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ‪FRP‬‬
‫ﺒﺄﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ FRP‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ) ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ( ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻗﺎﻋـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌـﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺴﻁﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠــﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ef = Efib Vfib + Em Vm‬‬ ‫)‪..... (1‬‬
‫‪ff = ffib Vfib + fm Vm‬‬ ‫)‪..... (2‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Ef‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ) ﻴﻭﻨﻎ ( ﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Em‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Efib‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ) ﻴﻭﻨﻎ ( ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪،‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ Vm‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪ Vfib‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ‪،‬‬

‫‪ ff‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ fm‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﺓ‬ ‫‪ ffib‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪ Vfib + Vm = 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺤـﺩﻭﺩ )‪–0,50‬‬
‫‪. (0,60‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﻊ ﻭﻴﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁـﻊ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ) ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪.( 4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻠـﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺜﻕ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤـﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ‪ FRP‬ﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ) ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ( ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻠـﺯﻡ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠـــﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﻤﺜﺎل ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ‪FRP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸـﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ – ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﻗـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ‪ :‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴـﺏ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﺔ ) ﻤﺜل ﻤﻌﺎﻤل( ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻀﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺎﻤل ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ )‪ (r‬ﻷﺨﺫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ – ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺸـﻜل ﺍﻟﺭﻗـﺎﺌﻕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺴﻴﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻭﺭﺩ ‪ FRP‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ(‬
‫ﻼ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ – ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ – ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ( ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫)ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﻴﺠﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﺴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ tfib‬ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨـﺔ ‪ ) Efib‬ﻜﻼﻫﻤـﺎ ﻤﺤـﺴﻭﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺴـﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪ tf‬ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ‪ . Ef‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺘﻴﻥ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪tfib . Efib . r = tf . Ef‬‬

‫ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪: EBR‬‬
‫)‪ ( Externaly Bonded Reinforcement‬ﻜﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ( ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﹰﺎ ﻜﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴــﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻷﺤﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ) ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ( ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ FRP EBR‬ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘـﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺠﺯﺌﻴـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻴـﻴﻡ ﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺜـﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻪ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺩﻭﻨﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ) ﺒﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ( ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺘـﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻭﻨـﺔ‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤـﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ) ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻤل ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ)‪ (SLS‬ﻭﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺼﻭﻯ‬
‫)‪ (ULS‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻀﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴــﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺠﺄﺓ( ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺓ ‪) FRP EBR‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻡ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ) ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ( ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺨـﺘﻼﻑ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤـﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘـﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺘـﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺤﺼﻭل ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫‪. FRP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘـﻀﻤﻥ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﻅﻬﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ) ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻹﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪. FRP‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺤـﺩ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﻤـل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﻐﺭ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻟـﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ‪.FRP‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ EC2 CEN 1991‬ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺸـﻜﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ( ﻭﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP EBR‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻭﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫)‪ ، EC2 (CEN 1991‬ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﻭﻜـﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪.FRP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ‪ FRP‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺴـﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﺘـﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪ (1‬ﻟﻠﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﺜل ﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫)‪. (EC1) Part 1 (CEN 1994‬‬
‫ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺨﺎﺼــﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻡ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨـﺼﺭ ﻭﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﺤﺎﻜﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠـﺼﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤـــﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴــﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ) ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ( ﻟﻺﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ) ﺍﻻﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ (‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺘﺠـﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﹰﺎ ﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ) ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ(‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻬـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ )‪ (ULS‬ﻭﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )‪. (SLS‬‬

‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼــﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ ﻴﺤﻜـﻡ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﺘﺼل ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .εf,lim‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺤﻴـﺙ‬
‫ﻴﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ) ﺍﻻﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪ .‬ﻤﺜﺎل‪ :‬ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺠـﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪ εo‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪. ( 3‬‬
‫ﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ‪ ) Mo‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒـﻕ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁـﻊ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺤـﺴﺎﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ).‬ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪ :‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪…..(3‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(4‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ xo :‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ fs2 , fs1‬ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻲ ‪ :‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻋﺯﻡ ‪Mo‬‬

‫‪Mo‬‬

‫)‪…..(5‬‬
‫)‪…..(6‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ fck‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ) ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ fyd‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ k , α‬ﻋﺎﻤﻼﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻼﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪εco‬‬

‫)‪.….(7‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫)‪…..(8‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ) ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (3‬ﻭ )‪ (4‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ‪ εco‬ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫‪ . xo‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ ‪ εo‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪…..(9‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪ εo‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤـﺭﺝ ﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ )‪ (ULS‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻅﻬـﺭ ﺘـﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸــﻜل )‪ (4‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ) ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ( ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪…..(10‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪: Mrd‬‬

‫)‪..(11‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ εf , Ef , Af‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪.FRP‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻭﻱ ﺒﺩﻻﻟـﺔ ﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟـﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ εco‬ﻭﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠــﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(12‬‬

‫)‪…..(13‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ‪ α‬ﻭ ‪ k‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (8‬ﻭ )‪ (9‬ﻫﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻁﻴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒـل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌـﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫‪ εco‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ εc‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (8‬ﻭ )‪ (9‬ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴـﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘـﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫)‪(5‬ﻭ)‪ (6‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﺒﺩﻴل‬
‫ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺤـﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ULS‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ 0.85 fcd‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (8‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. fck‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ Mrd‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ) ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ( `‪.Mser.r‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ ) fyd‬ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺸﺩ( ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪fs1‬‬
‫‪σc ← 0.6 fck‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪ fs1 ← 0.8 fyk :‬ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ‪ σc‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ – ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ) ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫‪ εc‬ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪.( 0.002‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫)‪…..(14‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ 0.85 fcd‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (8‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. fck‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ Mrd‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ )ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ( ‪. Mser, q-p‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍ ‪ ) fcd‬ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ ( ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪fs1‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ εc‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (5‬ﻭ )‪ (6‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ εc/(1+Ø‬ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Ø‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ‪ fs1 ← 0.8 fyk :‬ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ εc‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬ ‫‪ σc ← 0.45 fck‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪(12‬‬
‫)‪εc/(1+Ø‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻴﻥ ) ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (5‬ﻤﻐﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻁﻭل ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪A-A‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫)‪…..(15‬‬

‫)‪…..(16‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(17‬‬

‫‪ n‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ‪ (mm)bf‬ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪ (mm) tf‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀـﻭﻋﺔ ﻓـﻲ ‪ m‬ﻁﺒﻘـﺔ‬

‫)ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ n/m‬ﻋﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ )‪. (m >1‬‬
‫‪ Nbd,max‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ )‪ N‬ﻨﻴﻭﺘﻥ ‪ (Newton‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘـﺎﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠـﻲ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ‪ lbd,max‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ )‪ (mm‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤـﺼل ﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ ﺍﻨﻔـﺼﺎل ﻟﻠﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ‪ FRP‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻴﻥ )ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(5‬‬
‫‪ b‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪ .‬ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ )‪ b/(n/m‬ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ‪. m >1‬‬
‫‪ fctd‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ‪ N/mm‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Ef‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ‪. N/mm‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗـﻭﺓ ﺍﻟـﺸﺩ‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻲ ‪، A‬ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ Nfd,A‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺒﻜل ﺸﺭﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺯﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺓ ﻋـﻥ ‪ Nbd,max‬ﻓﻌﻨـﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻤﺤﻘﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺼل ﺇﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﻭﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ‪lbd‬‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻭﺓ ‪ Nfd,A‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(18‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺃﻥ ‪ Nfd,A‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒـﻀﺭﺏ ﻤـﺴﺎﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ‪ Af‬ﺒﺠﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ‪εf Ef‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ εf‬ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺼل ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻼﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ )‪ (ULS‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ Mrd‬ﺒﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ A‬ﺃﻱ ‪Msd,A‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ‪ fyd‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪fsd1‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ‪ εo‬ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻲ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪ Mo‬ﻤـﻀﺭﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﺎﻤـل ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔـﻴﺽ‬
‫)‪ .(Msd,A/ Msd‬ﻭﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ‪ Mo,A :A‬ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ) Mo‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ( ﻤﺨﻔﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻤل‪:‬‬
‫‪Msd,A/ Msd‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ Msd,‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ‪ FRP‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻠﺼﻕ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻨﻁﺒـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ‪،‬ﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪،‬ﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒـﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻤـﺎﺌ ﹰ‬
‫‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻠﺼﻕ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (6‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻓﻀل ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6-a‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟـﺜﻼﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘـﺔ ﺒﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(6-b‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻗﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺘﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺠـﺎﻨﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(6-c‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻗل ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ‬
‫) ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪ FRP‬ﺘﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﺠـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻲ ﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪(FRP‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ) ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ( ﻓﺈﻥ ‪ FRP‬ﺘﻌﻁـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺒﺎﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،εf,e‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺩ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪ .εfu‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺒﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( EC2‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻘﻭﻯ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻬﺎ ) ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫)‪…..(19‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Vfd‬ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(20‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Ef :‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪. FRP‬‬

‫‪ b‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ d‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ‪.‬‬
‫‪ α‬ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ εfd,e‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل‬
‫‪ ρf‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ (2tf/b) sin α‬ﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘـﺼﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪tf‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ )‪ (2tf b)/(bf/sf‬ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﺒﺸﻜل ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﺎﺌﻕ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ‪bf‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ‪ ) sf‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ (20‬ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻹﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﺹ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪Vfd‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ‪ FRP‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻗﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﹸﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﻋﻴﻥ ‪ ) CFRP‬ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻨﻲ( ﻭ‬
‫‪) GFRP‬ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺠﻲ(‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(21‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻗﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪ ) AFRP‬ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪…..(22‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ) ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺸﻜل ﻟـﺎ (‪:‬‬

‫)‪…..(23‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ fcm‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ﺒـ ‪N/mm2‬‬
‫‪ Ef‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ‪kN/mm2‬‬
‫‪ K‬ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ‪( k= o.8‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﺸـﻜل‬ ‫‪ gf‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪FRP‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ )‪ (21‬ﻭ)‪ (22‬ﻭ )‪ (23‬ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ) FRP‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ (‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل‪:‬‬
‫‪ gf,f =1.2‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪CFRP‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪AFRP‬‬ ‫‪= 1.25‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪GFRP‬‬ ‫‪= 1.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (22) (21‬ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪FRP‬‬
‫‪gf,b =1.3‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤل ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻴﺅﺨﺫ ‪gf,1 =1.25‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﻔﻌﻴـل‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺸﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻗﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﺘﺘﻁﻠـﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴـﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺴﻨﺩ ﻋﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻼﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ‪ FRP‬ﺇﻤﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺘﻘﻁﻊ ﻜﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ) ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ( ﻟﻪ ﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل‬
‫ﻭﺫﻭ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﻤﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﺒل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻗل ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﹰﺎ( ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻗﻤﻴﺹ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻤﻌﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻟﻤﻨـﻊ ﺘﺤﻨﻴـﺏ ﻗـﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ – ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻕ ﺒﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(7‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (7‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻕ ﺒﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪FRP‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻁﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻴﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻕ ‪ . fco‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ‪ fcc‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ff,e‬ﻭﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ‪ εfu,e‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻗـل ﻤـﻥ ﺇﺠﻬـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ‪ . εfu‬ﻴﻌﺯﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ FRP‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻭﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻐﻠﻴـﻑ ‪ FRP‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘـﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻌـﺎﺩ ‪b,h‬‬
‫)‪ (b≥h‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪، (8‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ fcc‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ‪. εcu‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (8‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩﻩ ‪ b.h‬ﻭﻨﺼﻑ ﻗﻁﺭ ‪ R‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫)‪…..(23‬‬

‫)‪…..(24‬‬

‫)‪…..(25‬‬

‫)‪…..(26‬‬

‫)‪…..(28‬‬

‫)‪…..(29‬‬

‫)‪…..(30‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

…..(31)

‫ = ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬Eco

( fco ‫ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟـ‬0.002 = εco
b.h – (4-π )R2 = ‫ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬ = Ag
Ke ‫ ﻓـﺈﻥ‬sf ‫ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﻋـﺩ‬bf ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻭﻗﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ‬D ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ‬
.(32) ‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‬

…..(32)

:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬
1- ACI 440 F - 99 , 1999 "Guidelines for the Selection, Design, and
Installation of Fiber Reinforced Polymer ( FRP ) Systems for Externally
Strengthening Concrete Structures". American Concrete Institute.

2- Traiantafillou, T.C. , 1998, " Shear Strengthening of Reinforced

Concrete Beams Using Epoxy – Bonded FRP Composites". ACI
structural Journal, March – Apr. 1998.

3- Karbhari, V.M. , and Sieble, F. 1997 " Design Consideration for the Use
of Fiber Reinforced Polymeric Composites in the Rehabilitation of
Concrete Structures".

4- CEB – FIP "Externally Bonded FRP Reinforcement for R.C. Structures",

Federation International du Beton (Fib 2001). (International Federation
for Structural Concrete) Lausanne, Switzerland.

5- CEN (2001 a→f) "Products and Systems for the Protection and Repair of
Concrete Structures".

29
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺼـﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤـﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬

‫ل ﻭﺍﺴ ٍﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻔﻀل ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴـﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺤـﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ (‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻭﺍﻤـل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﻘﺎﺹ ﻭﺨﻔﺽ ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀـﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻋﻴﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴ ٍﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻤﺱ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺂﻜـل‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﻭﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻭﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬـﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﺒﺤـﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (1991‬ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻹﺼـﻼﺡ ﺒﻼﻁـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠـﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 150‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﺠـﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺘﻜﻠﻑ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 616‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﺇﺴﺘﺭﻟﻴﻨﻲ ) ﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻨـﺴﺒﺘﻪ ‪%10‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﺄﺨـﺫ ﺒﻌـﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸـﺂﺕ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﻴﺌﻴـﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ) ﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻴﻨـﺎﻗﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ )ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ‪ (...‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻭﻀـﺢ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸـﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﺴ ٍﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ٌ‪ Reinforced Concrete‬ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻔﻀل ﺨﺼﺎﺌـﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﻘـﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻀــﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤــل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴـﺔ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌـﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ‬
‫ل ﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﺩﺭﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻬﺩﺩ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ]‪.[1،5‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻠﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻥ ﻀﺌﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻤﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻫﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺯﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻭﻥ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻬﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ ]‪.[6 ،2‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴـﻭﻡ (‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻋﻤﺭﺍﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓٍ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬـﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ )ﺒﺸﻜلٍ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺸﻜلٍ ﻁﻔﻴﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭل(‪،‬‬
‫ﺨﻼﻓﺎﹰ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔـﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻤﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ]‪.[5‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ]‪:[5‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -(1‬ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ‪ Anchoring‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻫﺘـﺯﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ؛‬

‫‪ - (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ‪Coefficient of thermal expansion‬‬

‫‪ . α s = 12.10 ، α c = 7..... 10 . 10‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻤـﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻤـﹰﺎ‬

‫‪-6‬‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫ﻭﺤﺎﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ )ﺍﺤﺘﻭﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺴـﻤﻨ ٍ‬
‫‪ -(3‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ Concrete‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﻔﺎﻅﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ 300Kg / m³‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﻭﺒﻔﻀل ﻜﺘﺎﻤﺘـﻬﺎ‬
‫ل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜـﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ل ﻓ ‪‬ﻌﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅـﺔ ﻭﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻘﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ]‪.[11 ،2‬‬
‫ﻕ ‪ Cracks‬ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ٍﺓ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺸﻘﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ]‪.[4 ،1‬‬
‫ﻨﻌﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ‪ Corrosion‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺸل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺼﻴﺏ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒﻔﻌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ]‪.[14‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻑ ‪ Decay‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ) ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ (‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ]‪ .[9 ،7‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﺍﻷﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﺭﺯ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺃﻜﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﺌل ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺫﻴ ‪‬ﺭ ﺒﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻟﻔﺘﺭ ٍﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻼﺤﻅﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻗﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺭﺍ ٍﺭ ﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﺇﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺈﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺂﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍﻟﻪ ]‪.[10 ،8‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺂﻜل ‪ Erosion‬ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻭﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻁ ﻀﺎﺭ ٍﺓ ﺠﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ]‪ .[9‬ﻭﻴﻌﺩ ﺘﺂﻜل‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺴﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺘﺸﻅﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ‪،Moisture‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ]‪.[7‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻋﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ل ﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻷﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺸﻬﺩ ﻗﻁﺭﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ‬
‫ل ﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ ﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻗﺘﺭﺍﺤﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻱ ﺘﺩﻫﻭ ٍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃ ‪‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1-3‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟـﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻻ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻷﺴﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺏ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ )ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴـﺩﺍﺕ ‪ Chlorides‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺏ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﻬل ﻭﺼﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ‪ Cracks‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﺴﺒﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ]‪.[3 ،2‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ل‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ]‪:[13 ،11‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﺤﺘﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻭﺍﺌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻗﺎﺌﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﻀﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ]‪.[14‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ‪ %0.125‬ﺃﻭﻜﺯﻴل ) ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻱ ﻤﻌﻘﺩ ( ﻤﻊ‬

‫‪ %0.5‬ﻨﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺨﻔﺽ ﺘﺄﻜﺴﺩ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ ]‪ .[3‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻤﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺘﺸﻅﻴﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤل ﺒﺎﻷﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭ ‪ ،CO2‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﱠﻪ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ل ﺠﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ ‪‬‬
‫ل ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ]‪.[9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺕ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬

‫ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻤﺩ ٍﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠ ٍﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ – ﻗﺩ ﺘﺴﺘﻐﺭﻕ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ – ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻁﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺘﻪ ﻷﻨﱠﻪ‬
‫ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻋﺭﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻷ ‪‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺯﻴل ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺩﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺎﻀﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨ ٍﺔ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺠﺭﺍ ٍﺀ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺤﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﻨﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺴﻬﻡ ﻋﺩ ‪‬ﺩ ﻜﺒﻴ ‪‬ﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺸﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪ ، Covermeter‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ]‪.[13 ،10 ،5‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2-3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﹰﺓ‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﻀ ٍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺘﺸﻜل ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺨﻼل ﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻴﺎ ٍﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻠﻕ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ )ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺤ ِﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺸﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺘـﺼﻠﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘـﺸﻜﱠل ﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﻴـﺔ‬
‫)ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﻜﺴﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺩﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻭﺘﺎﺴﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻡ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺱ ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻨﻲ ) ‪ ( PH‬ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ .13.5 – 12.5‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻟﻸﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻨﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ Chemicals reactions‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺴـﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺴﻴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﻭﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻴﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺼﺩﺃ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﻘ ٍﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘ ٍﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﺍﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻤﺜل ﺃﻜﺴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ) ‪ ،( Fe2O3‬ﻓﺘﻠﺘﺼﻕ ﺒﺴﻁﺢ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟـﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘـﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻠﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻫﻲ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀ ‪‬‬
‫ل ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﺃﻤـﻼﺡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻥ ﻁﻭﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ .(2 ،1‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺯﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺤﻤﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ‪ Carbonation‬ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ) ‪( mm/year‬‬

‫‪0 10‬‬
‫‪0 07‬‬
‫‪0 05‬‬
‫‪0 02‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 14‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﲏ ) ‪(PH‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(1‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ]‪.[2‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ل ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻌﺭﻀـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻘ ﱡ‬
‫ﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻘل ﻗﺎﻋﺩﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﻓﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗل ]‪.[11 ،2‬‬
‫‪6H2 O‬‬

‫‪6H‬‬ ‫)‪6 (OH‬‬

‫‪3 O2‬‬
‫‪H2 O‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪3H 2 O‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻴﺔﻭ ) ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ Fe 2 O 3‬ﻳﺘﺮﺳﺐ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪6e‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻴﺔ ) ‪( Passive Protection‬‬

‫‪O2‬‬ ‫‪H2 O‬‬

‫) ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ (‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫‪2 Fe (OH) 3‬‬ ‫‪Fe 2 O‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪H2 O‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪4 (O H‬‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺴﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪O2‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻭﺯ ‪2 Fe (O H) 2‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫‪2 H2 O‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪ 2 Fe‬ﺃﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪4e‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(2‬ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ]‪.[2‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -3-3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻨﻲ‪ Carbonation‬ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ )‬
‫ﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﻜﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﻴـﺔ – ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﻜـﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟـﺴﻴﻭﻡ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ (‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‬
‫‪Ca (OH)2 + CO2‬‬ ‫‪CaCO3 + H2O‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩ ٍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒـﺔ ﻭﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻴـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ ،Permeability‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻋﻨـﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﻘﻭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻘل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ]‪:[2‬‬

‫) ‪h = f Tc ⇒ Tc = (h / f‬‬ ‫)‪..... (1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ - h :‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻘﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟـ ‪mm‬؛ ‪ – Tc‬ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ؛‬

‫‪ -ƒ‬ﺜﺎﺒﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪Water- Cement ratio W/C‬؛‬
‫‪ -‬ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ؛ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ؛‬

‫‪46(W / C ) − 17.6‬‬
‫⋅‪f = S ⋅a‬‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ‪ ƒ‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪2.7‬‬

‫ﺤﻴـﺙ ‪ – S:‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪ ،Cement‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ S = 0.6 – 1.0‬ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺘﻼﻨﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ S = 1.4‬ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺒﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪.30-50%‬‬
‫‪ S = 1.2‬ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺒﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪.50-60%‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ – a‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ (1.0 -0.5 -0.3) :‬ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻏﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺫﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﻭل ﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺤﺩﻭ ٍﺩ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒـﻀﻊ ﻤﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺼل ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺯﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟـﺸﻜل ) ‪ .( 3‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺯﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ]‪:[14‬‬
‫‪0.08 ⋅ a‬‬
‫= ‪Tr‬‬
‫‪Φ ⋅ hr‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – Tr‬ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﻨﺔ‪ – a .‬ﺴـﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪.(mm‬‬
‫‪ – Ø‬ﻗﻁﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )‪.(mm‬‬
‫‪ – hr‬ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪ .(0.07-0.04)mm/year‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﺨـﺫﻩ ‪(0.05‬‬
‫)‪mm/year‬ﻜﻘﻴﻤ ٍﺔ ﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺎﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﺒـ)‪(mm‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪ F̀c‬ﺑـ ) ‪(MPa‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(3‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ]‪.[14‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻤـﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫‪.Testing for carbonation‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺤﻅ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗ ﹰﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺠـﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ)‪ :(1‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ‪ Testing for carbonation‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ]‪.[8‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ‪ ،mm‬ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ‪ 28‬ﻴﻭﻤ ﹰﺎ‬
‫‪25.0‬‬ ‫‪12.0‬‬ ‫‪8.0‬‬ ‫‪5.0‬‬ ‫‪20MPa‬‬
‫‪4.0‬‬ ‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪1.0‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪40MPa‬‬

‫‪ -4-3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺤﻤـﻲ ﺍﻟﻔـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﻏﺸﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐـﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻴـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﱠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﺭﻀ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺴﺩ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺨﻁﺭ ﻭﺃﺸﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻤﺯﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻭﻟﺕ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺒﺈﺯﺍﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺭﻜﻴ ٍﺯ ﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺭﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭل ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﺩﻤﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺨـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﺼﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪ Admixtures‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ]‪ .[13‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻠﻐﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﺸﺩ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺅﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺫﺍﺌﺒﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩ‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﺎﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﺴﺒﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ .‬ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﻌﻁﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟـﻭ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﻭل ﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺘﺤـﻭل ﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﺩﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺃﺴﺭﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺴﻭﺀﹰﺍ ]‪.[14 ،13‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ – ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫]‪ – [14‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪ %0.3‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﻬل ﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﺍﻷﻭﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﻘﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌـ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﻘﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﺸﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﻑ ﻹﻴﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﺒﺎﻁﺄ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻋﺒﺭ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻁﺭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻊ ﻟﻸﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﺩ (‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ‪ %2‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺨﻔﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ PH‬ﻤﻥ ‪ 13‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ : PH ) 11‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻏـﺎﺭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻌـﺸﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﻘﻠـﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﺃﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻭل(‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟـ‬
‫‪ PH‬ﺘﺤﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 9.5‬ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﻬل ﻤﺭﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘـﻀﻲ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺭﻜﺯﺕ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺤ ٍﻭ ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻷﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻜﺴﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ ﻴـﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻔـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺭﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺂﻟﻴ ٍﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻭﺏ ﻜﻠﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺩﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺢ ﺘﺂﻜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻴﺸﻜل ﻤﺼﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻜل ﻤﺅﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺩﻴﻭﻡ ‪ Na+‬ﻭﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴـﺩ ‪ .CL-‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺢ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻹﺫﺍﺒﺔ ﺜﻠﺞ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻴﻌﺘﺒـﺭ ﻤـﺸﻜﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻴ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﺄﻜﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﻐل ﺤﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒـ‪ 7‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ]‪.[14 ،8‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﺘﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺴﺘﺘـﺸﻘﻕ ﺒﻤﻘـﺩﺍٍﺭ‬
‫ﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻨﻔﺼل ﻏﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻴﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﻜﺭﻗﺎﺌﻕ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘـﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﻱ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ‪ Loads‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻸﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﻔﺫﹰﺍ ﺴﻬ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺴﻴﺎﺥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﻬل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻠـﺩﻥ ‪ ،Plastic shrinkage‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺒـﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﻜﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒـﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻴﻭﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﻜـﺴﺠﻴﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺠ‪‬ل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ]‪.[14‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴـﺔ ‪ ACI COMMITTEE 224‬ﺃﻗـﺼﻰ ﻋـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪:/2/‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /2/‬ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺸﻕ ‪mm‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪0.40‬‬ ‫ﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﺠﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻤﻐﻁﻰ‬
‫‪0.30‬‬ ‫ﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺤﺭ‬
‫‪0.15‬‬ ‫ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺤﺭ‬
‫‪0.10‬‬ ‫ﺤﻭﺍﺌﻁ ﺤﺎﺠﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺠﺭﻴﺕ‬
‫ﺕ ﺯﻤﻨﻴ ٍﺔ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ]‪ .[9‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠـﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺒﻁـﻭل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫‪ ،3m‬ﻤﻘﻁﻌﻬﺎ ‪ ،28×15cm‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎ ٍﺩ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ‪ /12/‬ﺴـﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺨﺯﻨـﺕ‬
‫ﺏ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ )‪،A‬‬
‫ﻁ ﺭﻁ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ‪ Beams‬ﺒﻤﺤﻴ ٍ‬
‫‪ ،(B‬ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻁﺒﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ( 40, 10)mm‬ﻟﻠﻨﻤـﻭﺫﺠﻴﻥ ‪A, B‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪.(4‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺢ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 35g/ℓ‬ﻤـﻥ ﻜﻠـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟـﺼﻭﺩﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ‪4‬‬
‫ﻤﺭﺸﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ‪ .‬ﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺵ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪ .2cm³/hour‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺭﺸﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ل ﻤﺘﻘﻁﻊ‪15 ،‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪15‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻗﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺘـﻡ ﺘﻌـﺭﻴﺽ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ]‪.[9‬‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺩﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﻠﻌﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘـﻡ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍ ‪‬ﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ ‪ /5/‬ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ﻤﺭﺓ ﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﻱ؛ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ؛ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺭﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(4‬ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤـﺔ ]‪.[9‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻤـﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ]‪:[10‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ (0.05-0.5)mm‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗ ﹲﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤ ﹲﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺘﺂﻜـل‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺘﻠﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﺨﺘـﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤ ﹰﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ ﺘﺂﻜـل ﻓـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -1-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤـل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺴـﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ]‪.[2‬‬

‫‪ -2-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺩﺩ ﻭﺒﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﻜ ﱡ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ ﺸﻤﻴﺩﺙ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-4‬ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺩﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻨﻅﺭ ٍﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻜﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺹ ﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺸـﺨ ٍ‬
‫ﺨﺒﺭﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ]‪،5 ،2‬‬
‫‪ .[7‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ‪Tensile‬‬
‫‪ stress‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﹸﺤﺩﺙ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴـﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻍ ﺨﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﺼـﺩﺃ‬
‫ل ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺸـﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺼﻭﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺩﺭ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ‪ ،Repair‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻤـﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-5‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻟﻁ ﻭﺭﻤل‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺨﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /3/‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /3/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺨﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪% 0.05‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪% 0.05‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤﺩ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪% 0.07‬‬ ‫‪ACI‬‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪% 0.01‬‬ ‫‪committee 357‬‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪% 0.01‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪% 0.04‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪( ENV 1992‬‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪% 0.02‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫) ‪206‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴـﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠـﻲ ﻷﻴﻭﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺩﺓ )ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻋﻤﺭ ‪ 28‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪.[3] ،/4/‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /4/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻷﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻷﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺌﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪% 0.15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪% 0.30‬‬

‫‪ -2-5‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻋﻁﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /5/‬ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻲ ﻁﺒﻘـﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /5/‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻭﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ) ‪ ( mm‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ *)‪ (MPa‬ﻭﺃﻗل ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫**)‪.(kg/m³‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪-50‬‬ ‫‪–45‬‬ ‫‪–40‬‬ ‫‪–35‬‬ ‫‪–*30‬‬

‫‪400‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫‪325‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪**275‬‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻁﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎ ٍ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠل‬
‫ﺱ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﺭﺯﺍﺯ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎ ٍ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻗﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻤﺩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻠل‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﻭل ﺭﻗـﻡ ‪ /6/‬ﺘﻭﺼـﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ACI committee 357‬ﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺴﻤﻙ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /6/‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪ ACI committee 35‬ﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺴﻤﻙ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ‪mm‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪ 28‬ﻴﻭﻤﹰﺎ ‪MPa‬‬ ‫‪w/c‬‬

‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪0.4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ‬

‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪0.4‬‬ ‫ﻤﻼﻤﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪0.45‬‬ ‫ﻏﻤﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒـﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺢ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴ ٍﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋ ٍﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺤـﺎﻓﻅﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺴ ٍ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺭﻜﱠﺯﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ‪ /7/‬ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /7/‬ﻭﺴﻁﻲ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﺍﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ‪/‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﺴل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﺍﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪MPa‬‬

‫‪0.982‬‬ ‫‪42.6 - 35.2‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻨﻴﺎﺱ ‪/15/‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪0.965‬‬ ‫‪45.2 – 55.8‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﻓﺄ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ‪/40/‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1.352‬‬ ‫* ‪ 48.5‬؛‪42.2‬‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺴﺭ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﺝ ﻤﺭﻓﺄ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ‪/25/‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1.887‬‬ ‫‪31.4 – 26.5‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﻓﺄ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ‪/25/‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪27.3 – 25.4‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺓ ﺒﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ‪/22/‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2.112‬‬ ‫‪26.2 – 23.6‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻨﺴﺭﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺒﻠﺔ ‪/25/‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1.237‬‬ ‫‪ 37.9‬؛ *‪41.1‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ‪/20/ .‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪2.245‬‬ ‫* ‪24.0‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺩﻕ ﺴﻴﺎﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ‪/12/‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫* ‪ :‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﺯﻉ ﺠﺯﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ ﺸﻤﻴﺩﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻨﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ؛‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ ،/9 ...5/‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (5‬ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺭﻱ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(6‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(7‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(8‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻤﻭﺍ ٍﺯ ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻜﺸﻑ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻻﺤﻅﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻔﺎﺥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺴﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪%50‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺨﻔﺽ‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺒﻨﺴﺒ ٍﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪) %50‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ( ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /8/‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(9‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ)ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /8/‬ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‬
‫) ﺒﻔﺭﺽ ‪.(fy= 400 Mpa, fc= 20 Mpa‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻉ‬

‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬ ‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪cm‬‬
‫‪328 k.N.‬‬ ‫‪8T10‬‬ ‫‪20×20‬‬ ‫‪713 k.N.‬‬ ‫‪8T14‬‬ ‫‪30×30‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫‪699 k.N.‬‬ ‫‪10T12‬‬ ‫‪30×30‬‬ ‫‪1317 k.N.‬‬ ‫‪10T18‬‬ ‫‪40×40‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪6T10‬‬ ‫‪35x20‬‬ ‫‪55 k.N.m‬‬ ‫‪6T14‬‬ ‫‪40x20‬‬ ‫ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫‪k.N.m‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫‪8T12‬‬ ‫‪55x25‬‬ ‫‪147 k.N.m‬‬ ‫‪8T16‬‬ ‫‪60x25‬‬ ‫ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫‪k.N.m‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺸﻭﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ) ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ( ]‪ .[16 ،13 ،6 ،4‬ﻭﻗـﺩ ﻻﺤﻅﻨـﺎ ﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘـﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺸـﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻅـﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ل ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ( ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺴﻭ ٍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻭﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨـﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻠﺨـﺹ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻊ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻨﻔﺼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﻴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ )ﻟﺘـﺄﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﻉ ﺒﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴـﻴﺎﺥ‬
‫ل ﺴﺭﻁﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍ ‪‬ﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻴﺎﺥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻜﺸﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻓﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ﱟ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴ ﹰﺎ – ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨـﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒــﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫)ﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ ﺸﻤﻴﺩﺙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ )ﻨﺯﻉ ﺠﺯﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺒﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺭ‪‬ﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ل ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ )ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺭﻓﺄ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ( ﻟـﻡ‬
‫ﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻻﺤﻅﻨﺎ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻥ ﺤﺎﺌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ /7/‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺴﻁﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺸﻴﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻘﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﹰﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠـﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺩﻉ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺴﻁﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻑ ﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴ ٍﺔ ﻗﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺸﻜﻠ ٍﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻅﺭﻭ ٍ‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ]‪ .[7‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻗـﺩ ﻨﻔـﺫﺕ ﺒﻁﺒﻘـﺔ ﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻﺤﻅﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﺍﻴﺩ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴـﻑ‬
‫ل ﻤﺤﺘﻤـ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺒـﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻁﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻟﻸﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘـﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ل ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﺍﻴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬

‫‪ -7‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﺨﻴ ‪‬ﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠـﺼﺩﺃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺤﻔﺎﻅﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺈﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﻤـل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴـل‬
‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ‪ Epoxy‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Carbonation‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .Chlorides‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﺂﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻨﺘـﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟـﺴﻴﻭﻡ ‪ ،Calcium Nitrates‬ﻭﺒﻨـﺯﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺼﻭﺩﻴﻭﻡ ‪Sodium‬‬
‫‪ ،Benzoate‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻭﺯﻭﻻﻥ ‪.[16 ،8] Pozzolans‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ]‪ [8‬ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪./1/‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻑ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺨﻔﺽ ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜـل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻀﻤﻥ ﻅﺭﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺨﻔﺽ ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺨﻔﺽ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻺﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ]‪.[13‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺜﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻓـﻀل ﻁـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻔﻀل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻐﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻜﻠﻔـ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ل ﺒﻜﺜﻴ ٍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺜﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺜﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻗ ﱡ‬
‫ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻤﻭﺍﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺤـﻭل ﻓـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺘﻭﻏل ﺍﻷﻭﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﻔﻥ ‪ ،Galvanized Bar‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﻔﻥ ﺫﻭ ﻜﻔـﺎﺀ ٍﺓ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺒﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻤ ٍﺭ ﻏﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺘ ٍﻪ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﹰﺎ ]‪ .[9‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘـﺎﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻁﻭﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺘﺭ ٍﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤ ٍ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻤـﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻏﻁـﺎ ٍﺀ ﻜﺘﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺤﻤﺎﻴ ٍﺔ ﻤﻬﺒﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ل ﻜﺎﻤـل ﻗﺒـل‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺒـﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ) ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ( ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻤـﺭﹰﺍ ﻤـﺸﻜﻭﻜﹰﺎ ﺒـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Discontinuity‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﺩﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻑ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻴﺤﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻜﻠ ٍ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﻭﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻫﻭ ﻨﺯﻉ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﺘﺂﻜل ﺒﺂﺨﺭ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺂﻜل ﻭﺇﻋـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺭﺭﺓ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺸﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻁﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜـل‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﻌﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ٍﺓ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ٍﺓ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻷ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻤﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻁﻠﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﺠﺯ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜﺸﻔﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺤﻤـﻲ ﺃﻴـﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺘﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜـل‬
‫]‪.[3‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠـﻭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺭﻓﺄ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺒﻨـﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻨﻴﺎﺱ ) ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻏﻠـﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺘﻲ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ (‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴـﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺘ ٍﻭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻔﻀل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻟﻜ ﱟ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﺴـﻴﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺒﺈﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻭﻓﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ‪ Steel‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ )ﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﻭﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﺯﻴﻴﻨﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺘﺤﻀﻴ ٍﺭ ﺠﻴ ٍﺩ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴ ٍﺫ ﺩﻗﻴ ٍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺩﺌ ٍﺫ ﺴﻴﺘﺤﺴﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺘﺨـﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺼﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺨﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻏﺴل ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻨﻅﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻭﺨﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﺘﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺌﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻥ ‪.0.5g/ℓ‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺃﺜﺭﹰﺍ ﻀﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤـﺩﻯ ﺘﺤﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻌـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻷﺴﻴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻤـﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻀﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺕ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﺭﻉ ﻭﻗ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ )ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺫﻭﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁـﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻔـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬

‫ﺒﺘﻐﻁﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻏﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺵ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗـﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﻬـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺼﻠﺩﹰﺍ ﺒﺩﺭﺠ ٍﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴ ٍﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪.C20‬‬
‫ﺕ ﻤـﺼﻨﻭﻋ ٍﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺒﺎﻋـﺩﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺴﺘﻴﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓـﻊ ﺃﺴـﻴﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﺃ ﻭﺒﺴﺭﻋ ٍﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ل ﻋـﺎﻡ ‪،-‬‬
‫ل ﻋﺎ ٍﻡ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ – ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ – ﻤﺭ‪‬ﺓ ﻜ ﱠ‬
‫ل ﺨﺎﺹ ‪ .-‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ – ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠـــﻊ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ – ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل – ‪ .1996‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﻋﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪165 ،‬ﺹ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻜﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺭﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ‪ .1992‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺼـﻼﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪719 .‬ﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟـﺙ ‪ -‬ﺇﺼـﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .2003‬ﺩﻟﻴـل‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻜﻭﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ – 203‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﺹ ‪-31‬‬
‫‪.43‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻪ ﺼﺩﺃ‪ .‬ﺃﻨﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.2000 .‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

267 ،‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ –– ﺤﻤـﺹ‬./1/ ‫ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‬- 2002 ،‫ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‬،‫ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬-5
.‫ﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

6- By Hanna M.Makhlouf, Bijan H. Ahmadi, And Jawad Al-Jabal May 1991

Preventing Reinforced Concrete Deterioration In The Arabian Gulf. Concrete
International–, 65-67.

7- Cheriton, L.W., little, D.R., 1985. Repair systems for preventing further
corrosion in Damaged reinforced concrete. Deterioration And Repair Of
Reinforced Concrete In The Arabian Gulf. International Conference .
Bahrain .

8- Corrosion in civil engineering. February,1979. Proceedings of the

conference held in London, Institution of civil engineers, London. P
182.

9- Development in cathodic protection to R. C. – Journal of materhals in civil

engineering feb 2000 vol no.

10- KOMINETZKY.D. ,1991. DESIGN AND CONCTRUCTION FAILURES.

MCGRAW - HILL. NEW YORK . -P485-538.

11- Neal S. Berke.- 1991. Corrosion Inhibitors In Concrete . Concrete

International. July, 24-27.

12- Neville A.M., What worries me ……Concrete Technology,

Construction News Supplement, London, 7 May 1985.

13- Грушко И.М, Дегтярева Э.В., Маслов В.В.,1989. Обеспечение

сохранностц арматуры в бетоне на Мороской воде. Бетона и
Железобетона . Н6. стр36 - 38

14- Коррозия Бетона и Железобетона. Методы их защиты. Москвич В. М.,

Иванов Ф. М., АЛксеев С.Н., М. : Стройиздат. 1989. 414с.

15- ACI 318M-89. Building code requirements for reinforced

concrete . Volume 2.
16- Page, C. L., 1985- Corrosion mechanisms. Deterioration And Repair Of
Reinforced Concrete In The Arabian Gulf. International Conference .
Bahrain . 413-425.

57
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻭﻫﻴﺏ ﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ‪ -‬ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺒـﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎﻗﺵ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼـﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﻨـﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺅﻫل ﻟﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﺠﺯﻩ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻭﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻜﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﺤﻜﻤﻬـﺎ ﺸـﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﻴﺩﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤـﻥ ﺸـﺄﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺨﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺘﻔﺼﻴل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻻﻋﺘﻤـﺎﺩ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺄﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻔﺭﺩﺍﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ‪ -‬ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺩﻨﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﺃﺜﻨـﺎﺀ ﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺒـﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻫﻨﺩﺴـﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺴﺘـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴـﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻭﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻭﺘﻼﺅﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻱ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻙ‪ -‬ﺇﺸﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺴﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺒﺄﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻗل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻭﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻭﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻨﻔﺫﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺸﺭﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻔﻬﻤﺕ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻏـﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل‬
‫ﻜﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻗﺩ ﺭﺍﺠﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻭﺜﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔـﺫﺓ ﻭﺁﻟﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻱ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺴﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺨﻁﻁـﺎﺕ ‪ As built Drawings‬ﺒﻌـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﺸـﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻀﺒﺎﺭﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺒـﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺩﺍﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻭﺘﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻤﻭﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺃﻗل ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨـﺎﺒﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺘﺼﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﹰﺎ ﺤﻭل ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻨﻔﺫﹰﺍ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻗـل ﺍﻟﺘﻜـﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﻀﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﹰﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺡ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺼﻨﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1-7‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﺴﺠﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻘـﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺜﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺘﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺎل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫل ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻓـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔـﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2-7‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﺒﺈﻁﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺨﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻴـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻀﺎﺒﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻠـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘـﺴﺘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﺭﺼﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺍﺨﻴﺹ ﻭﻤﻨﻬـﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻜل ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺒﺱ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ ...‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﻤـﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒـﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴـﺔ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺜﻐﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘﺔ )ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ( ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﻭﻴ‪‬ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﻬﻡ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﻴـﺙ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺸـﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺠﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤـل‬
‫ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻓـﻊ ﻜﻔـﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1-8‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﻤﻨﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺃﺴﺱ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜـﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻁﻴﻠـﺔ ﻋﻤـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-8‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺅﻫﻠﺔ ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺴﺠﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﻤﻼﺤﻘﻪ – ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺩﻓﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ – ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2003‬ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (51‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2004‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (59‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

STRENGTHENING OF RECTANGULAR REINFORCED

CONCRETE COLUMNS USING FIBER GLASS REINFORCED
POLYMERS
Ashraf H. El-Zanaty, Hassan M. Allam, A. Fawzi

Abstract
Using FRP in strengthening columns by wrapping may be
applied by different ways depending on the high qualified
applicators and the high experience of workers. A new technique
for strengthening rectangular reinforced concrete columns by
GFRP laminates was introduced in this thesis. This technique
decreases the materials used and the man effort leading to the
decrease in the total cost of the strengthening process. A test
program was undertaken taking into consideration this new
technique and a comparison between the new and the traditional
techniques. The variables of this experimental program were the
aspect ratio, the characteristic compressive strength of concrete
and the strengthening technique. An experimental program was
undertaken testing nine rectangular columns with total height 1560
mm and clear height 1000 mm and was classified into three
groups depending on the characteristic compressive strength of
concrete. An analytical approach was used to predict the
deformation behavior as well as the ultimate capacity of the
strengthened rectangular columns.

Introduction
Due to the rapid increase in population and high demand,
upgrading of structures, specially the residential buildings, is
required. Moreover, the increase of earthquake loads requires an
increase in both the axial capacity and ductility of columns in
addition to its flexural capacity. The major disadvantages of using
the traditional techniques of bonding steel plates or enlarging the
concrete section are referred to corrosion of steel elements and
the need to technical labors and heavy equipment for installing the
repair materials. Furthermore, use of conventional methods for
repair results in an increase of the column stiffness, and
consequently increases of the applied forces due to earthquakes.
Significant research has been devoted to circular columns
retrofitted with FRP and numerous models were proposed. FRP

65
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

wrapping of existing circular columns has proven to be an effective

retrofitting technique. In contrast, very limited data have been
reported on rectangular columns retrofitted with FRP wrap, even
though rectangular RC columns with aspect ratio up to one-to-five
are common used in residential buildings. This thesis studies a
new technique to wrap the rectangular RC columns by decreasing
the man effort in the strengthening process. This new technique
depends on rounding the corners of the columns, roughening
them, and attaching laminates by adding the epoxy resin to these
corners with a suitable overlap instead of roughening the entire
column surface and attaching the laminates to the entire surface of
the column. A test program was carried out in this study using the
old and the new methods to compare the test results.

Experimental Program
The program consisted of testing nine RC rectangular columns
with an overall height of 1560 mm, and clear height of 1000 mm
divided into three groups depending on the characteristic
compressive strength of the concrete. The first group consisted of
three rectangular columns (CRA1, CTA1, and CCA1) with a cross
section equals to 200x300 mm and a characteristic compressive
strength of concrete equals to 160 Kg/cm2. The longitudinal
reinforcement of the columns was four 12 mm diameter bars, while
the stirrups were 6 mm diameter bars every 166 mm. The
specimen CRA1 was tested as a control specimen while the
specimens CTA1 and CCA1 were strengthened by the old and the
new techniques respectively. The second group consisted of three
rectangular columns (CRP2, CTP2, and CCP2) with a cross
section equals to 200x400 mm and a characteristic compressive
strength of concrete equals to 230 Kg/cm2. The longitudinal
reinforcement of the columns was six 12 mm diameter bars, while
the stirrups were 6 mm diameter bars every 166 mm. The
specimen CRP2 was tested as a control specimen while the
specimens CTP2 and CCP2 were strengthened by the old and the
new techniques respectively. The third group consisted of three
rectangular columns (CRB2, CTBP2, and CCB2) with a cross
section equals to 200x400 mm and a characteristic compressive
strength of concrete equals to 120 Kg/cm2. Details of
reinforcement were kept the same as the second group. The
specimen CRP2 was tested as a control specimen while the

66
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

specimens CTP2 and CCP2 were strengthened by the old and the
new techniques respectively. For specimens CCA1, CCP2,and
CCB2, paper sheets were attached as an insulator to the surface
of the columns except for the corners.
Properties of steel bars are indicated in Table 1.
All strengthened columns were wrapped with two layers of
Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymers (GFRP).

Table (1): Properties of Steel used in the Experimental Work

Properties Ø6 Ø8 Ø12

Yield stress (N/mm2) 342.36 517.78 433.43

Ultimate stress (N/mm2) 393.64 807.22 685.69

Weight per meter length (kg/m) 0.22 0.39 0.883

Ultimate stress/ Yield stress 1.15 1.56 1.58

Elongation (%) 36.3 24.4 16.3

Application of GFRP Laminates

GFRP laminates were wrapped after the concrete had reached
an age of 28-days. The wrapping procedure was applied as
follows:
1- Preparation of concrete surface using a hammer and
blower to remove the weak elements on the concrete
cover.
2- Application of epoxy paste on the column surface to fill
the irregulations on the surface.
3- Smoothing the surface of the epoxy paste.
4- Attaching the insulating paper sheets for specimens
CCA1, CCP2, and CCB2.
5- Applying the first layer of GFRP laminates to the concrete
surface using epoxy resin.

67
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6- Rolling the GFRP laminates by special laminating-roller to

ensure that the GFRP is saturated with the epoxy resin
and there is no air voids between the fibers and the
concrete surface.
7- Appling the second layer of GFRP laminates.
8- Rolling the second layer of the GFRP laminates.
The properties of the GFRP laminates are indicated in Table 2.

Table (2): Properties of the GFRP Laminates

Nominal thickness 0.17 mm/ layer

Modulus of elasticity 35.4 GPa
Maximum elongation % 2.8 %
Width of laminates 600 mm

Instrumentation
The specimens were instrumented to record the axial strain of
the concrete, strain of both the longitudinal and transverse steel
reinforcement, as well as strain of the GFRP laminates. The axial
and transverse strains of the specimens were measured by two
different methods. The first method was the electrical strain gages.
The data from strain gages were collected using a data acquisition
system and"lab view software". Three electrical strain gages were
installed on the steel reinforcement, as shown in Fig.1; one strain
gage was installed on a stirrup and the remaining two strain gages
were installed on the longitudinal reinforcement. Three electrical
strain gages were installed on the GFRP laminates, as shown in
Fig.2, to measure its strain in the fiber direction.

68
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig. 1b (Second and Third

Fig. 1a (First Group)
Group)
Fig. 1 Location of Strain Gages on the Steel Reinforcement

Strains were also measured using Linear Variable Distance

Transducers, LVDT, which has different lengths; ±15, ±25 mm.
The LVDTs were attached to the RC column using 8-mm fisher
bolts. Four LVDTs were attached to each RC column to measure
the longitudinal strains of the column, as shown in Fig.2. One
LVDT with length 200 mm was attached to the hydraulic jack to
record the stroke of the jack.

Fig. 2 Location of LVDTs and Strain Gages on the Concrete

Surface and the GFRP Laminates

69
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Results of the Program

All tests were conducted at the RC laboratory in the Housing
and Building National Research Center, HBRC. It was found that
the behavior of the load-strain curve for all the specimens was
linear till about 70 % of the maximum load then changed to non-
linear till failure. The slope of the ascending part of the load strain
curve was almost the same for each group of specimens, which
indicates that the stiffness of the columns was almost not changed
after strengthening. Load–longitudinal strain relationship of each
specimens are shown in Figs 3 to 5. Behavior of each specimen
can be summarized in Table 3.

1200
2200
1100 CTP2
CRA1 2000
1000 CCP2
CTA1 1800 CRP2
900 CCA1
1600
800
A x ia l L o a d (k N )

700 1400
Axial Load (kN)

600 1200

500 1000

400 800
300 600
200 400
100
200
0
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Longitudinal Strain (%)
Longitudinal Strain (%)

Fig. 3 Load-Longitudinal strains Fig. 4 Load-Longitudinal strains

Relationships for Specimens Relationships for Specimens CRP2,
CRA1, CTA1, and CCA1 CTP2, and CCP2

1300
1200
1100
N.A.
1000
900
CRB2
A x ia l L o a d (k N )

800
CTB2
700 CCB2
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Longitudinal Strain (%)

Fig. 5 Load-Longitudinal strains Relationships for

Specimens CRB2, CTB2, and CCB2

70
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table (3): Effect of Strengthening on the Carrying Capacity

Strain
Max. Effect of
Specimen Pmax (kN) Corr. to Failure Modes
Strain Strengthenin
Pmax

915 0.22% 0.91% Compression failure ---

CRA1

1108 0.32% 1.08% Rupture of GFRP laminates 21.1%

CTA1

1091 0.40% 1.53% Rupture of GFRP laminates 19.2%

CCA1

1667 0.21% 0.79% Compression failure ---

CRP2

1977 0.34% 1.48% Rupture of GFRP laminates 18.6%

CTP2

1937 1.75% 16.2%

CCP2 0.26% Rupture of GFRP laminates

1044 0.19% 0.38% Compression failure ---

CRB2

1215 0.44% 1.88% Rupture of GFRP laminates 16.4%

CTB2

1188 N.A. 13.8%

CCB2 0.67% Rupture of GFRP laminates

Analytical Study
Two analytical approaches based on the stress-strain
characteristics of concrete under triaxial state of stresses were
used to predict the deformation behavior as well as the ultimate
capacity of the rectangular columns. The first model was
presented by Mander et al. 1988 to predict the ultimate capacity of
RC columns. Wang et al. 2001 and Fam and Rizkalla 2001
introduced the mechanical properties of CFRP in the model to
predict the ultimate capacity of strengthened columns. The load-

71
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

deformation behavior of each tested specimen is predicted and

compared to the measured values. Hosny et al. 2002 proposed
the second approach by replacing some factors in Mander et al's
model.
For a slow (quasi-static) strain rate and monotonic loading, the
longitudinal compressive concrete stress f c is given by:
fcc' xr '
fc = ' ………………………………. (Eqn. 1)
r ' − 1 + xr
εc
x= ……………………………………… (Eqn. 2)
ε cc
⎡ ⎛ f cc' ⎞⎤
ε cc = ε co ⎢1 + 5 ⎜⎜ ' −1⎟⎟⎥ ………………………….. (Eqn. 3)
⎣ ⎝ f co ⎠⎦
Eco
r' =
Eco − Esec …………………………………… (Eqn. 4)
Eco = 4700 f co' MPa …………………………... (Eqn. 5)

f cc'
Esec = …………………………………… (Eqn. 6)
ε cc
where,
f cc' = compressive strength of confined concrete.
εc = longitudinal compressive concrete strain.
f co' = unconfined concrete strength.
ε co =strain corresponding to the unconfined concrete strength.
( ε co was taken equal to 0.002).
E co = modulus of elasticity of unconfined concrete.
Esec = secant modulus of confined concrete at peak stress.

72
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Hosny et al., 2002 presented a modified model to predict the

resulting strain in the longitudinal direction and the inclined angle
of the descending part. The approach adopts the same equations
proposed by Mander et al. 1988. Different factors are proposed
based on interpolation of the measured values for the tested
fourteen columns. The modified model was presented by Eqn. 7
and Eqn. 8, which should replace equations Eqn. 2 and Eqn. 3,
respectively.
k
⎛ε ⎞
x = ⎜⎜ c ⎟⎟ …………………………….………….. (Eqn. 7)
⎝ ε cc ⎠
where,
k = 1.0 if 0 ≤ ε c ≤ ε cc
k = 1.5 if ε cc ≤ ε c ≤ ε cu
⎡ ⎛ f cc' ⎞⎤
ε cc = ε co ⎢1 + 2 ⎜⎜ ' −1⎟⎟⎥ …………..………….. (Eqn. 8)
⎣ ⎝ f co ⎠⎦
The load-deformation behavior of each tested specimen is
predicted by the two models and compared to the measured
values, as shown in Tables 4, 5. This comparison is represented
graphically as shown in Figs. 6 to 8.

Table (4): The values of the measured and predicted maximum

load
Specimen Pexperimental (kN) Panalytical (kN) (Pexp – Panal)/Pexp

CRA1 915 839 8.3%

CTA1 1108 1245 -12.4%
CCA1 1091 1245 -14.1%
CRP2 1667 1509 9.48%
CTP2 1977 1919 2.9%
CCP2 1937 1919 0.9%
CRB2 1044 899 13.9%
CTB2 1215 1256 -3.4%
CCB2 1188 1256 -5.7%

73
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table (5): The values of the measured and predicted strain

corresponding to the maximum load

εcc-experimental εcc-Mander εcc- (εcc-anal- εc-exp) εcc-modified (εcc-anal- εcc-exp

Specimen
(%) (%) exp Mander (%) εcc-exp

CRA1 0.22 0.24 9.1% 0.225 2.3%

CTA1 0.4 0.87 117.5% 0.47 17.5%
CCA1 0.4 0.87 117.5% 0.47 17.5%
CRP2 0.21 0.22 4.8% 0.22 4.8%
CTP2 0.34 0.54 58.8% 0.34 Equal
CCP2 0.26 0.54 107.7% 0.34 30.8%
CRB2 0.19 0.22 15.7% 0.22 15.7%
CTB2 0.44 0.81 84.1% 0.44 Equal
CCB2 0.67 0.81 21% 0.44 -34.3%

1400 2200
2000
1200
1800
1000 1600
CTP2
Axial Load (kN)

A xial Load (kN )

1400 CCP2
800 Mander
1200
Modified
600 1000
CTA1
800
CCA1
400 600
Mander
200 Modified 400
200
0 0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2
Longitudinal Strain (%) Longitudinal Strain (%)

Fig. 6 Load-Longitudinal Strain Fig. 7 Load-Longitudinal Strain

Relationship for Specimens CTA1 and Relationship for Specimens CTP2 and
CCA1 (Experimental & Analytical) CCP2 (Experimental & Analytical)

74
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

1400

1200

1000 N.A.
Axial Load (kN)

800
CTB2
600 CCB2
Mander
400 Modified

200

0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2
Longitudinal Strain (%)

Fig. 8 Load-Longitudinal Strain Relationship for

Specimens CTB2 and CCB2 (Experimental &
Analytical)

Energy and Ductility

Ductility of RC columns can be represented by the area under
the load-axial strain curve. This area provides information about
the energy accumulated in the column under the applied load. In
this research, the area under the curve representing the energy
absorbed was calculated to a load up to 80% of the maximum load
on the descending part of the curve, P80%, and was represented as
E80%. Ductility factor was given by the ratio of two areas (E2/E1);
the first area (E1) was calculated from zero load up to the
maximum load, and the second area (E2) was calculated on the
descending curve from the maximum load till 80% of the maximum
load. Table 6 summarizes the areas under the load-axial strain
curve, and the ductility factor for each specimen.

75
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table (6): Energy Absorbed and Ductility Factor

Specimen E1 E2 Etotal Ductility Factor (E2/E1)

1.59 2.21 3.80 1.39

CRA1

2.44 8.15 10.59 3.34

CTA1

2.80 8.99 11.79 3.21

CCA1

2.68 1.48 4.16 0.55

CRP2

5.23 13.22 18.45 2.53

CTP2

3.94 4.39 8.33 1.11

CCP2

1.47 1.38 2.85 0.94

CRB2

4.39 16.46 20.85 3.75

CTB2

6.38 N.A. N.A. N.A.

CCB2

Failure Modes
Two failure modes were observed during the tests:
1. Compression failure mode: this was a brittle failure
mode observed clearly for the control specimens (CRA1,
CRP2, and CRB2). At about 70% of the maximum load,
sound of aggregate sliding was heard then by continuing
loading, an inclined crack occurred at the top third of the
column as shown in Figs. 9, 12, and 15. The concrete cover
at and around the crack spalled off and the longitudinal bars
appeared to buckle between two stirrups.
2. Rupture of GFRP laminates: this was a ductile failure
mode observed for specimens CTA1, CCA1, CTP2, CCP2,
CTB2, and CCB2. For specimens CCA1, CCP2, and CCB2,
the failure occurred by rupture of the GFRP laminates at the
middle of the long direction at the top third of the column as

76
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

shown in Figs. 11, 14, and 17. For specimen CTA1, the
failure occurred by rupture of the GFRP laminates near the
corner at the top third of the column as shown in Fig. 10.
For specimens CTP2 and CTB2, the failure occurred by
rupture of the GFRP laminates near the corner at the
middle third of the column as shown in Figs. 13 and 16.
Generally, failure of confined specimens was sudden with
explosion and was marked by rupture of the GFRP
laminates. There were some differences between the failure
features of specimens CTA1, CTP2, and CTB2 and that of
specimens CCA1, CCP2, and CCB2. For specimens CTA1,
CTP2, and CTB2, sound was heard during the early and
middle stages of loading and high sound at the ultimate
load while for specimens CCA1, CCP2, and CCB2, sound
was heard after the middle stages of loading. This
phenomenon is due to increasing the shear interlocking
between the laminates and the concrete surface for
specimens CTA1, CTP2, and CTB2 which firstly failed at
the mid-width and then transferred to the adjacent location
until the laminates rebounded from the concrete surface.

Fig. 9 Failure of Fig. 10 Failure of CTA1 Fig. 11 Failure of

CRA1 CCA1

77
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig. 12 Failure of Fig. 13 Failure of CTP2 Fig. 14 Failure of

CRP2 CCP2

Fig. 15 Failure of Fig. 16 Failure of CTB2 Fig. 17 Failure of

CRB2 CCB2

Conclusions
(a)Using GFRP laminates in confinement of RC columns
increase the carrying capacity and ductility.
(b)The proposed technique saves the effort in surface
preparation and the material cost.
(c)It was found that the behavior of the load-strain curve for
all the specimens was linear till about 70% of the
maximum load then changed to non-linear till failure.
(d)The slope of the ascending part of the load strain curve
was almost the same for each group of specimens.

78
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

(e)Bonding the GFRP laminates only to the corners slightly

reduces the carrying capacity and ductility of the columns,
but on the other side it decreases the material cost and
effort compared with bonding the laminates to the entire
surface.
(f)The effect of strengthening on the ductility of the columns
increases as the characteristic compressive strength of
concrete decreases.
(g)From the experimental and the analytical study it was
noticed that the maximum actual load reached in the
control specimen, CRB2, recorded an increase of 13.9%
than the predicted maximum load. This increase led to the
decrease in the calculated values representing the effect
of strengthening on the carrying capacity of the
specimens CTB2 and CCB2. Accordingly, the effect of
strengthening on the carrying capacity increased as the
characteristic compressive strength of concrete increases
and this is not logic.
(h)The effect of strengthening on the carrying capacity of the
columns increases as the aspect ratio of the column cross
section decreases.
(i)The analytical models gave good agreement with the
experimental results.

79
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

References
1) S. H. Ahmad and S. P. Shah, (1982). "Stress-Strain Curves
of Concrete Confined by Spiral Reinforcement", ACI Structural
Journal, V. 79, No. 6, November-December 1982, pp. 484-490.
2) B. D. Scott, R. Park, and M. J. N. Priestley, (1982). "Stress-
Strain Behavior of Concrete Confined by Overlapping Hoops at Low
and High Strain Rates", ACI Structural Journal, V. 79, No. 6,
November-December 1982, pp. 13-27.
3) J. B. Mander, M. J. N. Priestley, and R. Park, Fellow, ASCE,
(1988). "Observed Stress-Strain Behavior of Confined Concrete",
Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 114, No. 8, August,
1988, pp. 1827-1849.
4) Shamim A. Sheikh and Shafik S. Khoury, (1997). "A
Performance-Based Approach for the Design of Confining Steel in
Tied Columns", ACI Structural Journal, V. 94, No. 4, July-August
1997, pp. 421-431.
5) P. Paultre, and F. Légeron, (2008). "Confinement
Reinforcement Design for Reinforced Concrete Columns", Journal
of Structural Engineering , ASCE, Vol. 134, No. 5, May 1, 2008, pp.
738-749.
6) H. Saadatmanesh, M. R. Ehsani, and M. W. Li, (1994).
"Strength and Ductility of Concrete Columns Externally Reinforced
with Fiber Composite Straps", ACI Structural Journal, V. 91, No. 4,
July-August 1994, pp. 434-447.
7) S. Matthys, L. Taerwe, and K. Audenaert, (2000). "Tests on
Axially Loaded Concrete Columns Confined by Fiber Reinforced
Polymer Sheet Wrapping", Fourth International Symposium on Fiber
Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete
Structures, March 1, 2000, pp.217-228.
8) Abdelhady Hosny, Hamdy Shahin, Amr Abdelrahman, and
Tamer El-Afandy, (2002). "Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete
Columns Using Advanced Laminates", A Thesis Submitted in Partial
Fulfillment for the Requirements of the Degree of Master of Science
in Civil Engineering, Ain Shams University, Faculty of Engineering,
2002.
9) Abdelhady Hosny, Hamdy Shahin, Amr Abdelrahman, and
Tamer El-Afandy, (2002). "Uniaxial Tests on Rectangular Columns
Strengthened with CFRP", The Third Middle East Symposium On
Structural Composites For Infrastructure Applications, December
17-20, 2002, Aswan, Egypt, pp 93-94.

80
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

10) Gebran Karam, and Mazen Tabbara, (2002). "Corner Effect

On The Efficiency of Rectangular Concrete Columns With FRP
Confining Wraps", The Third Middle East Symposium On Structural
Composites For Infrastructure Applications, December 17-20, 2002,
Aswan, Egypt, pp 77-81.
11) Omar Chaallal, Munzer Hassan, and Mohsen Shahawy,
(2003). "Confinement Model for Axially Loaded Short Rectangular
Columns Strengthened with Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Wrapping",
ACI Structural Journal, V.100, No. 2, March-April 2003, pp. 215-
221.
12) J. G. Teng, and L. Lam, (2004). "Behavior and Modeling of
Fiber Reinforced Polymer-Confined Concrete", Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 130, No. 11, November 1, 2004, pp. 1713-
1723.
13) Richard Sause, Kent A. Harries, Stephanie l. Walkup,
Stephen Pessiki, and James M. Ricles, (2004). "Flexural Behavior
of Concrete Columns Retrofitted with Carbon Fiber-Reinforced
Polymer Jackets", ACI Structural Journal, V.101, No. 5, September-
October 2004, pp. 708-716.
14) Hassan M. Allam, (2005). "Strengthening of Square
Columns by a new technique", The Ninth international conference
on inspection appraisal repairs and maintenance of structures,
October 20-21, 2005, Fuzhou, China, pp. 159-166.
15) Shamim A. Sheikh, (1982). "A Comparative Study of
Confinement Models", ACI Structural Journal, V. 79, July-August
1982, pp. 296-306.
16) J. B. Mander, M. J. N. Priestley, and R. Park, Fellow,
ASCE, (1988). "Theoretical tress-Strain Model For Confined
Concrete", Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 114, No.
8, August, 1988, pp. 1804-1826.
17) Michel Samaan, Amir Mirmiran, and Mohsen Shahawy,
(1998). "Model of Concrete Confined by Fiber Composites", Journal
of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 124, No. 9, September, 1998,
pp. 1025-1031.
18) Yung C. Wang and José I. Restrepo, (2001). "Investigation
of Concentrically Loaded Reinforced Concrete Columns Confined
with Glass Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Jackets", ACI Structural
Journal, V. 98, No. 3, May-June 2001, pp. 377-385.
19) ACI Committee 318, Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318M-05), American Concrete Institute.

81
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ‬

‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺴـﺎﻡ ﺩﻴﺏ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﻏﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻤﺜل ﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﻭﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻀﻁﺭﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻨﻔﻜﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﺼـﻼﺤﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺼـﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺯﻴﻨﻴـﺔ ‪Epoxy resins‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺴـﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺠﻴﺔ ‪ FRG‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ FRC‬ﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﻓﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻤﺎ ﻜﺄﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻨﺴﻴﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻜﺤﺒﺎل ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﺭﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﺍﻟـﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ )‪ (FRP‬ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺌﺠﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻭﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟـﻌﺎﻟـﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ 18‬ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﺴﻠﺢ )ﺫﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺴـﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ‪ 15x20x220‬ﺴﻡ ﻤﻘـﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟـﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟـﺤﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ‪..‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.1‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ]‪:[1‬‬
‫‪1.1‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺒل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒل ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅـﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ]‪:[1‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ )ﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ‪.(......،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﻗﺒل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻴﻭﺒﻪ ﺒـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺤﺎﺠـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﻟﻺﺼـﻼﺡ )‪ ،(repair‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ )‪ ،(Strengthening‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل )‪ ،(replacing‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﻁﻠﺤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺫﻴﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺼﺩﺃ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺤﻘـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ‪.(...‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ]‪.[3‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻗﺒل ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2.1‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻴﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﺎﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺤﻕ )‪:(Post Tensioning‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ )‪:(Adding Materials‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ )ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻁﺭﺍﺌـﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﺯﻭﻡ ﻋﻁﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ )‪:(plate bonding‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺭﺒﻁ ﺒـﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺼﻼﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌـﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ‪:FRP‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ )‪ (FRP‬ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺨﻼﺌﻁ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺘﻤﺘـﻊ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺸـﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻠﺼﻕ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ )‪ (FRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻻﺼﻘﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (10-2‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺤﻔﺭ ﺜﻘـﻭﺏ ﻀـﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻠﺅﻫﺎ ﺒﻼﺼﻕ ﺜﻡ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ( ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(11-2‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻴﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺤﻔﺭ ﺜﻘـﻭﺏ ﻀـﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺘـﻀﻌﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (2‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒﺈﺩﺨﺎل ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺜﻘﻭﺏ ﻤﺤﻔﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ 3.1‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻀﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﺎﺴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻠﺒﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1-2‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ]‪.[8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ]‪[8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ‪FRP‬‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫)‪(0‬‬ ‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(-‬‬ ‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫)‪(0‬‬ ‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫)‪(++‬‬ ‫)‪(+‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻻﺕ‪ (++) :‬ﺠﻴﺩﺍ ﺠﺩﺍﹰ‪ (+) ،‬ﺠﻴﺩ‪ (0) ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ (-) ،‬ﺴﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ )‪ (FRP‬ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ )‪ (FRP‬ﻫـﻭ ﺍﺨﺘـﺼﺎﺭ ﻟــ ‪ ،Fiber reinforced polymer‬ﻭﻴﻌﻨـﻲ‬
‫‪put‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻫﻭ ‪ Composites‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻨـﻲ‬
‫‪ together‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺴﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ )‪ (FRP‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭ ﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻨﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ )‪ (FRP‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻁﻭﻴـل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻷﻏـﺭﺍﺽ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﺒﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺘﺎﺭ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪...‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ )‪.(FRP‬‬
‫‪ 1.2‬ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ )‪:(fiber Types‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪ (FRP‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ %50‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟـ )‪ ،(FRP‬ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺨـﺼﺎﺌﺹ )‪ (FRP‬ﺒـﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻲ ﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ – ﺍﻟﺯﺠـﺎﺝ – ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴـﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺒﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻴـﺯ ﺇﺤـﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﺴﻠﻙ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﹰﺎ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﻭﻴﻭﻀـﺢ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ]‪[8‬‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ‪Kg/m3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪(MPa‬‬ ‫)‪(MPa‬‬ ‫)‪(GPa‬‬
‫‪2400‬‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬ ‫‪5-60‬‬ ‫‪40-20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪7800‬‬ ‫‪240-690‬‬ ‫‪240-690‬‬ ‫‪200-210‬‬ ‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪1750-1950‬‬ ‫‪700-7500‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪200-800‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ‬
‫‪2450-2600‬‬ ‫‪3400-4900‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪72-88‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺯﺠﺎﺝ‬
‫‪1390-1470‬‬ ‫‪2700-4100‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪70-200‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤﻴﺩ‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 2.2‬ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ )‪:(Carbon Fibers‬‬

‫ﺘﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ )‪(FRP‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ (200-800) GPa‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺎﻭل ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫‪ (0.4-2.5)%‬ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠـﻪ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻲ ﻤـﻥ ﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻟﻴـﻑ‬
‫)‪ Polyacrylonitrile(PAN‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩﺌﺫ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﻤﺅﻜﺴﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺒﻘﺎﺀﻩ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩﺌـﺫ ﻴـﺘﻡ‬
‫‪1000 − 3500 C o‬‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻜﺭﺒﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻨﺔ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﻜﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻘـﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌـﺏ‬
‫)‪ (Fatigue‬ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺯﺤﻔﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﺍﺨﻴﹰﺎ )‪ (،Relaxation Creep‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎ ٍﻩ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻭﺍﺘﺠـﺎﻫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ‪ ...‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ـﺸﺩ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ‪kg/m3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪%‬‬ ‫)‪(GPa‬‬ ‫)‪(Mpa‬‬
‫‪2.5-0.4‬‬ ‫‪800-200‬‬ ‫‪7500-700‬‬ ‫‪2100-1600‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ‪.‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 3.2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﻴﺎﻑ )‪:(Resins‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﺘﺘﺠﻪ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻫﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ ﻨﻔـﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﺴـﺘﻁﺒﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ ﻫﻤـﺎ ﻟﻭﺍﺼـﻕ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺒﻼﺴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﺍﺼﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﺴﺘﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺘﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﺴﺘﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨــﺔ ﺍﻟــﺸﺩ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ‪kg/m3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪%‬‬ ‫)‪(GPa‬‬ ‫)‪(MPa‬‬
‫‪1.0-6.5‬‬ ‫‪2.1-4.1‬‬ ‫‪20-100‬‬ ‫‪100-1450‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﺴﺘﺭ‬
‫‪1.5-9.0‬‬ ‫‪2.5-4.1‬‬ ‫‪55-130‬‬ ‫‪1100-133‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻭﺤﻅﺕ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻨﻬﺭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ )ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ( ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺯﺩﻭﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﻨﻘﺼﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪.3‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ‬
‫)ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ‪،‬ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﻤﺠﺒل ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﺜﹸﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺁﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺘﻭﺴـﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ل ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻜ ّ‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 1.3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ‪ /18/‬ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻲ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ 15:‬ﺴﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‪20:‬ﺴﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻠﹼﻲ ‪220‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫ل ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل)‪ (5‬ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪MPa‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪17.0‬‬ ‫)ﺨﻠﻁﺔ‪(A‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪29.5‬‬ ‫)ﺨﻠﻁﺔ‪(B‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪35.0‬‬ ‫)ﺨﻠﻁﺔ‪(C‬‬

‫ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻜ ّل ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠـﻭﻱ ‪ 2T10‬ﻭﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺴـﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 2T12‬ﻭﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺭﻀﻲ‪.1φ6/20 cm‬‬
‫• ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻭﻱ ‪ 2T10‬ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 3T16‬ﻭﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﺭﻀـﻲ‬
‫‪.1φ6/20 cm‬‬

‫‪1C/20cm‬‬
‫‪2T10‬‬ ‫‪2T10‬‬
‫‪2T12‬‬ ‫‪3T16‬‬
‫‪200‬‬

‫‪200‬‬

‫‪200‬‬

‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬
‫‪1800‬‬

‫‪2200‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (4‬ﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ل ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪،‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘـﻡ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺴﺘﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﻥ ﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﻤﺭ ‪ /14/‬ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﻤﺭ ‪ /28/‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2.3‬ﻜﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺨﺫﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘـﻡ‬
‫ﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﻜﺴﺭ ﺘـﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﺒﻅﺭﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺭ ‪ 28‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜ ّ‬
‫ل ﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻫـﻭ ﻤﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (6‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﻌﻤﺭ ‪ 28‬ﻴﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ‪C‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (15×15×15‬ﺴﻡ‬ ‫ﻡ‬

‫‪990‬‬ ‫‪827‬‬ ‫‪476‬‬ ‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺭ )‪(KN‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫‪2470‬‬ ‫‪2495‬‬ ‫‪2426‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ‪Kg/m3‬‬

‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪36.8‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪MPa‬‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪29.5‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪F ′c‬‬ ‫‪Mpa‬‬

‫‪ 3.3‬ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪(SIKA‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺨﺼﺎﺌﺼﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﻜﺎﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻜﻠﹼﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 1.3.3‬ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ‪ -1 :‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ‪.4300 MPa‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ‪.238000 MPa‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪.%1.8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪1mm‬‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻼﺼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ‪) 350 KN\m‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪.(1 mm‬‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ‪) 28000 N\mm 2‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪.(1 mm‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻼﺼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺨﻭﺍﺼﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﻴﻥ ‪ B،A‬ﻭﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺨﻠﻁ ‪ A\B =4\1‬ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻷﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل)‪ (7‬ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻻﺼﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(MPa‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(MPa‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬
‫‪Kg\L‬‬

‫‪3800‬‬ ‫‪3000‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪1.31‬‬ ‫‪A/B=4/1‬‬

‫‪ 4.3‬ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ‪ 18‬ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺠﺎﺌﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ 6‬ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺒﻜ ّ‬
‫ل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻀﻡ ﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ‪ 15cm‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴـﺔ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴـﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ل ﺤـﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﻭﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴـﺔ ‪90‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺒﻌﺭﺽ ‪ 10 cm‬ﻭﺒﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ‪ 10 cm‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁـﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴـﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (8‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل)‪ (8‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻡ‬

‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BI - F‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬
‫‪BI – F1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪BI – F2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪C21‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BI - S‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫ل‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬ ‫‪BI – S1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻴل ‪ 90‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ‬

‫‪BI – S2‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BII - F‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬
‫‪BII – F1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪BII – F2‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪C36‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BII - S‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫ل‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬ ‫‪BII – S1‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻴل ‪ 90‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ‬

‫‪BII – S2‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫‪92‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BIII - F‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬
‫‪BIII – F1‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪BIII – F2‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫‪C44‬‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪BIII - S‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫‪BIII – S1‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬

‫ل‬
‫ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ CFRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻴل ‪ 90‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ‬
‫‪BIII – S2‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫‪ 5.3‬ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭ ﺘـﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﻀﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴـﺏ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜﹼﻠﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ )ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺥ ﺠﻠﺦ( ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴـﻁﺢ ﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻨﻲ ﺴـﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻫﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﻭﺍﺌﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻜﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻟـﻑ‬
‫ل ﺃﺭﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨـﺼﺎﻑ ﺃﻗﻁـﺎﺭ ﻻ‬
‫ل ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺤﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ 2 cm‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪[].‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﻡ ﻟﺼﻕ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻜﹼﻠﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ل )‪ (5‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫‪ 6.3‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﻬـﺎﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﻴـﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻴـﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫)‪ (Tecnoset‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻤﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ )‪ (180cm‬ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻘـﻭﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯﺘﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ )‪ (50cm‬ﺘﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺘـﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﹰﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺭ ﺤﺘـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ )‪ (20KN/min‬ﻭﺒﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺘـﺩﺭﻴﺠﻲ ‪(5-10-15-‬‬
‫)……‪.20-25-30-40-50‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻤﺩﺭﺝ ﺫﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ )‪ (0.01 mm‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺒـﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻊ‬
‫)ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺒﺄﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺘﻴﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺘﺴﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻜﺒﺭ ﻀﻭﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬
‫‪650‬‬ ‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪650‬‬
‫‪200‬‬

‫‪1800‬‬

‫‪2200‬‬

‫ل)‪ (6‬ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 7.3‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻴـﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒـﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ل ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ)ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‪-‬ﺴﻬﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒـﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل)‪ (9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫)‪(%‬‬ ‫)‪(KN‬‬ ‫)‪(KN‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪BI - F‬‬

‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪BI – F1‬‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪75.5‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪BI – F2‬‬
‫‪C21‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪103‬‬ ‫‪103‬‬ ‫‪BI - S‬‬

‫‪136‬‬ ‫‪BI – S1‬‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪139.5‬‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪BI – S2‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪BII - F‬‬ ‫‪C36‬‬

‫‪96.5‬‬ ‫‪BII – F1‬‬

‫‪33.5‬‬ ‫‪93.5‬‬
‫‪90.5‬‬ ‫‪BII – F2‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬ ‫‪BII - S‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪141‬‬ ‫‪BII – S1‬‬

‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪147‬‬
‫‪153‬‬ ‫‪BII – S2‬‬

‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪69‬‬ ‫‪BIII - F‬‬

‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪BIII – F1‬‬

‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪94.5‬‬
‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪BIII – F2‬‬
‫‪C44‬‬
‫‪--‬‬ ‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪117‬‬ ‫‪BIII - S‬‬

‫‪156.6‬‬ ‫‪BIII – S1‬‬

‫‪34.5‬‬ ‫‪157.3‬‬
‫‪158‬‬ ‫‪BIII – S2‬‬

‫‪ 8.3‬ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‪-‬ﺴﻬﻡ(‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻤﺩﺭﺝ ﺫﻭ ﺩﻗﺔ )‪ (0.01 mm‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺒـﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻊ‬
‫)ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺒﺄﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺘﻴﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻜ ﱢل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪2‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (7‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BI-F2‬ﻭ)‪(BI-F1‬ﻭ)‪(BI-F‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺋﺰ )‪ (BII-F‬و )‪(BII-F1‬و)‪(BII-F2‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪2‬‬
‫‪20‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (8‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BII-F2‬ﻭ)‪(BII-F1‬ﻭ)‪(BII-F‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪2‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (9‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BIII-F2‬ﻭ)‪(BIII-F1‬ﻭ)‪(BIII-F‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪1‬‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﻮى ‪2‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (10‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BI-S2‬ﻭ)‪(BI-S1‬ﻭ)‪(BI-S‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (11‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BII-S2‬ﻭ)‪(BII-S1‬ﻭ)‪(BII-S‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‬

‫اﻟﺴﻬﻢ )‪(mm‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ )‪(Kn‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (12‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BIII-S2‬ﻭ)‪(BIII-S1‬ﻭ)‪(BIII-S‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (7‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪C20‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤﺕ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫)‪ (%73-%18‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (10.1‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (8‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪C35‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤﺕ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ‬

‫‪98‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫)‪ (%10-%7‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠـﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (13.1‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (9‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪C50‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤﺕ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫)‪ (%23-%5‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠـﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (10.3‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (10‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ‪ C20‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ (%11-%2.5‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠـﺴﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (8.9‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (11‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ‪ C35‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ (%30-%11‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠـﺴﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (9.8‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ )ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ –ﺴﻬﻡ( ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ‪:‬‬
‫ل)‪ (12‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ‪ C50‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (%13‬ﺘﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻯ )‪ (12‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪.9.3‬ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻠﹼﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﻨﺒـﻴﻥ ﺁﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ C20‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (15KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪.(60KN‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ C20‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (30KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (75KN‬ﻤﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ‬
‫)ﺸﻕ ﻗﺼﻲ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ C35‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸـﻕ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (20 KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴـﻊ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪.(70 KN‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ C35‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (30KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﻀـﺢ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (93.5KN‬ﻤﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒـﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪(50-60 KN‬ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ C50‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (25 KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪.(70 KN‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C50‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (30KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴـﻊ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤـﺩﺙ‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﻀـﺢ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ ) ‪70-65‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (95KN‬ﻤﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒـﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫‪(KN‬ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C20‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﻁ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (45 KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ)‪(70KN‬ﻭﺒـﺩﺃﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪(100 KN‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C20‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (30-40KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ)‪(95-120 KN‬‬
‫ل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ )‪(138 KN‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘـﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﻘـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C35‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﻁ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (40 KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ)‪(70KN‬ﻭﺒـﺩﺃﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔﺍ )‪ (111 KN‬ﺒﺸﻕ ﻗﺹ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C35‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (40KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ)‪ (80-100 KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ‬
‫ل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ )‪(146.5 KN‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪(2‬ﻭ)‪ (3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤـﺩﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘـﺩﻫﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C50‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﻁ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (40 KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (75KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔﺍ )‪ (117KN‬ﺒﺸﻕ ﻗﺹ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤـﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ C50‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺸﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (40KN‬ﻭﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ)‪ (90-105 KN‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ‬
‫ل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )‪ (157 KN‬ﻭﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (13‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BI-F‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (14‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BI-F1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (15‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ )‪(BI-s‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل)‪ (16‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ )‪(BI-s1‬‬

‫‪ 10.3‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ل ﻭﺴـﻁﻲ )‪(%25‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒـﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺒـﺸﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ)‪ (%34‬ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ‬
‫)‪ (%34‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼـﺔ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﺒﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺸﻕ ﻗﺹ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ﻭﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴـﺔ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻨﻔﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻊ ﺒﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺘﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺸﻕ ﻗﺹ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ﻭﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻜﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪1.Andres Carolin, "Strengthening of Concrete Structure with CFRP Shear‬‬
‫‪Strengthening‬‬ ‫‪and Full-Scale Applications", Lulea University of‬‬
‫‪technology, Sweden, 2001‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﺯﻴﺯ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﺨﻁﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺩﻡ ﻭﺼﺩﻉ ﻗﺴﻡ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﺤﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل )ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ( ﻟﻡ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﻠﻤﻭﺴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻹﻗﺎﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺘﻬﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺜﺒﺘﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻘﺭﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺩﻉ‬
‫ﻏﺭﺏ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺍﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻘـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﻠـﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺤﺭﻜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻬـﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫـﺎ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻊ ﺁﺜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻓﻬـﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺴـﺒﺔ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪ .‬ﺘﺘـﺄﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬـﺎ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ‬

‫‪104‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺯﻭﺍﻴـﺎ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺠﺌـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺭﺍﻓـﻲ ﻟـﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ )‪ (Arabian plate‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺭﻭﺃﺴﻴﻭﻴﺔ )‪ (European Asian plate‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﺔ )‪ (African plate‬ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺃﺭﺍﻀﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ ]‪.[1‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺼﺩﻉ )ﻓﺎﻟﻕ( ﻏﺭﺏ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ )‪ (West Shaam Fault‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼـل ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺸﻤﺎل‪-‬‬
‫ﺠﻨﻭﺏ ﺒﻁﻭل ‪ 1100‬ﻜﻡ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻋﹰﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺠـﺯﺀ‬
‫ﺠﻨﻭﺒﻲ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺠﺯﺀ ﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﺒﻁﻭل ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 500‬ﻜﻡ ﻋﺒﺭ‬
‫ﻏﺭﺏ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ]‪ .[2‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﻨﺸﻁ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺎ ﻤﻨـﺫ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻭﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺯﺍل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁـﻭل‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻜﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ )‪ (pull-apart‬ﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺭﺃﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ )‪(graben‬‬
‫ﺜﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻜﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‪ .‬ﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻋﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺨﻁﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﻴﺨﺘـﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘـﻡ ﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻎ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﻟـﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﻨﺫ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ]‪. [3‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭ ﻭﻏﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺤﺭﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺩﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺸﺭﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻴﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫‪105‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻟﺘﺤـﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻨـﺔ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺘﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺘﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻠﺨـﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺜﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﻴ‪‬ﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯﺍل ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺘﻌﻘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺸﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻴـﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻼﻫﻤـﺎ ﻤﻌـﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺜﺔ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﺩﺜﻬﺎ ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﺤﺠﺭ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺴﺎﻜﻥ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ )ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴـﺎﺌﻲ( ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﺴـﻔﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ )ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﺜل‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺠﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺅﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺅﺭﻱ ) ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻬـﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺒﺅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺭﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ )ﻤـﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬـﺯﺓ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ )ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ( ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .2‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺨﻭﺓ )ﻁﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻤﻠﻴﺔ( ﺒﻌﻤـﻕ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺼﻭﺼﺔ ﺭﺹ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .2‬ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ اﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪106‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﺍ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﻤﻜـﺎﻥ ﺘﺨﻤـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺇﻴﺠـﺎﺩ ﺇﺴـﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺃﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﺨـﺫ‬
‫ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل )ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﺭﻜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨـﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻬـﺎ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل )ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ( ]‪ .[4‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺇﻴﺠـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬

‫ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠـﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺒـﺭﺍﻜﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﻜﺯ ﻫﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺒﻨﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻭﻨﺔ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺏ )ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ(‪ .‬ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻁﻭل ﻓـﺎﻟﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁ ‪ 175‬ﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺘﺠﻪ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎل ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻐـﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﺒﻠـﻎ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻟﻪ ‪ 240‬ﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺘﺠﻪ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﻨﺤـﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬـﺩﺍﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺕ‪ .‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ‪ 3‬ﺘﻔـﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻓﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﺤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨـﺫ ﺍﺘﺠـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟـﻕ )ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻐـﺭﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .3‬ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﻉ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ( ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺤﺎﺼـﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺸـﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴـﺭﻏﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺴـﺭﻏﺎﻴﺎ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﻤﻌﻠـﻡ ﺨﻁـﻲ‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺒﻁﻭل ‪ 120‬ﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺘﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠـﻪ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻕ – ﻏﺭﺏ ﺒﻁﻭل ‪370‬ﻜﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪400‬ﻜﻡ ﻭﻴﺼل ﺸﺭﻗﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺕ ]‪.[5‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺼﺩﻉ ﻏﺭﺏ ﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻁـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻨﻭﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺤﻅـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻫﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﺒﻨـﺸﺎﻁ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟـﻲ‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺁﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ]‪.[6‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺤﺭﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ]‪ ،[7‬ﺒﻌﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ 24‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 18‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺼﺩ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1995‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻲ ﺒﻲ ﺍﺱ )‪ (GPS‬ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺃﻜﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﺤﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻠﻬﺎ ﺤﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ .‬ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ 4‬ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺭﺼﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺭﺼﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺴﺭﻏﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺜﻤﺎﻨﻲ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺭﺼﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺠﺒل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﻁﺘﻲ ﺭﺼﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻙ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻜل ‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ‪ 24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻋﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺨﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺨﻼل ﻋﺼﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻭﺠﻴﻥ )‪ (Neogene‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻲ )‪ (Quaternary‬ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻁﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻗﻲ ﻤﻥ‬

‫‪108‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ‪ .‬ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺼﺎﻨﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺸﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﻲ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ )ﻜﺎﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻭﺭﻓﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺘﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ( ﻭﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ]‪ .[8‬ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ (1:‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ (2 .‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ‪ (3 .‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺘﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ (4 .‬ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻻﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺴﻤﻭﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻭﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺘﻲ ]‪.[9‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺘﺸﺒﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﻴﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﺍﻨﻴﺕ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻤل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺠﻴﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺭﺼﺩ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻴﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﻘﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﺨﻼل ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ ]‪.[10‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺇﻗﺎﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻭﺍﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺭﻀﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺜـل ﻅﻬـﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺨﻔﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻱﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻴﺨﻔﻑ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻨـﺴﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺭﻀﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ]‪ .[11‬ﺘﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺭﻴـﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﻭﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺼﺩ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺤﻭل ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﻨﺼﻑ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ‪150‬ﻜﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﻓﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﻙ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ )ﻤﺜل ﻭﺼـﻑ ﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻨﻤﻁﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻁﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﻬـﺎ ﻭﻤﻴﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﹼﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﻓﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﻨﺼﻑ ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 25‬ﻜﻡ )ﻤﺜل ﺤﻔﺭ ﺨﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﺴﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘـﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺈﻋـﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻤﺭ ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺒﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ(‪.‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺢ ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﺯﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻜﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘـﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻤﺘـﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘـﻲ ﻭﻋﻤﻘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺜﺨﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﻁـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻭﻴـﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﻫﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻫﻨﺩﺴـﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺨﺭ ﺍﻷﻡ )‪ ،(bed rock‬ﻭﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜـﺸﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻴﻑ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻏﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺭﻭﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﺠـﺩﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺤﻤﻭﻻﺘﻪ )ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﻭﻨﻎ ﻭﺒﻭﺍﺴﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ(‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻏـﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻌﺔ ﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺘﺤـﺕ ﻏﻁـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼل ﻟﻌﻤﻕ ‪30‬ﻡ( ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﻲ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺼﺨﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ]‪. [12‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺠﻡ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺘﻀﺭﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺨﺭﺍﺏ ﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺼﺎﺒﺔ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺘﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺒﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ )ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﺨﻔـﻀﺔ‬
‫)ﺭﺴﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺭﺨﻭﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﹰﺎ( ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻠﻌﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ )ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺴـﻤﺎﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺘـﺩﺍﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻭﻱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻨﺘـﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ( ﺩﻭﺭًﹰﺍ ﻤﻬﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ(‪ .‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ )ﺍﻟﻨﺘـﻭﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻭﻏﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺩ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺎﺏ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﺒﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺒﺴﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻜﺎﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟـﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﻔﺠﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺭﺍﺌـﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺠﻴﺩﹰﺍ )ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﺜﺎﻓﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌـﻕ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ ]‪. [13‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ (seismic hazard assessment) :‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁـﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻡ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻭﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗـﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺨﻤﺎﺩ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻌـﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻀـﻤﺤﻼل )‪ (attenuation relations‬ﻟﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟـﺯﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻨﻁﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻟﻜل ﻨﻁﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ ]‪. [14‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﻤل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨـﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﻁـﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻗـﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼـﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ )‪ (liquefaction‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ )ﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻐﻁﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻭﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﻔﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺴـﻭﺭﻴﺔ(‬
‫]‪.[15‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ‬

‫ﺃﺜﺒﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨـﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺸﺔ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺩﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘـﺭﺩﺩ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﺘﺩﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ]‪.[16‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻔﻀل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ ﺤـﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻨﻴﻨـﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‬
‫أﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺯﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺤل ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‬ ‫أﺳﻔﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎت ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬ ‫)ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ( ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻤﻙ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‬

‫ﺣﺮآﺔ اﻟﺰﻟﺰال‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻤﺘــﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻘــﻲ ﻭﺍﺴــﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .4‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﻗﻴـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ(‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪) ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ( ﺘﺒـﺩﺃ ﻤﺭﺤﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻨﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻀﻤﻥ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔـﺎﻅ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺴﻼﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻤﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﺘﺤﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ )ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟـﺯﻻﺯل( ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .4‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ )‪ (amplification‬ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺭﺃﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺭﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘـﻀﺨﻴﻡ‬

‫‪113‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀـﺢ ﻟﻠـﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ )ﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤــﺎﺩﺙ ﻟــﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠــﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤــﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟــﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﺘﺤــﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻔﻌــﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫)‪(deformations & strains‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﺴﻔﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘـﺅﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻜﺎﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﻴـﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻀـﻤﺤﻼل‬
‫)‪ (damping‬ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻻﻤﺘـﺼﺎﺼﻬﺎ‬
‫ـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ـﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻔﻌـ‬
‫ـﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻅـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻘﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﺴﻔﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ )‪ (ADINA‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻋﻤـﺎﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ]‪. [17‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﺴﻔﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ‪6‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﺴﻔﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪) .‬ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻥ ﻤـﺄﺨﻭﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ Adina‬ﻭﻤﻜﺒﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ (7‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬

‫ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺨﺼﺎﺌﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻀﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻯ ﺘﺤـﺕ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺴـﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻭﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻬـﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ]‪.[18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 7‬ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺘﺘـﺄﻟﻑ‬
‫ﻤﻥ‪ (1 :‬ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫)ﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ ‪(shear wall‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬــﺎ ﻟﻠﻘــﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴــﺔ‪(2 ،‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل‬
‫ـﺔ‪(3 ،‬‬
‫ـﺎل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤـ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤــﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤــﺎل ﺍﻟــﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺘﻘل ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻗﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ )‪ ،(F=m*a‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ )‪ (F‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻨﻌﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺘﻨﻘل ﻋﺒﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺜـﻡ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ (m) .‬ﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ)‪ (a‬ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﺃﻗل‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﻟﻠـﺯﻻﺯل ﺘﻌﺘﻤـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺨـﺼﺎﺌﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ‪ :‬ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨ ﹰﺔ ﺒﺫﺒﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‬
‫)ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﻤﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل‬
‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻨـﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪ (P-wave, Primary-wave‬ﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻔل )ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻭﻴﺔ )‪ (Secondary-wave S-wave‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻤﺭ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒﺘﻭﻟﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﺎ )ﻭﻜل ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤـﻀﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺃﺜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ( ]‪ .[19‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﻤﺤـﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﺩﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﻗـﻭﻯ ﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ )‪ (in-plan‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ ،8‬ﻭﻗﻭﻯ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻱ )‪(out-of-plan‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ ،9‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 9‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 8‬ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻃﺮق اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻻوﺗﺎر )‪(chords‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻗﻮﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎت )‪(collectors‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺪران )‪(shear wall‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺻﻞ )‪(joints‬‬ ‫اﻟﻬﻴﺎآﻞ )‪(frames‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺑﻄﺎت )‪(connections‬‬ ‫أﻓﻘﻴﺔ )اﻟﺴﻘﻮف واﻻرﺿﻴﺎت(‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺎﺋﺢ )‪(diaphragms‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺎﺳﺎت )‪(foundations‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 10‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﲪﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺰﻻﺯﻝ‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ )ﻜل ﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ( ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ )ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ( ﻤﺭﻭﺭﺍ ﺒﻜل ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻤﻔﺎﺼﻠﻪ ﻭﺼـﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺘﺼﻨﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺼـﺭ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ( ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺜﺎﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴـﻕ ﻴﺘﻤﺘـﻊ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ )‪(Diaphragms‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻨﻪ ﺘﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻗـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .11‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻘل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﻓﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ )‪ (shear wall‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻗﺹ ﻭﻗﻭﻯ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘـﺴﻠﻙ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭﻥ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺘﻭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻨﻲ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .12‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜـل‬
‫)‪ (frames‬ﻓﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ )‪ (columns‬ﻭ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﺘـﺩﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺍﻓﺩ )‪ ،(beams‬ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل )‪ .(joints‬ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬـﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ‬

‫‪117‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺴﻴﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﺠﺎﻨﺒﺎ ﻤﺅﺩﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﻭﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﻓﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺘﺤﻠل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺸﺩ ﻭﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ )ﺍﻟـﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ (foundation‬ﻓﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺤﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻘﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻠﺔ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻜـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻘﺼﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺨﺭ ﻤﺅﺩﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﻴﺯﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻨﻘـل‬
‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻥ‪ (1 :‬ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺴﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﺤل‪ (2 .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺴﻭﻑ‬
‫‪‬ﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﺤل ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﻓﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﺌﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.13‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 12‬ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻟﻠﺰﻻﺯﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 13‬ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺰﻻﺯﻝ‬

‫‪118‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻴ‪‬ﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ‬
‫]‪ ،[20‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ (1 :‬ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤل ﻟﻸﺜﻘﺎل ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ (2 .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠـﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺠﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻋﺯﻡ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻀﻤﻨﻲ‪ (3 .‬ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .14‬ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﺠﻬﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔـﺭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﺭﻴﺔ )‪ (tanked basement‬ﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﺒـﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﹸﺘ ﹶﻨﺯِل ﻤـﻥ ﻤﺭﻜـﺯ ﺜﻘـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﺃﻗـﺭﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺴـﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺜﺒﺎﺘﹰﺎ‪ (2 .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻤﻲ ﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺘﺠﻬﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴـﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺜﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻗل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺒﻌـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒـﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 15‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻴﻭﻀﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﻥ ‪ 14‬ﻭ ‪ .15‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴـﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﺯﺨﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﺄﺘﻲ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺠﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (high crushing point‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤـل ﻋﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻑﺀ )‪ ،(sufficient bonding systems‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺭﺒﻁ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻭﻓـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻠﻴـﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺸﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻔـﺼل ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺌﻴـﺔ ﻜـﺎﻟﺤﺠﺭ – ‪(self‬‬
‫)‪ (4 .bounding as special joints‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴـﺔ )‪shear‬‬
‫‪ (walls‬ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻅﺭ ﻭﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﻥ‪ (5 .‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟـﺼﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻤﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪ %100‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻤﺅﺩﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ (6 .‬ﻋﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل‬
‫ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻤﺔ ﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻤﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ (7 .‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺒـﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻼﻁ )‪ (mortar‬ﺫﻭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﺀ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻁﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻜﻌﻠﺒـﺔ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩﺓ )‪(8 .(box-type‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪ ،(STADPRO)(SAP2000)(ANSYS‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺒﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (visual‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻸﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻴﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ]‪.[21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸـﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪(1 :‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻻﻨﺴﻴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘـﻊ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻟﻘـﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼـﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ـﺔ‬
‫ـل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴـ‬
‫ـﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺘـ‬
‫ـﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻤـ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ‪ (3 ،‬ﺘﻘﻠﻴـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 16‬ﺘﺸﻜل ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻗـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺇﺯﺍﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ (4 ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﺼﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ ﺨﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ﻭﻤﺤـﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻁﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﻭل ﻓﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺯﻡ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﺫﺍﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ( ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪،16‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﺭﻨﻪ ﻗﻠﻴـل( ﻭﺍﻟـﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 17‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻴﻔﻀل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒـﺔ ) ‪Z,‬‬
‫‪ (H, T, L‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺴﺎﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘـﺭﺍﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﺎﺌﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ (5 .‬ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺯﺌﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ )‪ (major zone‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﺎﻨﻭﻴـﺔ ) ‪minor‬‬
‫‪ (zone‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ )ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻼﻟﻡ ﻭﻏﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻀـﻊ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻨـﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻭﻱ ﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬـﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻀـﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‪ (6 .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴـل ﻤـﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺠـﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺭﺯﺓ‬
‫)‪ (cantilevers‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺠﻤﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻁـﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ (7 .17‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ‪ (8 .‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﺴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘـﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 8‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬

‫ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﻭﺇﻀـﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺘﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل )ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻨﻴﻥ( ]‪ .[22‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﺠﻬﻴـﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ]‪ ،[23‬ﻭﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻻﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ )‪ (active control‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﻌـﺎﻜﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺘـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟـﺔ ) ‪active‬‬
‫‪ (tendons‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ ،18‬ﻭﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟـﺔ ) ‪active tuned mass‬‬
‫‪ (damper‬ﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴـﻔل ﺍﻟـﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻠـﻰ ﺒﻭﺍﺴـﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﻔل ﻭﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ]‪ [24‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.19‬‬

‫‪AMD-1‬‬
‫‪AMD-2‬‬ ‫‪Sensor‬‬

‫‪Control‬‬
‫‪computer‬‬
‫‪Actuator‬‬

‫‪Sensor‬‬

‫‪Sensor‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 20‬ﺍﻻﳘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ]‪[24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺍﻻﳘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ )‪ (passive control‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ ﺒﻘـﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﺯﻟﺔ )‪ ،(base isolation‬ﺍﻻﻫﻤـﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺨـﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺩﻨﻲ‬
‫)‪ ،(metallic yield dampers‬ﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ )‪ ،(friction dampers‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻠـﺯﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻁﻲ )‪ ،(viscoelastic dampers‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ) ‪viscous fluid‬‬
‫‪ ،(dampers‬ﻭﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ )‪ ،(tuned mass damper‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪reverse‬‬
‫‪ ،(force‬ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﺩ )‪ ،(damping increase‬ﻭﺍﻤﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ )‪،(absorb energy‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻫﻤﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ )‪. [25] (liquid damper tuned‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻻﳘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺞ ]‪[26‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻤﺞ )‪ (hybrid control‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻑ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ )‪ (semi-active control‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﺒﺄﺴـﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪%5‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻟـﻰ ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ %2.5‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻠل ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪-%58.9‬‬
‫‪ %80.5‬ﺒﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪ %71‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﻠل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺘـﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫‪ %98.3 -%87.1‬ﺒﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪.[26] %95.3‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌـل ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﻁﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯﻏﺔ ﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘﻁـﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﺒـﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (intelligent architecture‬ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺎﻗﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺒﺄﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﻁﻴﻥ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻷﺘﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻤﻜﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﻤﺘﺯﺍﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﺠﻌل ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺨﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻭﺘﻌﻅـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‪ 22‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻲ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻭل ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﻜﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻀﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻀـﺩ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤـﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺦ(‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ]‪. [27‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪Internet‬‬ ‫‪Computer‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺬﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺎﻛﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪Aided Design‬‬
‫‪Modeling‬‬ ‫‪Simulation‬‬
‫‪Information‬‬ ‫‪CAD‬‬
‫‪communication‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺯﻣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪3D‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﻲ‬
‫‪Visualisation‬‬ ‫‪Artificiel‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪Intelligence‬‬
‫‪Facility‬‬ ‫)‪(GIS‬‬
‫‪Management‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺃﲤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪Building‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫‪Automation. Real‬‬ ‫‪Management‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ‬ ‫‪for persons‬‬
‫‪time/run time‬‬
‫‪Functionalities‬‬ ‫‪Users‬‬ ‫‪SAP‬‬ ‫‪& cost‬‬
‫‪security 99.98%‬‬ ‫‪Interaction‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 22‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﺩ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻴـﺩﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻘل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ )ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻲ ) ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻡ(‪ .‬ﻴﻭﻀـﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 23‬ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺘﻤﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ]‪.[28‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺯﻴﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜـﺸﻑ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺒﺸﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﺒﻼﻍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﻭﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل‬
‫ﻭﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻭﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨـﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻭﺕ )‪(voice recognition‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ )‪ (face recognition‬ﻭﺃﺘﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ )‪pin-‬‬
‫‪ (code‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﺭ )‪ (passwords‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺸـﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻷﺼـﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨـﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻭﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺒﺸﺭﻱ ]‪.[29‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺛﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﱪﳎﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜ ﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 23‬ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﻔﺼل ﻋﻥ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻭﺘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﺼﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﻴﻘـﺎﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺹ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ )‪(smart floor‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﻗـﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺄﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺫﺍﺘﻴﺎ ﻨﻘل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺨل ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺭ ]‪ .[30‬ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‬

‫‪125‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺘـﻭﻁﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻨـﺎﻫﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺠﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻨﺎﻤﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻬﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺨـﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻴﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻤﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴـﺩﻱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌـﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻁﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫـﺎ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻬـﺎ ﻭﻓﻘـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘـﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺩﻴـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ )‪ (Sustainable city‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺴـﺘﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻗﻠـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻭﻜﻬﻭﻟﻡ )ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ( ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺒـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻴﻭﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺇﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﺘﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼـﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻓـﻲ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺨﺎﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟـﻲ ﺒﻨـﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﺠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺜﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﻭﺍﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ‪(1 :‬‬
‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‪ (2 ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‪ (3 ،‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺯﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ (5 ،‬ﻤﺴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬـﺎ‪(6 ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ :‬ﺒﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺄﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺄﻤـﺎﻜﻥ ﺤـﺩﻭﺙ‬

‫‪126‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺴﻴل ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ (7 ،‬ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻐﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ (8 .‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‪ (9 ،‬ﻭﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ (10 ،‬ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻀﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴـﺔ ﻨـﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ‪(1 :‬‬
‫ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ (2 .‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﻬـﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻓﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ ﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ (3 .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺠﺭﺩ ﺸﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺜﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ (4 .‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺘﻌﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻤل ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻅﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨـﺸﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﻤﻴﻜﺭﻭﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺜﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪ (5 .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺤﻤـﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺘﺭﺒﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪ (6 .‬ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻁـﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺩﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﻴﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺠـﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﺎ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻼ ﻴﻘﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴـﻑ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻌﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬

[1] Sbeinati, R., Darawcheh, R., & Mouty, M., (2005). “The historical
earthquakes of Syria: an analysis of large and moderate earthquakes from
1365 B.C. to 1900 A.D., Annals of Geophysics 48, 3, 347-435.
[2] Muller, B., Sperner, B., Theune, U., & Fuchs., K. (2005), “The world
stress map project (WSM)”. Heidelberg Academy of Science and
Humanities; Geophysical Institute, University of Karlsrule, Germany.
[3] El-Isa, Z. (1983), “Seismic risk in Jordan” In the proceeding of the 1st
Jordan Geology Conference, Amman, pp 523-541.
[4] Green, Norman B., (1987) “Earthquake resistant, building design and
construction”, 3rd ed. Elsevier Publishing Co. USA
[5] Chorowicz, J., Dhont, D., Ammar, O., Rukieh, M., & Bilal, A.,
(2005), “Tectonic of the Pliocene Homs basalts (Syria) & implications
for Dead Sea fault zone activity” J. of the Geological Soc., 162, pp 259-
271.
‫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﻓﺎﻴﺯ ﺃﺴﺎﻤﺔ‬،‫[ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‬6]
‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‬
.78-67 ‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻀﻊ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﺯﻴﺯ‬،‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬،‫[ ﺭﻗﻴﺔ‬7]
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ )ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬،(‫ﻓﺎﻟﻕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‬
.539-553 ‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻋﺯﻴﺯ‬،‫[ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬8]
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل‬،‫ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
.569-555
[9] Saleh, H., & Chelouah, R., (2003). “The design of the global
navigation satellite surveying networks using genetic
Algorithms”. Journal of the Engineering Applications of Artificial
Intelligence. 17 (1),111-122
[10] Saleh, H., 2003. An artificial intelligent design for GPS surveying
networks. GPS Solutions 7 (2),101-108.

128
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

[11] Rukieh, M., Trifonv, V.G., Dononov, A.E., Minini, H., Ammar, O.,
Ivanova, T.P, Zaza, T., Yusef, A., Al-Shara, M., and Jobaili, Y, (2005),
“Neotectonic map of Syria and some aspects of Late Cenozoic
evolution of the north western boundary zone of the Arabian plate”
Journal of Geodynamics, Vol. 40 pp 235-256
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ‬،‫ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‬،‫[ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‬12]
‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
.236-223 ‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﻁﻼل ﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ‬،‫[ ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬13]
‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬.‫ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
.429-417 ‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬
[14]Campbell, K. W; (2003), “Prediction of strong ground motion using
hybrid empirical method and its use in the development of ground-
motion (attenuation) relations in Eastern North America”, Bull. Section.
Soc. Am., 93(3), 1012-1033
[15] Al-Amri, A., (1994). “Seismicity of the south-western Arabian
Shield and southern Red Sea”. Journal of African Earth Science, 19 (1/2),
17-25
[16] Parolai, S., Bormann, P., & Milkereit, C., (2002). “New
relationships between Vs, thickness of sediments, and response
frequency calculated by H/V ratio of Seismic noise for the Cologne area
(Germany). Bull. Seism. Soc. Am., 92, 521-2527
[17] Dowrick, D.; (2003) “Earthquake Risk Reduction – Seismic
Response of Soils and Structures”. Chapter 5. John Wiley & Sons, NY.
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﺇﻻﺀ‬،‫[ ﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺤﻤﻴﺩ‬18]
-‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
.265-253 ‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2
[19] Fur, L., Yang, H.T.Y., & Ankireddi S. (1996). “Vibration control of
tall buildings under seismic & wind loads”. Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE. 122, 948-957
[20] Chopra, A.K 1998.Dynamics of Structures. Prentice Hall of Indian
Private Limited, New Delhi,.
‫ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬،(2008) ،‫ ﺃﺩﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭﻱ‬،‫[ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬21]
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ‬.‫ﻜﺈﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ‬

129
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

،‫ ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ‬2 -‫ ﺁﺫﺍﺭ‬28 ،‫ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ‬،‫ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬

.400-387 ‫ﺹ‬
[22] Ogata, K., (1998). “Modern control engineering”. Prentice Hall of
Indian Private Limited, New Delhi.
seismically excited steel [23]Kim, D. and Lee, I. 2001. Neuro-control of
structure through sensitivity evaluation scheme. Earthquake Engineering
and Structural Dynamics. 30, 1361–1377.
[24] Shahid Alam, S. M., & Shunsuke B., (1993). “Robust active optimal
control scheme including soil-structure interaction”. Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE. 119, 2533-2551.
[25] Scruggs, J., & Lindner, D., (1999). “Active energy control in civil
structures”. The SPIE Symposium on smart structures & materials,
Newport Beach, CA.
[26] Yang, J. N., Li, Z., & Liu, S. C., (1992). “Control of hysteretic
system using velocity & acceleration feedbacks. Journal of Engineering
Mechanics, ASCE. 118, 2227-2245.
[27] Alexander, David (1993) ‘Natural Hazard’ London: UCL Press
Limited, UK. WTA (2000). ‘Intelligent City and Building Awards’. Cited
in: http://www.worldteleport.org/AwardsSponser/ICBTawards.html (30-
06-2003)
[28] Stalberg, C., (1994). “The intelligent city & emergency management
in the 21st Century”. Chronicle So World: The International Emergency
Management and Engineering Conference
[29] Dewsbury. G., Taylor. B., & Edge. M., (2001). “The process of
designing appropriate smart homes: including the user in design”. The 1st
Equator IRC workshop on ubiquitous in domestic environments. The
school of computer science and information technology, Nottingham, UK
[30] Coggan, Donald (2000), Intelligent Buildings: Simply Explained,
Cited in: http://www.coggan.com/ib/simple.html (15-06-2005)

130
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ ‪Abstract‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺯﺍل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭﺓ ﻟﻺﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻤﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪) 230 MPa‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻻﻨﻔﻌﺎل‬
‫‪ (0.20%‬ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 700 MPa‬ﻟﻠﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻨﺴﺒﹰﺎ )ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ( ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺒﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺩﺨﺎﺭ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻴﺯﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻭﺌﻪ ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺸﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ‪ . Studs‬ﺘﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ﻭﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ .‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪ Yield and Ultimate Stress‬ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻲ )ﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﺠﺯﺌﻲ( ‪ .‬ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ ‪Kew words‬‬

‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﺭﻥ – ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌل ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺘﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌل ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺠﺯﺌﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪Introduction‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﺼﻨﺎﻑ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﺼﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺼﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻨﺴﺏ ﺴﻌﺭ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ -‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ‬
‫ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻁﺭﻗﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ‪Suzuki, T. ,‬‬
‫‪Ogawa, T. and Ikarashi, K. 1994, Børvik, T., Dey, S. and Clausen, A. H.‬‬
‫)‪(2009‬‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺭﻜﺯﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻁﺭﻗﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ )‪(Sloane 1998‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﻗﺼﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ‪ I‬ﺫﻱ ﺠﻨﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻨﻔﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ )ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺭﺽ(‬

‫)‪Summary of Main Relative Formulas for Beams (Girders‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪I‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ . (1‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯﻫﺎ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. c‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪0.5 Af‬‬ ‫‪0.5 Af‬‬

‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪0.5 Af‬‬ ‫‪0.5 Af‬‬

‫‪Figure 1. Typical I steel section‬‬

‫‪2-1‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪:Relative Deflection‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﻬﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ ﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆2‬‬ ‫‪EI‬‬
‫‪= 1 1‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪∆1 E 2 I 2‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = I2 ,I1‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﻋﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ(‬
‫‪ = E2 ,E1‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ )ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ(‬

‫‪ 2-2‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ‪:Optimum section depth‬‬

‫‪1/ 3‬‬
‫‪⎛3‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫⎟ ‪copt = ⎜ α s‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪⎝2‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ = α :‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ = s ، α = c / t‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬

‫‪ 2-3‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ‪:Minimum section area‬‬

‫‪1/ 3‬‬
‫‪⎛ 18 s 2‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫⎜⎜ = ‪Amin‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪⎝ α‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪ 2-4‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﻋﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ‪:Minimum section area‬‬
‫‪α Amin‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪Imin‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (4‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪4/3‬‬
‫⎞ ‪∆ 2 E1 I1 E1 ⎛ F1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫⎟ ⎜‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪∆1 E2 I 2 E2 ⎜⎝ F2‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ = F2 ,F1 :‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ‪:Buckling Strength‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ‪ Buckling‬ﻓﻲ ﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Table 1. Some relative formulas taking buckling strength‬‬

‫‪1/ 2‬‬
‫⎞ ‪α 2 ⎛ E2 F1‬‬
‫⎜=‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ α‬ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪α1 ⎜⎝ E1 F2‬‬

‫‪1/ 3‬‬ ‫‪1/ 6‬‬ ‫‪1/ 2‬‬

‫‪c‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ E1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪A2 ⎛ E1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ F1‬‬
‫‪= 2‬‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫‪c1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ E2‬‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪A1 ⎜⎝ E2‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ F2‬‬

‫‪1/ 6‬‬ ‫‪1/ 2‬‬

‫⎞ ‪c2 ⎛ E 2‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ F1‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪c1 ⎜⎝ E1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ F2‬‬

‫‪7/6‬‬ ‫‪31 / 2‬‬

‫⎞ ‪∆ 2 ⎛ E1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ F2‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪∆1 ⎜⎝ E2‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ F1‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺸﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ )ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪:(2‬‬
‫‪Table 2. Some relative formulas taking self weight‬‬
‫‪9 w 2 L4‬‬
‫= ‪Amin‬‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ‬
‫‪32 F 2α‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1/ 2‬‬ ‫‪3/ 2‬‬
‫⎞ ‪A2 ⎛ w2‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ E1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ F1‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜=‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎜⎜‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪A1 ⎜⎝ w1‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ E2‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ F2‬‬
‫‪c2 w2 F1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﻥ‬
‫‪c1 w1 F2‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ = w2 ,w1 :‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫‪134‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻴﻨﺔ ‪:Analysis of Hybrid Steel Beams‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻫﺠﻴﻥ ﺫﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪:I‬‬
‫‪c3‬‬
‫‪Mp = [0.5 A c (1+β) – 0.25‬‬ ‫‪(1+2β)] F‬‬ ‫)‪(6‬‬
‫‪α‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ = F‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ‬
‫‪ = (1+β)F‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺃﺠﻨﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ )‪ = β‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ( ‪ = A ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ‬

‫ﺒﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪I:‬ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬

‫‪1/ 3‬‬
‫⎫ ‪⎧ 2α M p‬‬ ‫‪1+ γ‬‬
‫⎨=‪c‬‬ ‫⎬‪R‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫=‪R‬‬ ‫)‪(7‬‬
‫‪⎩ F‬‬ ‫⎭‬ ‫‪1 − γ + 2β‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺴﻌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪= γ‬ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪2/3‬‬ ‫‪1/ 3‬‬
‫‪⎛Mp‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ 1‬‬ ‫‪2 + 2βR + R‬‬
‫⎜⎜ = ‪A‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫)‪(8‬‬
‫‪⎝ F‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ 2α‬‬ ‫‪(1 + β )R1 / 3‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2(1 + β )R‬‬
‫=‪ρ‬‬ ‫)‪(9‬‬
‫) ‪(2 + 2βR + R‬‬
‫‪ 5-1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻫﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺱ‬
‫‪A2 2 R22 / 3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫)‪(10‬‬
‫‪A1 3 ρ 2‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ = A1 :‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺱ ‪ = A2 ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻴﻥ ‪Hybrid‬‬
‫‪steel beam‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ‪Experimental Models‬‬

‫ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻘﻭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﺘﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ . (3‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪135‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ )‪ (HSS‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ‪ ، I‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‬
‫‪ 710 MPa‬ﻭﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 750 MPa‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ‪ 800 MPa‬ﻭﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ . 810 MPa‬ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ )‪ (OSS‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ‪ ، I‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ‪ 345 MPa‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ‪385 MPa‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3. a, b‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ – ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ‪ .‬ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬

‫‪P /2‬‬ ‫‪P /2‬‬

‫‪Nst = 20‬‬ ‫‪Nst = 10‬‬ ‫‪Nst = 20‬‬

‫‪Z=2070 mm‬‬ ‫‪1615‬‬ ‫‪Z=2070‬‬

‫‪(a) Beam model‬‬

‫‪be = 750 mm‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫‪D = 360‬‬

‫‪260‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪155‬‬

‫‪(b) Cross section‬‬

‫‪Figure 2. Studying models‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table 3. Studying models

Steel beam
HSS Steel beam (HSSB)
(HSSB)
First set B1 HSS Composite Full composite action
Partial composite
B2 HSS Composite
action
B3 OSS Composite Full composite action
Partial composite
Second B4 OSS Composite
action
set
Steel beam
OSS Steel beam (OSSB)
(OSSB)

Table 4. Studying model properties

Model HSSB B1 B2 B3 B4 OSSB
Propertie
HSS OSS
s
f’c No slab 32 MPa No slab
Top flange & web 710
Fy 345
Bottom flange 750
Top flange & web 800
Fult 485
Bottom flange 810
Area,
28 128.27 128.27 128.27 128.27 28
cm2
Moment
3171.0 11098.2 8776.4 11098.2 8776.4 3171.0
of inertia,
8 8 6 8 6 8
cm4

Table 5. Studying results

Elastic load, KN Deflection, mm Plastic load, KN
Model R. J.
Theory Test Theory Test Theory Test
Sloane
HSSB 110.44 115.00 61.74 66.00 192.92 200.00 -
B1 129.35 127.50 20.66 25.00 352.13 355.56 376.81
B2 125.00 150.00 26.13 28.500 338.00 300.00 351.69
B3 90.19 - 14.41 - 192.56 - -
B4 114.04 - 18.22 - 166.00 - -
OSSB 53.66 - 30.00 - 91.91 - -

137
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪400‬‬
‫‪350‬‬
‫‪B1: HSS Full‬‬
‫‪300‬‬
‫‪B2: HSS Partial‬‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪KN‬‬

‫‪HS Steel beam‬‬

‫‪Loa‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫‪Load‬‬

‫‪B3: OSS Full‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
‫‪B4: OSS Partial‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪OS Steel beam‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬

‫‪Deflection‬‬
‫‪Def‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬

‫‪Figure 3. Load deflection curves for models‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‬
‫– ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻘﻠﻴل ‪ .‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻴﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﻥ ‪ B1‬ﻭ ‪ . B2‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪ B1‬ﺃﻗل‬
‫ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ‪. B2‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫‪u -6 mm-1‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫)‪(10‬‬

‫‪B1: full‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪Curvature C‬‬

‫‪B2: Partial‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫‪Slip (10)-4‬‬
‫‪Slip‬‬

‫‪Figure 4. Curvature slip strain curves for models‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪ B1‬ﺍﻨﺴﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ‪ B2‬ﺍﻨﺴﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺭﺍﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ﻤﺤﻠﻲ ‪ Local Buckling‬ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪Designing Curves and Equations‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﺘﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(11‬‬
‫‪Fb‬‬
‫‪12 Es d‬‬
‫[‬
‫= ∆ ‪3L2 − 4 z 2‬‬ ‫]‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (11‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺭﺽ ‪∆max = L/χ (where: χ = 360, 300,240‬‬
‫)‪: and 200‬‬

‫‪L 1 ⎡ 24 E s‬‬ ‫⎤‬

‫)‪(12‬‬‫⎢ =‬ ‫⎥ ‪+ 4Ψ‬‬
‫‪d 3 ⎣ κ Fb‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪≈ 2, 3, 4‬‬ ‫= ‪Where: ψ‬‬
‫‪Ld‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ (12‬ﻷﺠل ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻤﺭﻜﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺒﺔ ≈‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ψ = z 2.1‬‬
‫‪Ld‬‬

‫‪600‬‬
‫‪P/2‬‬ ‫‪P/2‬‬
‫‪500‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪400‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪L/360‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫‪L/300‬‬
‫‪FFbb‬‬

‫‪300‬‬
‫‪≈ 2.1‬‬ ‫‪L/240‬‬
‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪Ld‬‬ ‫‪L/200‬‬
‫‪100‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪L/d‬‬
‫‪L/d‬‬

‫‪Figure 5. Designing curves for HSS and OSS of composite models‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ‪Conclusions‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻘﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ )‪ (HSS‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)‪ (OSS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‬

‫‪139‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻜل ﻗﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﻫﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻴﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل‬
‫ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ‪. Ultimate Case‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ‪ Deflection‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻭﺸﻴﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻭﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .Reducing Ductility‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ‪ Beams‬ﻴﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪References‬‬
‫‪Slaone, R. J. 1998, ‘Behavior of Composite Tee Beams Constructed with‬‬
‫‪High Strength Steel’, Journal of Constructional Steel Research, Vol. 46,‬‬
‫‪No. 1-3‬‬
‫‪Suzuki, T. , Ogawa, T. and Ikarashi, K. 1994, ‘A Study on Local‬‬
‫‪Buckling Behavior of Hybrid Beams’, Thin Walled Structures, Vol. 19,‬‬
‫‪No. 2-4‬‬
‫‘ ‪Perforation resistance of Børvik, T., Dey, S. and Clausen, A. H. 2009,‬‬
‫‪five different high-strength steel plates subjected to small-arms‬‬
‫‪’, International Journal of Impact Engineering, Volume 36, projectiles‬‬
‫‪Issue 7, July 2009, pp 948-964‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

THEORTICAL STADY OF CONFINEMENT SHORT

CONCRETE CYLINDER COLUMN WITH FRP.

Khairallah, Fouad* and Shoeib, Ata El-kareim*

ABSTRACT: For fiber reinforced polymers (FRP) sheet/tube

confinement concrete and reinforced concrete (R.C.) columns, the
experimental results and theoretical equations have been reviewed and
analysis. It is concluded that, the existing analytical models depend on
the characteristic properties of material and not take fully effect of
column size. In spite of the results depend on the column size effect (
column diameter, column height, the column and FRP sheet/tube
thickness) with the material properties.
Based on analysis of the experimental results, by using advance
mathematical theory with MathCAD programmed, a new theoretical
model was done. The paper has focused on how calculated the ultimate
axial stress and strain of confined circle concrete column taking the
column size effect with materials properties.
The theoretical results, from the mathematical model, are obviously
clear that the column size effect in FRP confinement concrete is more
effective than that of unconfined concrete. From the theoretical results
concluded that, the factor takes the column size effect must be taken into
consideration in the different standard specification document.
Comparing between the theoretical and experimental results was done.
The theoretical model gives satisfactory results comparing with
experimental results.

141
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ) ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ‪.....‬ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻬﻤل ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻱ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺴﻜﺎﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴـﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻁﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ) ﻗﻁﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﻓـﺔ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ(‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴـﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺨـﻭﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻲ ﺃﻭﻀﺤﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻨـﺔ ﻴﺠـﺏ ﺃﻀـﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺎﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺒﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻁﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Key word: confinement concrete column – column height- FRP.‬‬

‫‪*Lecturer, Department of Civil Engineering, El-Matariya Faculty of‬‬
‫‪Engineering, Helwan University, Egypt.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

1. INTRODUCTION:-
Approximately 30 percent of the 590,000 bridges, culverts and
tunnels in the United States are rated deficient. This includes bridges
with main members that are deteriorated or under strength as well as
bridges that are geometrically obsolete for today’s traffic volumes and
loads [18].
There is a vast amount of experimental work conducted on FRP
retrofit of columns in the last decade. Experiments were performed on
concentrically loaded concrete specimens retrofitted with FRP lamina to
observe the strength and deformation capacity enhancement in pure
compression [16]. However, the method is yet to become a mainstream
application due to a number of economical and design related issues.
FRP composites have emerged as a popular method for the retrofit of
existing reinforced concrete columns for enhanced strength and ductility.
As a result, many theoretical and experimental studies have been carried
out on FRP-confined concrete. [ 1 – 21].
Fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) tube-encased concrete columns
represent a formwork-free, steel-free, and corrosion-resistant alternative
for construction of new infrastructure. And also, Confinement
effectiveness of fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) jackets (shells) in concrete
columns depends on several parameters, including concrete strength,
types of fibers and resin, fiber volume and fiber orientation in the jacket,
jacket thickness, shape of cross section, length-to-diameter (slenderness)
ratio of the column, and the interface bond between the core and the
jacket. Khairallah, F. and Shoeib, Ata El. Studied the experimental effect
of column heights with diameters [8].
Existing studies on FRP- confined concrete were mainly concentrated
on cylinders, and few researches were aimed at investigating the
retrofitting effects of FRP-confined prisms. A well modeling of the
stress–strain behavior of FRP-confined concrete prisms is of great
significance especially for the design of rectangular columns retrofitted
with FRP When FRP-confined circular concrete columns are subjected to
axial compression, the core concrete will expand laterally and the
expansion is confined by FRP.
Conversely, the GFRP-confined concrete is insensitive to small
lateral expansion, which displays a similar curve to the unconfined
concrete curve up to the unconfined strength fco, primarily due to the low
hoop modulus of the GFRP jacket. After reaching fco, the curve (tangent
stiffness) stabilizes at a constant value until the ultimate strength is
reached from fiber rupture. This can be explained from when the

143
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

unconfined strength is being approached, major micro cracking develops

that leads to high lateral expansion that will result in activation of the
FRP jacket. The confinement pressure provided by FRP can be
considered uniform.
The performances of rectangular columns confined by FRP are
different from that of FRP-confined circular columns. The concrete
contained by four-second degree parabolas is fully confined while the
confinement to the rest is negligible. It can be concluded that the external
confinement by FRP is less effective for a rectangular section than that
for a circular section to the same degree [15].
2.OBJECTIVE OF STUDIES
In this article, the theoretical studies of effect of column heights
and diameters on the peak confinement concrete strength and strength
were done. Ahmed et al.(1991), Nanni and Bradford (1995), Harmon et
al., (1992), Watanable et al (1997), Toutanji (1999) Shahawy et al.
(2000), Micelli et al. (2001), Mirmiram and shahawy (1997), Fram and
Rizkalla (2000), saafi et al., (1999) and many studied the effect of glass
fiber reinforced polymer (GFRP) and Carbon fiber reinforced polymer
(CFRP) sheet/tube confinement concrete column. But, all column
diameters specimens from 10 to 15cm, and column heights from 200 to
300. so that, the article concentrated on the effect of column height and
diameter on the maximum confined strength of concrete by using
advanced mathematical theory.
3. EXISTING MODEL FOR PREDICTION OF ULTIMATE
STRENGTH AND STRAIN OF FRP-CONFINED CONCRETE.
From reviewing about theoretical studied find that, there are two
important directions. The first direction depends on the empirical
equations (Richart equation) and the second direction depends on the
theoretical equations. In this paper, analysis two directions with
development theoretical equation are done.

a. Richart equation and development

Richart et al (1928) studied the failure under combined compressive
strength and the main conclusion was that: the compression stress in
direction (x-directions) increases by increasing the applied compression
stress in the second and third directions.
⎛ k f ⎞
f cc = f co + k1 f l , (1) ε cc = ε co ⎜⎜1 + 2 l ⎟⎟ . (2)
⎝ fc ⎠

144
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Where: f cc is the maximum strength of confined concrete; ε cc is the

maximum strain of confined concrete; f co is the maximum strength of
concrete without confined; f l is the lateral pressure or the maximum
contact stress between fiber concrete; K1 is the experimental
coefficient (≈ 4.1) ; k 2 is the experimental coefficient (≈ 5k1 ) .
By the equation (1) and (2) find that, there are many of researchers
developed this equation, but it is not satisfactory for predicting the
capacity of confinement concrete column.

B. Theoretical equation model

Up to now, the complete theoretical model not found. There is some
researcher development theoretical equation.
With the confining pressure fl, the peak compressive strength of
concrete fcc, and corresponding strain, are determined according to
Richart eq. development. Mander et al. [11] proposed the relationships
for confined concrete: the ultimate concrete compressive εcu strain is
when the strain of concrete fiber sheet (CFS) εcf reaches ultimate strain of
CFS εcfu
U cf + U sh = U cv + U cr + U sl + U co
(3)
where Ucf is ultimate strain energy of the CFS; Ush is absorbed strain
energy by spiral until CFS fractures; Ucv is ultimate strain energy of the
cover concrete confined by CFS; Ucr is ultimate strain energy of the core
concrete confined by CFS and spiral; Usl is energy required to maintain
yield in longitudinal steel in compression; and Uco is ultimate strain
energy of unconfined concrete
The theoretical analysis, in the work of [18], was done by using
hook's low. Plan stresses or plan strain, as the following:
The model is based on the strain compatibility between concrete core
and FRP-tube at contact surface.
From the hook's low and the relation between the radial and
tangential strain of FRP and concrete, find that:
∆r fr
ε r , concrete = ε r , frp = t = l t ( 4)
rt E frp t
Where f l - the actual contact pressure between the FRP tube and concrete
The contact stress was defined as σ. Therefore, the stress for concrete
by using linear hook's low (the confinement concrete strength (fcc) and
strain (εcc)) in long can be calculated as the following:

145
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

fl f cc 2ν c2
f cc = [k ] (5), ε cc =− [1 − ] ,(6)
νc Ec k
Where
1 EFRPt frp
= ,
k (1 − ν c ) EFRPt + Ec rt
tfrp – Fiber thickness
rt – Concrete core diameters
υc – Concrete passions ratio
However, concrete is often considered a homogeneous material in
the macroscopic sense. Because of the cracking of concrete in tension
and crushing of concrete in compression, the equation needs
development, and nonlinear hook's low equation must be used.
Moreover, the passion ratio and elastic modulus of concrete need more
investigation.
4. PREDICTION OF ULTIMATE STRENGTH OF FRP-
CONFINED CONCRETE COLUMN
This section describes the constitutive relationships and the
methodology of modeling FRP-wrapped reinforced concrete columns.
The modeling approach described below is valid for columns having
circular sections. However, this approach can be extended easily to
members with other sections by introducing the well-known section
efficiency factors to reflect the reduced confinement efficiency of non-
circular sections.
4.1. THE PARAMETERS AFFECT ON THE CONFINEMENT
COLUMNS BEHAVIOR:
The parameters affected the confinement concrete and reinforced
concrete column behavior included geometry, confinement material
properties, concrete properties and the confinement action effect.
The geometry includes the diameter D of the concrete column
cylinder, its height H, and the thickness tfrp of FRP confinement, which in
the case of warps or tubes is given. According to many literature studies,
effect of concrete diameter and height is not taken into consideration [ 16
– 19 ]. The thickness of the FRP wraps has a significant effect on the
strength and stiffness of the repaired columns. Increasing the thickness of
the FRP layers can increased the strength and stiffness considerably.
The effect of the modulus of elasticity of the FRP wraps on the
strength and stiffness is substantial. Using stiffer fibers can achieve a
much higher strengthening efficiency [6]. FRP have linear elastic

146
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

behavior and therefore they are completely characterized by the values of

tensile strength and modulus of elasticity of ultimate strain.
Concrete properties have three parameters to characterize the unconfined
concrete behavior: peak stress or strength fco, strain corresponding to
peak stress εco (εco approximately equal 0.002), and the initial modulus of
elasticity Eco. The model for confined concrete members subjected to
axial compressive stresses was used by Saadatmanesh et al. (1994),
which was developed by Mander et al (1998) and based on Popovics
(1973), which is the mostly widely used today, as shown in figure 2.
The confinement's properties include the fundamental properties
related to the confinement action, which is confinement modulus El, and
contact stress between FRP and concrete core.
The lateral confining stress from the FRP jackets, ƒ1, can be
calculated as shown in equation 10. The lateral confining stresses were
derived from equilibrium of forces by considering the free body diagram
of the cross section shown in Figure 3.

ε co ε cc ε cu

Figure 2. Stress-strain model for concrete confined by FRP ( Purba and

Mufti, 1990)

Figure 3. Free body diagram of section of confined concrete

147
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

4.2.TYPICAL STRESS-STRAIN CURVES OF FRP-CONFINED

CONCRETE.
As shown in Figure 4 by the upper two curves, the axial stress-
axial strain curves of concrete passively confined by FRP are essentially
in two parts with a small transition zone at the initial point of slope
change can be neglected. For the sake of discussion, the first portion of
the curve will be referred to as the elastic zone and the portion to the
right of the transition zone as the plastic zone.
The slope of the elastic portion of the curve is essentially identical
to that of the unconfined concrete. The type of jacket with which the
concrete is confined has little effect on this portion of the curve, except
that a stiffer jacket tends to increase the stress and strain at which the
transition zone occurs. The stress-strain curve of unconfined concrete
was plotted with the confined concrete curves for comparison (see Figure
4). The reason the confined and unconfined curves are very similar in the
elastic zone is that concrete undergoes little expansion under small loads
and thus does not react against the restraint of the jacket to produce
confinement pressure.
The plastic zone occurs shortly after the peak strength of the
unconfined concrete has been reached. At this point, the concrete is
expanding rapidly and has fully activated the jacket. In the plastic zone, a
small increase in stress causes a large (relative to the elastic zone)
increase in lateral expansion. This expansion causes two actions. First, it
deteriorates the condition of the internal structure of the concrete.
Second, it causes increased confining pressure, since the fibers in the
jacket exhibit linear elastic behavior until failure. These two actions help
define the slope of the plastic portion of the curve. If the concrete is well
confined, then the slope will be positive and usually quite linear,
indicating that the confining pressure is sufficient to curb the effect of the
deteriorating condition of the concrete and allow greater stress to be
applied. If the concrete is not well confined, then the peak axial stress
will be similar to that of unconfined concrete, indicating that the
confining pressure is not sufficient to overcome the effect of the
degradation of the concrete under the large strains it is experiencing. In
practice, if the purpose of the FRP jacket is to avoid brittle failure, then
the slope of the plastic zone need not be large, as the gain in plastic
deformation will be more important than the gain in load capacity [4].

148
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Figure 4. Typical shapes of axial stress-axial strain curves

for concrete passively confined by FRP [4]

4.3. MATHEMATICAL MODEL TAKE THE EFFECT OF

COLUMN DIAMETER AND HEIGHT INTO CONSIDERATION
In order to have a new model, many of specimens collected and
investigated. The results shown that, unconfined concrete and reinforced
concrete column diameter and height are needed specific investigation.
Where the experimental results are cover wide range of parameters with
different concrete dimension (different diameters and different height).
The researchers [ 8] have experimental results taken the effect of
column slender ratio (column diameter and height) into consideration for
confinement short column as shown in table.1. The average compressive
strength of the concrete was 20 MPa. For tube, the average tensile
strength of plastic tube and elastic modulus were 53MPa and 35GPa
respectively.
About the axial compressive strength, from reviewing [ 11, 16, 19, 20,
and 21] find that, the relation between the axial compressive strength and
the confinement compressive is linear, and the relation between the
confinement strength and unconfinement strength will be as the
following:
f cc = f co SC (7 )
2
fcc - Confined compressive stress (N/mm )
fco - Unconfined compressive stress (N/mm2)

149
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

S - Function takes the effect of column height and diameter into

consideration
C - Calibration factor takes effect of the other different parameters into
consideration.
From the experimental results [ 8 ], by used MathCAD program and
mathematical theory, the confined compressive stress will be as the
following:
⎡4.73 − 0.0000002 H 2 + 0.0022 H + 0.00025 D 2 ⎤
f cc = f co × ⎢ ⎥ × C (8)
⎣− 0.057 D + 0.00002 HD ⎦
Where:
[
S = 4.73− 0.0000002H 2 + 0.0022H + 0.00025D2 − 0.057D + 0.00002HD ]
fcc - Confined compressive confined stress (N/mm2)
H - Column height (mm)
D - Column diameters (mm)

Table 1.Experimental results for confined concrete columns [8]

Grou Test d H H/d fco (2) fcc fcc
p specimen m mm N/mm2 N/mm2 /fco(2)
m

G1 SCC6-30 150 300 2 13.75 32.50 2.37

SCC6-40 150 400 2.66 12.10 27.30 2.24
SCC6-60 150 600 4.00 11.60 25.80 2.22
SCC6-90 150 900 6.0 9.10 24.10 2.39
G2 SCC5-20 110 200 1.82 13.75 35.50 2.60
SCC5-30 110 300 2.75 11.9 29.50 2.49
SCC5-60 110 600 5.45 9.5 26.70 4.10
SCC5-90 110 900 8.2 9.0 26.40 4.3

150
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

fcc(N/mm2)/C

D(mm
H(mm

C
Figure 5. Relation between the ratio confinement compressive
strength to factor C, diameter and height of confined concrete column.

The factor (C) takes into consideration the different parameters.

From the reviewing, and the analysis parameters affected on the confined
compressive strength find that, factor (C) must be function of the ratio
between the confinement pressure (contact stress between fiber and
concrete) to concrete compressive strength of concrete;
⎛ f ⎞
C = f ⎜⎜ l ⎟⎟ (9)
⎝ f co ⎠
2t frp
Where: f l = f frp × (10)
Dcon

Watanable et. al. [20] tested three type of fibre (Carbon fiber,
Carbon fiber with High Modulus, and Aramid fiber) with different
modulus of elasticity and thickness. Column diameter and height of
specimens equal 100mm and 200mm respectively. In addition,
unconfined compressive strength was 30.2MPa. The experimental results
were listed in table 2.

151
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Y. Xiao and H. Wu [21] studied the effect of concrete compressive

strength and thickness of fiber. The specimens have 152mm diameter and
305 heights. The carbon fiber sheet was used. The elastic modulus of
fiber and the ultimate strength of fiber were as 105GPa and 1577 MPa
respectively. The experimental results were listed in table 3.

Table 2: Experimental results for confined concrete columns [20].

No. Type of t fcc ffpr Efpr GPa
fiber cm2 MPa MPa

1 Carbon 0.17 46.6 2716 224.6

2 0.50 87.2 2873 224.6
3 0.67 104.6 2658 224.6
1 HM 0.14 41.6 1579 628.6
2 Carbon 0.28 56.0 1824 629.6
3 0.42 63.3 1285 576.6
1 Aramid 0.15 39.0 2589 97.1
2 0.29 68.5 2707 87.3
3 0.43 92.1 2667 87.3

Table 3 .Experimental results for confined concrete columns [21]

No. fco t fcc ffpr Efpr
MPa cm Mpa MPa MPa
1 33.7 0.38 49.7 1577 105
2 33.7 0.76 71.8 1577 105
3 33.7 1.14 88.1 1577 105
4 43.8 0.38 52.1 1577 105

By analysis the experimental results and used Excel programmed

⎡ ⎛ f ⎞ ⎤
find that, the calibration factor C is equal ⎢0.092⎜⎜ l ⎟⎟ + 0.87⎥ . Therefore,
⎣⎢ ⎝ f co ⎠ ⎦⎥
the proposal equation will be as the following:

152
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

[
f cc = f co × 4.73− 0.0000002H 2 + 0.0022H + 0.00025D2 − 0.057D + 0.00002HD ]
⎡ ⎛ f ⎞ ⎤
× ⎢0.123⎜⎜ l ⎟⎟ + 0.76⎥ (11)
⎣ ⎝ f co ⎠ ⎦

2.5
fcc,exp. = 0,1231(fl/fc0) + 0,7641

fcc,exp /fco .S.

R2 = 0,7748
2

1.5

test result of
[20,21] 0.5

) ‫ﺧﻄ‬

0
14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
f l /f co

f cc , exp fl
Fig.6. Relation between the ratio and ratio
f co S f co

Form Saaman and et. al. model [16], the theoretical confined strain
will be determined as the following equation:
f − f0
ε cc = cc (12)
E2
Where f 0 = 0.875 f co + 0.371 f l + 6.258 ,
Eft
E 2 = 245.61 f co0.2 + 1.3456
D
The present research has investigated the maximum load of axially
FRP-confined concrete columns taking the geometry, FRP properties and
concrete properties, in contrary most researches that neglect the effect of

153
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

column height and diameter. By comparing between the theoretical

results and experimental results, find that the ratio between experimental
and theoretical results was from 0.7 to 1.30
160
140
120
100

f cc,ex p .
80
60

[21] 40
[20] 20
[8] 0
160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0
f cc,theor.

Fig.7. Relation between theatrical and experimental results

5. CONCLUSION
1. The present paper proposed an equation to be calculated the failure
load of reinforced concrete FRP-confined columns taking column
diameter and height with material properties into account.
2. The use of FRP is an efficient means of providing confinement of
concrete for strength and ductility enhancement depending on column
height and diameter.
3. The column height has significant effect of confinement concrete
column.
4. Proposed equations to calculate the confined strength of concrete and
confined strain of concrete is a function of column height and
diameters is new direction of development the empirical direction.
5. More theoretical studies based on strain compatibility and
equilibrium of internal force are required in the confined concrete

154
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6. REFERENCE
1. Aire C, Gettu R, Casas JR. “Study of the compressive behavior of
concrete confined by fiber reinforced composites”. Proceedings of the
International Conference, Lisse, the Netherlands: 2001. – PP. 239 –
243.
2. Amir Mirmiran and et al “Effect of column parameters on FRP-
confined concrete”. Journal Composite for Construction, V. 2, Issue
4. – 1998. PP. 175 –185 .
3. Baris B. and Khalid M. Mosalam“ Analysis of reinforced concrete
columns retrofitted with fiber reinforced polymer lamina” Composite.
Part B. – 2006 – PP. 1 – 12.
4. Cole, C. and Belarbi, A., “Confinement Characteristics of
Rectangular FRP-Jacketed RC Columns”, Proceedings of the Fifth
International Symposium on Fiber Reinforced Polymer for
Reinforced Concrete Structures (FRPRCS-5), Cambridge, UK, July
16-18. – 2001. – pp. 823 – 832.
5. Fardis et al, “Concrete incased in fiberglass-reinforced plastic,” ASI
Journal, Proceedings, – V.78, №. 6. – 1981. PP 440 – 446.
6. Grace N.F. G. Abdel-Sayed, W.F. Raghed “Strengthening of concrete
beams using innovative ductile fiber-fiber reinforced polymer fabric”.
ACI Structural Journal. –V.99, №. 5. –2002.– P. 692 – 700.
7. Guoqiang Li a, and et. al. “Investigation into FRP repaired RC
columns” Composite Structures – 2003. – V. 62. – P. 83–89.
8. Khairallah F., and Shoieb, Ata El-k. “Experimental analysis of
confinement short concrete column”. Sci. Bull. Fac. Eng. Ain Shams
Univ. V.41, №. 3. – 2006 – PP.1025 –1031.
9. Kshirsagar S, Lopez - Anido RA, Gupta RK. “Environmental aging
of fiber-reinforced polymer-wrapped concrete cylinders”. ACI Mater
J. – 2000. – V.97, №.6. – PP. 703 –715.
10. Mirmiran A, and Shahawy M. “Behavior of concrete columns
confined by fiber composites”. J Str. Eng. ASCE. – V.123, № 5. –
1997. – PP.583 – 90.
11. Mirmiran A and et al “nonlinear finite element modeling by concrete
confined by fiber composite” Finite elements anal design:.35. – 2000.
– PP.79 – 96.
12. Mander, J. B. and et. al. “Theoretical Stress-Strain Model for
Confined Concrete" Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE. –
1988. – V.144, № 8. – PP. 1804 – 1826.

155
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

13. Matthys S, et al. Tests on axially loaded concrete columns confined

by fiber reinforced polymer sheet wrapping”. In: Dolan CW,
Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium on Fiber
Reinforced Polymer Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete
Structures, SP-188, Farmington, Michigan, USA: American Concrete
Institute. – 1999. – PP. 217–229.
14. Purba BK, Mufti AA. “Investigation of the behavior of circular
concrete columns reinforced with carbon fiber reinforced polymer
(CFRP) jackets”. Can J Civ. Eng. Vo.26. – 1999 – PP. 590 – 596.
15. Rochette P, Labossiere P. "Axial testing of rectangular column
models confined with composites. J Compos Constr. ASCE. – V.4,
№.3. – 2000 – PP.129 – 166.
16. Samaan M, Mirmiram A, Shahawy M. “Model of concrete confined
by fiber composites”. J Struct Eng ASCE. – V.124, №. 9. – 1998. –
P.1025 – 31.
17. Saafi et al “Behavior of concrete columns confined with fiber
reinforced polymer tubes” ACI material journal V.96, № 4. –1999. –
PP. 500 –509.
18. Shoeib. Ata El-k. Ph.D. thesis “Efficiency of used glass fiber
reinforced polymer for strengthening concrete and reinforced
concrete elements of constructions” Belgorod State Technological
University – 2005. – P.159
19. Toutanji “Stress – strain characteristics of concrete columns
externally confined with advanced fiber composite sheet” ACI V.96,
№. 3 – 1999. – PP. 397-405.
20. Watanable K, and et al. “Confinement effect of FRP sheet on strength
and ductility of concrete cylinders under uniaxial compression” In:
Non-Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures”
Proceedings of the Third International Symposium, V.l , Sapporo,
Japan. – 1997. – PP. 233 – 240.
21. Y. Xiao and H. Wu, P “Compressive behavior of concrete confined
by carbon fiber composite jackets". J Mater Civ. Eng. ASCE –V.2,
№. 12 – 2000. – PP. 139 – 146.

156
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻨﺒﻴل ﺃﻨﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﺭﺭﺕ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺼل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺱ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﻭﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻫﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺜﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺤﺼﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻔﺼل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪ .‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺌﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻸﺴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻗﻁﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻊ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻭﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺫ‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ .1982‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻋﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﻻﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻭﺼل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺠﺴﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻸﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﺨﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺴﺒﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺒﺈﺨﻼﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 2‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﺥ – ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺹ( ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻓﻴﺯﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﺭﻫﺎ )‪ (45º‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ) ﺒﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ‪Shear‬‬
‫‪ . ( Cracks‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌل ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺼﻭل ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻜﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﻤﺎﺌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻜل ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻼﺠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺼﻼﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺒﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺘﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.1997‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺤﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ – ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﺭﻴﺯ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺁﺜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻼﺤﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺨل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 3‬ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻤﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻤﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﺤﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‪،‬ﻭﻟﻸﺴﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺃﺼﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺎل ﻋﺎﺩﻴﻴﻥ ﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﻭﺍل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺘﻭﻫﻥ ﻭﻀﻌﻑ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ‪ 000‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻲ ﺸﻌﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﺤﺼﻭل ﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻴﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺤﺼل‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺼل‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺇﻨﺫﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺒﺤﻠﺏ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺝ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻭﻫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺨﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻓﻭﺭﻱ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﺨﺫ‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻫﺩﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 4‬ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺠﻭﻻﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﺄﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁ ‪ -‬ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺼل ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (12‬ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺤﺩﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ )‪ (19‬ﺠﺴﺭ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻜل‬
‫ﺠﺴﺭ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (30‬ﻤﺘﺭ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺒﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫) ﺍﻻﻭﺘﺴﺘﺭﺍﺩ(‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻘﻠﺏ ﺃﻭل ﺠﺴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (170‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﺼﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻨﻘﻠﺏ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﻭﺍﻟﺕ ﺍﻨﻘﻼﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺠﺴﺭ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫)‪ (19‬ﻭﺘﻬﺩﻤﺕ ﻭﺃﺯﻴﻠﺕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺨﻼل ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻻﻨﻘﻼﺏ ﺃﻭل ﺠﺴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺴﻴﺌ ﹰﺎ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ – ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺴﻘﻑ ﻨﻬﺭ ﻗﻭﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻭﺍﻫﺘﺭﺍﺀ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻀﻌﻔﹰﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻫﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻑ ﻴﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭ ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺨﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺘﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﻤﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺼل ﻁﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (1000‬ﻤﺘﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻴﻘﺔ( ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺨﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ – ﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻷﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 5‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﺤﻭﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺤﻼﺕ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺸﻭﻫﺩ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺸﻭﻫﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻗﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺼﻭل ﻀﻌﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺒﻭﻁﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺤﺠﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺸﻭﻫﺩﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 6‬ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﻐﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻜﻬﻭﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻜﻬﻭﻑ ﻭﻓﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﺼل ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺸﻭﻫﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺒـ ) ﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻴﺭ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﺼل ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺇﺨﻼﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﻠﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 7‬ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺤﻔﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺴﺎﺒﻘ ﹰﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺼﺎﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻓﻕ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺒﺄﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻗﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻔﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 8‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺃﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﺴﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – 1‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﻯﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﻨﻨﺼﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺴﻜﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﻭﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ – 3‬ﻨﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻭﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﻫﺩﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 4‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻗﺒﻭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 5‬ﻨﻨﺼﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 9‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠــﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ﻭﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

SHORT AND LONG-TERM EFFECT ON BEHAVIOUR

OF HIGH-RISE STRUCTURES

Mohamed M. A. Elmetwally*, and Khaled Heiza**

* Prof., Faculty of Engr. Zagazig University, Egypt
**ASS. Prof., Faculty of Engr. Monufia University, Egypt

ABSTRACT
The effect of creep and shrinkage of multistory structures is studied
where, a proposed analysis procedure of multistory structures is
presented and compared with traditional analysis procedure. In this study
a model is developed for determination of creep and shrinkage of plain
concrete and other model is developed for calculating creep and
shrinkage of reinforced concrete using the results of the developed model
of plain concrete. The restraining end forces arise from creep and
shrinkage is presented. A computer program for structural analysis using
stiffness method is presented where a subprogram for creep and
shrinkage using the above models is presented also. In this paper a
consistent procedure can be used directly for estimation of creep and
shrinkage and their effects on building frame at any time during or after
construction. For a high-rise building frame, in this paper, studies are
reported for steel ratio, volume to surface ratio and number of stories. It
is shown that, the effect of creep and shrinkage deflection on final elastic
forces is complex and strongly depends upon percentage of
reinforcement and volume to surface ratio. When the effects of these two
parameters mutually reinforce each other, the load transfer among
columns can be quite high. Behavior of multistory structures using
traditional procedure is completely different than the actual proposed
procedure.

Key Words: High-Rise, Shrinkage, Creep, Model, Program, Reinforced

concrete, Surface.

164
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﰎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﻂ ﻗﺺ ﻭﻛـﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻃـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﺇﱄ ﻃﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ ﰒ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺃﳊﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ ﻋـﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﲢﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﰎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑـﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﰲ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ –‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪INTRODUCTION‬‬

‫‪With regarding to creep and shrinkage, the behavior of frames and‬‬

‫‪frames-shear wall systems has been largely unexplored until recently‬‬
‫‪since no procedure has been available. With increasing height of‬‬
‫‪buildings, the importance of time-dependent differential deformations of‬‬
‫‪adjacent vertical members becomes more critical owing to the cumulative‬‬
‫‪nature of such deformations. These cumulative distortions may cause‬‬
‫‪damage to non-structural elements such as partitions and windows as‬‬
‫‪well as put an undue stress on the beams in levels of maximum‬‬
‫‪deflections and also result in redistribution in column axial forces. So,‬‬
‫‪any method of predicting forces, deformations and cracking of concrete‬‬
‫‪due to external loads, creep and shrinkage require accurate data of creep‬‬
‫‪and shrinkage. The difficulty in obtaining creep and shrinkage data‬‬
‫‪experimentally for each concrete mix and each different structure to be‬‬
‫‪analyzed is readily apparent. This explains the need to develop a simple‬‬
‫‪model for creep and shrinkage. So, in designing concrete structures, it is‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

very important to investigate the long-term performance of the structures.

Many investigators [1-11] studied the effect of creep and shrinkage in
order to present a model for civil engineers that can predict accurately
creep and shrinkage of plain concrete. Gardner et al. [1], ACI [2,4], CEB-
FIP [3], and Bazant et al. [5] proposed different models for calculating
both creep and shrinkage. Also, creep and shrinkage of Ultra High
Performance Concrete were studied [12]. Effect of differential moisture
distribution on shortening of steel- reinforced concrete columns was
studied [13]. To avoid unexpected damage in structural elements,
differential shortening between vertical members resulting from differing
stress levels, loading histories, volume-to-surface ratios and other factors
in a high-rise building must be properly considered in the design [14].
For reinforced concrete building beyond 30 stories and for shorter
buildings of hybrid mixed construction, ignoring the effects of creep and
shrinkage may create several undesirable conditions in the serviceability
of structure [15]. Since many structural elements working under creep
conditions, structural analysis is connected with the following three
items: the choice of a suitable material behavior model, and the choice of
an adequate structural analysis model, and the choice of a suitable
numerical solution technique. The presented method of analysis, is an
accurate procedure, was recommended, and has been given by Maru et
al. [16], in which the shearing action of beams is considered in
determining the distribution of inelastic axial forces resulting from creep
and shrinkage deformations, the effect of these inelastic forces, which get
generated progressively with time, is also taken into account.

MODEL FOR ESTIMATION OF CREEP AND

SHRINKAGE OF PLAIN CONCRETE
CEB-FIP code proposed simple and good model for long time prediction,
which can use in calculating of creep and shrinkage as follows:

28-day mean concrete strength

C28 = f28 + 8 (MPa) (1)

with time factor Development of creep

q = 2Vs (2)

166
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

⎡ ⎛ RH ⎞ ⎤ q
18
β H 1 = 150⎢1 + ⎜1.2 ⎟ ⎥ + 250 (3)
⎢⎣ ⎝ 100 ⎠ ⎥⎦ 100
β H = β H1 (if β H 1 ≤ 1500)
β H = 1500 (if β H 1 f 1500)
Factors to develop creep coefficient

1
β to = (4)
0.1 + t o0.2
5.3
β fc = (5)
C 28 / 10
⎡ ⎛ q ⎞
0.333 ⎤
φ RH = 1 + (1 − RH / 100 ) / ⎢0.46⎜ ⎟ ⎥ (6)
⎢⎣ ⎝ 100 ⎠ ⎥⎦
φ o = φ RH .β fc .β to (7)

Factors for stresses

Factors for cement type:
a = 2.8, b=0.77 (for ordinary Portland cement)
a = 3.4, b= 0.72 (for rapid hardening cement)
a = 1, b= 0.92 (for slow cement)
Concrete mean compressive strength when loading commenced (MPa):
( )
fc (to) = C28.to0.75 / a + b.to0.75 (8)

Ratio of applied stress to concrete strength when loading commenced

(MPa):
kσ = σ / f c (to) (9)

φ ok = φ o (if kσ ≤ 0.4)
[1.5(kσ −0.4 )]
φ ok = φ oe (if 0.4 p kσ ≤ 0.6)

167
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Creep values over time:

0.3
⎡ t − to ⎤
β c (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ (10)
⎣ β H + (t − t o ⎦
Creep coefficient:
ν (t ) = φ ok .β c (t ) (11)

Creep strain:
ε c = ν (t ).ε elastic (12)

ε elastic = σ / E (13)

Factors to develop shrinkage coefficient:

β SRH = 1 − (RH / 100)3 (14)

Humidity modified factor:

β RH = 1.55β SRH for 40% ≤ RH p 99%
β RH = 0.25 for RH ≥ 99%

Cement type factors:

β sc = 5 for normal and rapid hardening cement
β sc = 4 for slow cement
0.5
⎡ t − tc ⎤
β s (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ (15)
⎢ 350(q / 100) 2 + (t − t c ) ⎥
⎣ ⎦

ε sm = [160 + 10 β sc (9 − C 28 / 10)] × 10 −6 (16)

ε o = ε sm .β RH (17)

168
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

ε s = ε o .β s (t ) (18)

Where:
to = loading age (day), q= 2Vs=effective cross section depth,
Vs=volume/surface area (mm), tc=curing age of concrete (day), t=age of
concrete (day), σ =applied stress at loading, f28 = 28-day design concrete
strength (MPa), RH = relative humidity (percent), and C28 = 28-day mean
concrete strength.

Creep and Shrinkage Model For Reinforced Concrete Element

Creep and shrinkage of plain concrete, which calculated using the

previous model could be used for the calculation of creep and shrinkage
of the same reinforced elements.
Arnaouti and Sangakkara [2] presented such a model and calibrated it
using experimental data. They derived equations based on equilibrium of
forces in the steel and concrete, and compatibility of deformations. The
following equation is used for calculation of creep and shrinkage
deflection of reinforced concrete elements:

⎡ ⎤
⎢ε + σ ε ⎥
δ rc = ⎢ s c c⎥
L (19)
⎢ As E s ⎥
⎢ 1+ A E ⎥
⎣ c c ⎦

Where, δrc is the deflection due to creep and shrinkage in

reinforced concrete element of length L, concrete cross section
area Ac, reinforced with steel area As, Es and Ec are the
modulus of elasticity of steel and concrete respectively, εs is
shrinkage strain in plain concrete, εc is the creep strain per unit
stress in plain concrete, and σc is the stress in concrete
member.

169
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

PROCEDURE
A column segment creep deformation δc and shrinkage deformation δs
which contribute towards unrestrained inelastic deformation of concrete
δp, where:

δp = δc+ δs (20)

δp, is calculated at any time using the previous models, then the
restrained inelastic deformations of reinforced concrete elements δrc are
calculated from equation (19). The restraining end forces, Fr, in a column
segment are given by:

Fr = δrc A E/h (21)

Where, A and h=cross sectional area and length of column respectively;

and E=modulus of elasticity.

In a frame structure, the beams provide the restraining action. In this

proposed procedure the restrained end forces is calculated sequentially
according to construction time table of structure and considered as
applied forces which are added to applied dead or dead and live load, so,
the load vector matrix [Pt], which contains external applied loads [P], and
the restraining forces due to creep and shrinkage [Fr] as:

[Pt]=[P]+[Fr] (22)

In the evaluation of creep and shrinkage deformations, the effect of these

inelastic forced, which get generated progressively with time, is also
taken into account. In this procedure, sequential nature of application of
the dead load and the simultaneous nature of the application of the live
load are considered, where the nature of the application of dead load and
live load on a structure is different. The live load comes into operation
only after construction of the main bearing structure is complete, and it is
resisted by the whole structure, whereas the dead load builds up
sequentially and it is resisted at any stage of construction by the part of
structure completed at that stage. Thus the analysis that incorporates
creep and shrinkage effect for two loads should be carried out in tow
stages, for dead load; and for combined dead and live load.

170
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Dead load Analysis

Dead load analysis of an n-story frame in Fig. 1 comprises analysis of n-
substructures having a number of stories varying from 1 to n. The
construction time tk of the kth story is taken as the time required for the
casting of the kth floor and subsequent time duration after which the load
is transferred to columns as shown in Fig.1. It is further assumed that
there is no time lag between the casting of the (k-1) th floor and columns
of the kth story. Therefore the age of the concrete of the columns of the
kth story, when these begin to receive the load from kth floor, is also taken
to be equal to tk . The effect of the age of the concrete on the creep and
nature of the progress of the creep and shrinkage with time is taken into
account. The analysis is carried out progressively starting from the first
substructure and ending at the nth substructure. For the first substructure
e
in Fig. 2, first the analysis is carried out for loading ∆p1,1 at the first
floor and restraining column end forces Fr1, due to inelastic deformation
δrc1 due to creep and shrinkage when age of the concrete is, tc1 to yield
member forces and deformations. In evaluation of δrc in subsequent
e
intervals, let ∆p1,1 represent column axial forces, which are assumed to
have been generated at the end of the time interval tc1. Unrestrained
inelastic deformations (creep and shrinkage) δp are evaluated on the basis
e
of ∆p1,1 , for the next time interval tc2, after which the members of this
substructure become members of the next substructure. Restraining
column end forces, Frc1 due to δrc1 is obtained and structural analysis is
carried out for these forces. This analysis yields inelastic member forces
∆p1i,1 and inelastic deflections ∆d1i,1 , designated as inelastic analysis, to
indicate that loading arises from inelastic deformations. Member forces
in the first story up to the current time tc2 are obtained by adding
∆p1e,1 + ∆p1e,2 and ∆p1i,1 to the respective quantities at previous time if
e e i
any. Also, deflections are obtained by adding ∆d1,1 + ∆d1,2 and ∆d1,1 .
In a similar way, 2nd and all the substructures are analyzed.
Consider a typical substructure, say jth which forces contribute to the
e
time interval tcj are ∆p k ,r where ( r=k, k+1, …, j) and ( k=1,…, j) and

171
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

∆p ki ,r where (k=1,….., j-1) and ( r=k, k+1,…, j-1) at this instant of time,
member forces have been generated in all j stories.
For the last substructure, j=n, the time interval tcn+1 should be interpreted
as the waiting period after which live load on the complete structure is
applied.

Combined Dead and Live Load Analysis

Let the total time for which creep and shrinkage effects are being studied
be T. The part of live load that is of permanent nature is applied to the
complete structure of n stories after time interval tcn+1, is tb. The time
period tb after construction of the complete structure is:

n +1
tb = ∑ t ci (23)
i =1

The remaining period tr =T-tb is divided into a number of intervals m of

duration t1, t2, …,tm. the duration of intervals may be progressively
increased because creep and shrinkage decrease with time. Forces that
contribute to δ in the first interval after application of live load t=tb+t1 are
∑ ∆p ke,n and ∑ ∆p ki ,n , (k=1, n) generated at the end of dead load
e e
stage. After interval ts, let ∆p s and ∆d s represent increments in
member forces and deflections at time interval ts after the application of
i i
live load. Further, let ∆p s and ∆d s represent corresponding quantities
in the same interval. These quantities are obtained in a manner described
in dead load stage.

Member forces and deflections in the kth story up to the current time t=tb
+ t1 are obtained by manner described. Similarly, at the end of any
interval, sth after the application of the live load, up to the current time
t=tb+ts, inelastic (due to creep and shrinkage) and total member forces,
are obtained.
A FORTRAN subroutine program is provided for calculation of creep
and shrinkage and incorporated with the main program for high-rise
building analysis. In case of analysis of multistory frames, the shear walls
rigid arms with lengths m and n are set to equal zeros in main program.

172
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

METHOD OF APPROACH
In high-rise buildings, where shear walls, are used. So, shear wall
representation (wide-column analogy) is incorporated. In the wide-
column frame method, an attempt is carried out to incorporate the
additional stiffness of the system due to the relatively large width of
shear walls. The rotation of the wall at the center of gravity is not only a
rotation at the end of the connecting beam, but also a vertical
displacement, this effect is accounted for in the wide column frame by
considering that portion of the beam between the center of gravity of the
wall and the interaction of beams and wall to be infinitely rigid.
The actual coupling beam has rigid arms of lengths m and n respectively,
member stiffness matrix KBC or Km considered is:

HB a 0 0 −a 0 0 uB
VB 0 b c 0 −b c vB
MB 0 c d 0 −c e θB
= (24
HC −a 0 0 a 0 0 uC
VC 0 −b −c 0 b − c vC
MC 0 c e 0 − c d θC

Where,
AE 2EI 2EI
a= , b= , c= ,
L L3 L
2EI 2EI
d= , and e=
L L
To capture the additional stiffness of the system, the following
transformation matrix is used.

173
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 m 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
[T ] = (25)
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 −n
0 0 0 0 0 1

Where, ∆BC = T * ∆AD (26)

The wide-column stiffness matrix is:

Ks=TTKmT (27)
Equation (26) has been re-written in matrix form as:
HA a 0 0 −a 0 0 uA
VA 0 b bm + c 0 −b bn + c vA
MA 0 bm + c m(bm + c) + cm + d 0 − bm − c m(bm + c) + cn + e θ A
=
HD −a 0 0 a 0 0 uD
VD 0 −b − bm − c 0 −b − bn − c vD
MD 0 bn + c n(bm + c) + cm + e 0 − bn − c n(bn + c) + cn + d θ D
(28)

The influence of the shearing deformation may be incorporated into the

element stiffness matrix as follows:
AE 2 EI ⎛ 6 ⎞ 2 EI ⎛ 3 ⎞
a= , b= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟, c= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟,
L L3 ⎝ 1 + 2β ⎠ L ⎝ 1 + 2β ⎠
2 EI ⎛ 2+ β
⎞ 2 EI ⎛ 1 − β ⎞
d= ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟, and e= ⎜ ⎟
L ⎝ 1 + 2β
⎠ L ⎜⎝ 1 + 2 β ⎟⎠
6 EI
Where, β= 2
L GA
A=cross-section area, A =effective shear area, E=elastic modulus,
E
I=second moment of area, G=shear modulus= , µ=Poisson’s
1 + 2µ

174
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

ratio, and L=the member length, or the distance between the centroidal
axes of the two walls.

Main Algorithm
The main program algorithm can be summarized in the following steps:
- Structural identification and boundary conditions for each member
and joint just constructed.
- Calculation of shrinkage and creep deformations and cumulative
deformations for members under consideration.
- Calculation of restraining forces and cumulative restraining forces
due to creep and shrinkage.
- Processing the load vector due to applied loads and forces due to
shrinkage and creep.
- Formation of local stiffness matrix for members under consideration
- Assemblage of the overall stiffness matrix for members under
consideration.
- Solution the system of equations.
- Calculation of nodal deformations, and cumulative nodal
deformations.
- Calculation of member straining actions, and cumulative straining
actions.

PROPOSED ANALYSIS OF MULTI-STORY STRUCTURES

In multi-story frames of tall buildings, the traditional procedure was
carrying out by putting the whole dead and live load on the complete
frame, and then, the analysis is carried out. Actually, the construction
of buildings is preceded according to timetable, story by story from
ground up to final story. In the stage of construction, each story is
loaded by dead loads of stories constructed above it. Therefore, in this
study as mentioned in procedure, the structure is divided into
substructures, where 1st story is analyzed under its dead load, then, 1st
and 2nd stories are analyzed under 2nd story dead load and the
procedure is continued up to final story, where the whole structure

175
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

with n-story is analyzed under its dead load. Then the permanent part
of live load on n-story is applied on all stories simultaneously.

Figure (5) shows the relationship between average deflection ratio and
height level (X/H) of multi-story multi-bay frame, where X is the height
from base, H is the total height of frame, and the average deflection ratio
means, the average deflection of all columns in the same story divided by
the equivalent deflection of single column or bar with the height of frame
under consideration, with the same frame column cross section and
subjected to average total load of frame column. Fig. (5) shows the
results of analysis for the same frame using traditional procedure,
proposed procedure without taking creep and shrinkage into
consideration, and proposed procedure considering the effect of creep
and shrinkage just after application of live load and after 10 years.

Traditional procedure proof that the maximum deflection occurs in final

story, but actually this is not right, because all stories except the final
story settled under their own dead loads before construction of final
story, and final story deflection must be only under its own dead load and
then under the summation deflections of all stories under the their live
load. These defects of traditional procedure are taken into consideration
in proposed procedure. In proposed procedure, the maximum deflection
occurs approximately at 0.6 of height from base.
The difference between traditional and proposed deflection up to mid
height is insignificant, but this difference increase to reach more than
200% at final story.

Numerical Study
A frame with uniform properties along the height is chosen for
systematically studying the influence of various structural parameters. A
uniform building frames 5- bay, 10, 20 and 40 stories with each bay of 5
m, story height 3 m and all columns and beams of size 1.0 x1.0 m.

The frame is subjected to uniform dead loading of 30 kN/m and uniform

live loading of permanent nature 10 kN/m. construction time tc for each
story and the total time, t are taken as 28 days and 10 years respectively.
The time duration for dead load stage is taken as n- interval each of 28
day where n=1,….., number of stories.

176
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

The time duration of live load stage, tr is divided into 11,10 and 8
intervals each of 300 day for 10, 20 and 40 story frames respectively.
Material properties are concrete compressive strength fcu (28 day)=43
MPa, Ec = 4400 f cu MPa [17] and Es=210x103 MPa.

This study is reported for the following selected parameters:

-Steel ratio µ %, in columns
-Volume to surface ratio, Vs of columns
-Number of stories

Effect of steel difference ratio, µd

The effect of µ is studied by keeping µ=µi for the interior columns
constant and changing µ=µe for the exterior columns. Accordingly µi is
kept equal to 4% and µe is changed from 1 % to 4 % in steps of 1 %. The
difference µd=µi-µe is thus varied from 3 % to 0 % in steps of 1%.

Final reaction ratio (R/Ro) of exterior, 1st interior, and 2nd interior
columns at 1st story for various µd of 0%, 1%, 2%, 3%, and 4% (4% is
imaginary value, considering in this case the exterior column is a plain
concrete), just after application of permanent live load and after 10 years,
for n=10,20, and 40 story frames, are shown in figs. (6,7, and 8)
respectively. Where, R=1st story reaction including creep and shrinkage
effect, and Ro = corresponding reaction without creep and shrinkage
effect.

The increase in restraining forces due to creep and shrinkage in exterior

column with µd =3%, is 15%, 21%, and 38% for n=10, 20, and 40
stories after 10 years respectively. Also, the restraining forces ratio
increase in exterior column with µd=3%, is 3.5%, 7%, and 21.5% for
n=10, 20, and 40 stories just after application of live load. It is observed
that the restraining forces increase with increase of reinforcement ratio
difference, so, the increase of reinforcement ratio decrease the effect of
creep and shrinkage. Also, the loading transfer rate from interior columns
to exterior columns increase owing to inelastic deflections (due to creep
and shrinkage), so a column may receive load from one of adjacent
columns and at the same time transfer the load to adjacent column on
another side. It is found that the rate of increase or decrease of inelastic
forces due to change of µd in interior columns is insignificant.

177
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Effect of Volume to Surface Ratio, Vs

The effect of Vs is studied by keeping Vs =Vsi for the interior columns
constant and changing Vs=Vse for the exterior columns. Accordingly Vsi
is kept equal to 250 mm and Vse is changed from 150 mm to 350 mm in
steps of 100 mm. It may be noted that in all the cases, Ic and Ac required
for frame analysis are kept the same in order to isolate the effect of Vsd.
The difference Vsd= Vsi – Vse, thus varies as 100, 0, and –100 mm., µi
and µe are kept the same with 4%.

From Figs. 9,10 and 11, which show the relation between Vs and R/Ro
for n=10, 20, and 40 stories respectively. The effect of inelastic
deflections on final elastic forces ratio (R/Ro) for exterior, 1st interior,
and 2nd interior columns decrease with increase of Vsd, where R/Ro for
exterior column increase by 3.2%, 7.3%, and 21.9% for n=10, 20, and 40
stories respectively just after application of live load when Vs equal to
150 mm (Vsd =100 mm). Also, R/Ro for exterior columns increased by
17.0%, 21.5%, and 38.5% for n=10, 20, and 40 stories respectively, after
10 years when Vs equal to 150 mm, and the corresponding increase for
2nd interior column is, 2.0%, 5.0% and 16.5%. The rate of change of
inelastic forces in exterior columns is significant than that in interior
columns, due change of Vs.

Effect of Number of Stories, n

Three frames having number of stories, n equal to 10, 20, 40 stories, are
considered, they have the same structural properties and loading. As
observed earlier while considering the effect of µ, and Vs, the restraining
forces due to inelastic deflections increase with the increase of number of
stories, n. Also, the load transfers among columns increase with increase
of n in the 1st story. It is seen that the same nature of load transfers from
the interior to exterior columns occurs for all n, but increase with the
increase of number of stories, also R/Ro increases with the increase the
number of stories as shown in Figs. (6-11).

RESULTS
In this study a proposed analysis for multi-story frames or buildings
using incremental substructure approach according to timetable of
construction is developed.

Traditional procedure proof that the maximum deflection in final story,

but actually this is not right, because all stories except the final story

178
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

settled under their own dead loads before construction of final story, and
final story deflection must be only under its own dead load and then
under the summation of deflections of all stories under their live load.
These defects of traditional procedure are taken into consideration in
proposed procedure. In proposed procedure, the maximum deflection
occurs approximately at 0.6 of height from base.

The proposed approach gives actual behavior than those of traditional

analysis. Using the consistent procedure, the behavior of frames due to
creep and shrinkage has been studied when stiffness of beams is high
(Ib=Ic). From this study, the following conclusions are drawn:
- Vertical deflections differ only marginally in vertical
members, since stiffness of beams is high.
-The effect of inelastic deflections on the final elastic forces is
complex and strongly depends on the final percentage of
reinforcement, surface to volume ratio, number of stories, and
other parameters that affect creep and shrinkage.

- The rate of change of inelastic forces in exterior columns is

significant than that in interior columns.
- The difference between traditional and proposed deflection up to mid
height is insignificant, but this difference increase to reach more
than 200% at final story.

REFERENCES

1. Gardner N.J. and Zhao J.W., “Creep and Shrinkage Revisited,” ACI
Materials Journal, May-June 1993, Vol. 90, No. 3, pp: 236-246.
2. ACI committee 209. Factors Affecting Shrinkage and Creep of Concrete
and Simplified Models to predict strain Feb. 1996.
3. CEB-FIP Model Code for Concrete Structures 1990, “ Evaluation of the
Time Dependent Behavior of Concrete,” Bulletin d’ Information, No. 199.
Comite European du Beton/Federation Internationale de la Precontrainte,
Lausanne, 1991.
4. ACI Committee 209, “Prediction of Creep, Shrinkage and Temperature
Effects in Concrete Structures, ” American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
1982.
5. Madsen H.O. and Bazant Z.P., “ Uncertainty Analysis of Creep and
Shrinkage Effects in Concrete Structures,” ACI Structural Journal, March-
April 1983, Vol. 80, No. 2, pp: 116-127.

179
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6. Ojdrovic R.P. and Zarghamee M.S., “Concrete Creep and Shrinkage

Prediction from Short-Term Tests,” ACI Materials Journal, March-April
1996, Vol. 93, No. 2, pp: 169-177.
7. Arnaouti C., and Sangakkara, S., R., “ Creep and Shrinkage in a Light
Weight-Aggregate Concrete,” Magazine of Concrete Research, Vol. 36, No.
128, Sept. pp. 165-173, 1984.
8. Marzouk H.,” Creep of High-strength Concrete and Normal-Strength
Concrete,” Magazine of Concrete Research, Vol. 43, No. 155, June 1991,
pp. 121-126.
9. Garashi S., Bentur A. and Kovler K.,” Autogenous Shrinkage and Induced
restraining Stresses in High-Strength Concretes,” Cement and Concrete
Research, 2000, Vol. 30, pp. 1701-1707.
10. Bloom R. and Bentur A., “ Free and restrained Shrinkage of Normal and
High- Strength Concretes,” ACI Materials Journal, Vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 211-
217, 1995.
11. Gilbert R. I., “Shrinkage, Cracking and Deflection-the Serviceability of
Concrete Structures,” Electronic Journal of Structural Engineering, 2001,
Vol. 1, NO. 1, pp. 2-14.
12.Burkart, Isabel and Muller, Harald S., “ Creep and Shrinkage Characteristics
of Ultra High Performance Concrete(UHPC),” Proceeding of the Second
International Symposium on Ultra High Performance Concrete, Kassel,
Germany, March 5-7, 2008.
13.H. C. Seol et al, “ Effect of Differential Moisture Distribution on the
Shortening of Steel- Reinforced Concrete Columns,” Magazine of Concrete
Research, Vol. 60, Issue 5, June 2008, pp: 313-322.
14.Park H.S., “Optimal Compensation of Differential Column Shortening in
High-Rise Building,” the Structural Design of Tall and Special Building,
Jul. 2002, Vol. 12, No. 4, pp: 49-66.
15. D.J.Carriera and T. D. Poulos, “ Designing for the effects of Creep and
Shrinkage in High-Rise Buildings,” Conference on Structural Implications
of shrinkage and Creep of Concrete, Fajardo, Puerto Rico, 2007.
16.Maru S., asfaw M. and Nagpal A.K., “A Consistent Procedure for Creep
and Shrinkage Effects in R.C. Frames,” Journal of Structural Engineering,
ASCE, 2001, Vol. 127, No. 27, pp: 726-732.
17.Egyptian Code of Practice for Reinforced Concrete Design and Construction,
Housing and Building Research Center, No. 203, Second Revision, Issue
2001.

180
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﻁﻪ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺁﻏﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﺤﻤﺯﻱ ﺠﺎﻨﺴﻴﺯ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻤﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺎﻤﻴﺎ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ‪Fiber Reinforced Polymer‬‬
‫)‪ (FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺎﺯﺍل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻬـﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻀﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﺍل ﻤﻜﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺤﻭل ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻭﻗـﻭﻑ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻜﺈﺤـﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺤـﺩﺙ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺠﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻜﺎﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺼﻭﺍﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،ACI‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﻋﺭﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻜﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ‪ ، Bond Length‬ﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁـﺎﻑ ‪ ، Flexural capacity‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ‪ . Shear capacity‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻬـﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻌل ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ، ACI‬ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ‪Fiber Reinforced Polymer FRP‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﺸﻭﺍﻁﹰﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃُﺠﺭِﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻭﺼﻨﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺼﺩﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ACI‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﺒﻁ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺼﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪.ACI 318‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1990‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ، ACI 440‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﻭﺒﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 190‬ﺨﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺭﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ACI 440‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1996‬ﺒﺈﺼـﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ ‪ ACI 440 440R-96‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺤﻭل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺭﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺸـﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟــ ‪ ، FRP‬ﺴـﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻜﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟـ‪.FRP‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2002‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ACI 440.2R-02‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ‪ FRP‬ﻜﺒﺩﻴل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻅﻴﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺴـﻬﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺠﻨﻭﺏ ﺸﺭﻕ ﺁﺴﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩ‪ ،‬ﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2003‬ﻗﺎﻤـﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 600,000‬ﻡ‪ 2‬ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ " ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭﺍﺕ )‪ ،"(CECS146:2003‬ﻴﺘـﻀﻤﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، FRP‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺭﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺸﻨﻐﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2002‬ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ" ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪."(DG/TJ08-012-2002) FRP‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ACI‬ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪FRP‬‬

‫‪ 1.2‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ACI‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻤ‪‬ـ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟــ ‪FRP‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪1‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﺴﻠﺢ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :1‬ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﻟـ ‪) FRP‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪(ACI‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪β c‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪β c‬‬

‫‪M n = As f s ⎜ d − 1 ⎟ + ψ f A f f fe ⎜ h − 1 ⎟ ,‬‬ ‫‪2.1‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬

‫‪As f s + A f f fe‬‬
‫= ‪where c‬‬
‫‪γ f c′β1b‬‬

‫‪ c‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻴﺩ )ﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ (‪.‬‬

‫‪ ψ f = 0.85‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬
‫‪ β 1 , γ‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﺨﻁﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻁﻴل‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ) ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺩﻥ( ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻘـﻰ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺼل ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ‪ ε cu‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، 0.003‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻤﺯﻕ‬
‫‪ε fu‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺯﻕ ﻭﻗﺒل ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟـﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴـﻙ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻌﺩﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺴـﻤﺎﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬

‫⎛ ‪⎧ 1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪nE f t f‬‬

‫⎪‬ ‫‪⎜⎜1 −‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎟ ≤ 0.90 for nE f t f ≤ 1000000‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪ε‬‬ ‫‪fu‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪2000000‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫⎨ = ‪km‬‬ ‫‪2.2‬‬
‫‪⎪ 1 ⎛⎜ 500000 ⎞⎟ ≤ 0.9 for nE t > 1000000‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎪ 60 ε ⎜ nE t‬‬ ‫‪f f‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫⎝ ‪fu‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪f f‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 2.2‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ACI‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺒﻠﻔﻪ ﺒﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﻥ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ U‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﺈﻟـﺼﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻬﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .2‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﺼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒﺈﻀـﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺸـﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟــ ‪FRP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ψf‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪φVn = φ (Vc + Vs + ψ f V f‬‬ ‫‪2.3‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪A fv f fe (sin α + cos α ) d f‬‬

‫= ‪Vf‬‬ ‫‪, A fv = 2n t f w f‬‬ ‫‪2.4‬‬
‫‪sf‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ n :‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ f fe‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ .FRP‬ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪FRP‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻤـل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤـﺎﻡ ‪) k v‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤـل ﻤﻨـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ(‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ) ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸـﻜل ﺤـﺭﻑ ‪ (U‬ﻭﺼـﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ε fe = kvε fu ≤ 0.004‬‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪FRP‬‬

‫‪ 1.3‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ )ﺸﻜل ‪ (3‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻥ ‪ ، 200 mm :‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪ 3.1‬ﺃﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎛ Ecf ε cf Acf‬‬ ‫⎞‬

‫⎜ ‪The bond length ≥ max‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪, 200 mm‬‬ ‫‪3.1‬‬
‫‪⎜ τ b‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪⎝ cf cf‬‬ ‫⎠‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Ecf‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪، FRP‬‬

‫‪ ε cf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟـ ‪، FRP‬‬
‫‪ Acf‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺸﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬
‫‪ τ cf‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪،0.5 Mpa‬‬
‫‪ bcf‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :3‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 2.3‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪ ε cf‬ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴـﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﻠـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤـﺴﺏ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ‪ σ cf‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﺼل ﺠﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ‪ Ecf‬ﻓﻲ ‪. ε cf‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻨﻤﻴﺯ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪:(4‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ x‬ﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ξ cfb h‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ ‪ξ b h0‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ (2a‬ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪x‬‬
‫) ‪M ≤ f c b x ⎜ h0 − ⎟ + f y′ Aa′ (h0 − a′) + Ecf ε cf Acf (h − h0‬‬ ‫‪3.2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁﺔ ‪ x‬ﻭﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ‪ ε cf‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ‪. 3.3‬‬

‫‪0.8 ε cu‬‬
‫= ‪f c b x = f y AS − f y′ AS′ + Ecf ε cf Acf , and x‬‬ ‫‪⋅h‬‬ ‫‪3.3‬‬
‫‪ε cu + ε cf + ε t‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :4‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ x‬ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪) ξ cfb h‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ (2b‬ﻋﻨـﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫] [‬
‫) ‪M ≤ f y AS (h0 − 0.5ξ cfb h ) + Ecf ε cf Acf h (1 − 0.5 ξ cfb‬‬ ‫‪3.4‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ x‬ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 2 a ′‬ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫] [‬
‫)‪M ≤ f y AS (h0 − a′) + Ecf ε cf Acf (h − a′‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ M‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪،‬‬

‫‪ AS‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺸﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ‪، AS′‬‬
‫‪ Acf‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬
‫‪′‬‬
‫‪ f y‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺸﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ‪، f y‬‬
‫‪ f c‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪ Ecf‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ξ cfb‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠـ‪ FRP‬ﻭﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻗـﺩ ﻭﺼـل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫‪0.8 ε cu‬‬
‫‪ ξ b ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ‪.‬‬
‫] [‬
‫‪ε cu + ε cf + ε i‬‬
‫‪ ε i‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻗﺒل ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ε cf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬ ‫] [‬
‫‪ ε cf‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪.FRP‬‬

‫‪ 3.3‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Vb ≤ Vbrc + Vbcf‬‬ ‫‪3.6‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪2ncf ωcf t cf‬‬

‫‪Vbcf = ϕ‬‬ ‫‪ε cfv Ecf hcf‬‬ ‫‪3.7‬‬
‫‪S cf + ωcf‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪ε cfv‬‬ ‫‪(0.2 + 0.12λb )ε cfu‬‬ ‫‪3.8‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Vb‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪ Vbrc‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬
‫‪ Vbcf‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬
‫‪ ε cfv‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ε cfu‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪،FRP‬‬
‫‪ ϕ‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻭﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ϕ = 1.0 ) :‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ‪ ϕ = 0.85 ،‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ ϕ = 0.7 ،U‬ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ( ‪،‬‬
‫‪ λb‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‪ λb = 3.0 ) :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﺓ ‪، ( 1.5 ≤ λb = a / h0 ≤ 3‬‬
‫‪ ncf‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ ‪ hcf ، FRP‬ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻠـ‪) FRP‬ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ‪S cf ،(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ tcf ،FRP‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪ ωcf ،‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺸـﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟــ‬
‫‪.FRP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :5‬ﺍﻹﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ‪hcf‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ ‪FRP‬‬

‫‪ 1.4‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ‪) lb‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ ،(6‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁـﻰ‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Eftf‬‬
‫= ‪The bond length lb ≥ le‬‬ ‫‪4.1‬‬
‫‪2 ⋅ f ctm‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ E f‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪، FRP‬‬

‫‪ t f‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪، FRP‬‬
‫‪ f ctm‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :6‬ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫‪ 2.4‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒل ﻟﻼﻨﻔﺼﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻬﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒـﺭ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﺴﻠﻭﻜﹰﺎ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﺭﻨﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﺠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪M Sd ≤ M Rd‬‬ ‫‪4.2‬‬

‫‪ M Rd‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪ M Sd ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺒﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ا ‪0 = ψ ⋅ b ⋅ x ⋅ f cd + As 2 ⋅ σ s 2 − As 2 ⋅ f yd − A f ⋅ σ f‬‬ ‫‪4.3‬‬

‫‪ f cd‬ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ ، f cd‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪ M Rd‬ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ‪ M Rd‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫= ‪M Rd‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪γ Rd‬‬
‫‪[ψ ⋅ b ⋅ x ⋅ f‬‬ ‫‪cd‬‬ ‫] ‪(d − λ ⋅ x ) + As 2 ⋅ σ s 2 (d − d 2 ) + Af ⋅ σ f ⋅ d1‬‬ ‫‪4.4‬‬

‫ﺘﹸﻔﺭﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪، γ Rd = 1‬‬

‫‪ ψ‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻻ ﺒ‪‬ﻌﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻘﺴﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪، b ⋅ x ⋅ f cd‬‬
‫‪ λ‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻻ ﺒ‪‬ﻌﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻘﺴﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. x‬‬
‫‪ As 2‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪ σ s 2 ،‬ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ‪ d 2 ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ d‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ‪ σ f ،‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪FRP‬‬
‫‪ A f ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3.4‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪VRd = min{VRd , ct + VRd , s + VRd , f } , VRd , max‬‬ ‫‪4.5‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ VRd , s ، VRd , ct‬ﺘﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ VRd , f‬ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ‪CNR-‬‬
‫‪ DT 200/2004 58‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺭﺩ ﻻﺤﻘﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ VRd , max‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ‪ VRd , f‬ﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻁﻴل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪sin β w f‬‬

‫= ‪VRd , f‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪⋅ min{0.9 ⋅ d , hw }⋅ f fed ⋅ 2 ⋅ t f‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪4.6‬‬
‫‪γ Rd‬‬ ‫‪sin θ p f‬‬

‫‪ d ، γ Rd = 1.2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ hw ،‬ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ‪ f fed ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠــ‬

‫‪ FRP‬ﻭﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ‪ 4.3.3.2‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ ‪ t f ،‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪ β ، FRP‬ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ θ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ )ﺘﻔـﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ p f w f ،‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل‬ ‫‪( θ = 45o‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :7‬ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ w f / p f = 1‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﺘﻼﺼﻘﺔ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺎﻤل ﺃﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺤﺭﻑ ‪ ، U‬ﻓـﻲ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪wf‬‬
‫= ‪V Rd , f‬‬ ‫⋅ ) ‪⋅ 0.9 ⋅ d ⋅ f fed ⋅ 2 ⋅ t f ⋅ (cot θ + cot β‬‬ ‫‪4.7‬‬
‫‪γ Rd‬‬ ‫‪pf‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺎ ﺫﻭ ﻗﻁﺭ ‪ D‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﻜﺎﻤﻼ ﻭﻋﻤﻭﺩﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﺼﺭ‬
‫) ‪ ( β = 90 o‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ VRd , f‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪wf‬‬

‫= ‪V Rd , f‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪⋅ D ⋅ f fed‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪⋅ t f ⋅ cot θ‬‬ ‫‪4.8‬‬
‫‪γ Rd‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪pf‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻜل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻜﻴل‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺤـﺎﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﺴﺘﻔﻀﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻭﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺤﻘﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻜل ﺒﺎﺤﺙ ﻭﻤﺼﻤﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﻷﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫‪ FRP‬ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜـﻲ ‪ACI‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻁﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﻴﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠــ ‪ FRP‬ﻭﻓـﻭﻻﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ‪ .‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻜل ﻜﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻤل ‪ ϕ‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﻤـﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺩ ﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺽ ﺒﻌﻤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤـﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻜﺘﻔﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﻨـﻰ ﺒﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﺃﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Smith S.T. and Teng J.G. (2002a). “FRP-strengthened RC structures, I:‬‬

‫‪review of debonding strength models”, Engineering Structures, 24 (4),‬‬
‫‪385-395.‬‬
‫‪Teng, J.G., Chen, J.F., Smith, S.T. and Lam, L. (2002a). FRP‬‬
‫‪strengthened RC Structures, Wiley, Chichester, U.K.‬‬
‫‪Technical specification for strengthening concrete structures with carbon‬‬
‫‪fiber reinforces polymer laminate. (2002).‬‬
‫‪Guide for the design and construction of externally bonded FRP systems‬‬
‫‪for strengthening existing structures. (2004).‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

CECS (China Association for Engineering Construction Standardization )

146 (2003). Technical Specification for Strengthening Concrete
Structure with Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer Laminate, China
Planning Press, Beijing, China.
Code for design of concrete structures. (2002). China building industry
press.
American Concrete Institute – Committee 440 (2002). Guide for the
Design and Construction of Externally Bonded FRP Systems for
Strengthening Concrete Structures, ACI 440.2R-02, ACI, Farmington
Hills, MI, USA.
American Concrete Institute – Committee 318 (1999). Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary, ACI 318-
99/R-99, ACI, Farmington Hills, MI, USA.
American Concrete Institute - Committee 318 (2002). Building Code
Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary, ACI 318-
02/R-02, ACI, Farmington Hills, MI, USA.

194
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺨﻼل ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ )‪ 50‬ﻋﺎﻤﹰﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ )ﺃﻭ ﻜل( ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ )ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل(‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺠﻌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ( ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﻘﻕ ﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺼل ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﻐﺎل ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻴﺤﺼل ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ )ﻤﺜل ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ( ﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ )ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ( ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ( ﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ )ﻓﻭﻻﺫ( ﺃﻭ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺸﻤل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﺭﻴﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺂﻜل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ( ﺤﺼﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪-1‬ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﻐﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل )ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ‬
‫ﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺒﻐﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ُﻴﻌﻔﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ )ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺼل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ )ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺼل ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﻻﺤﻘﹰﺎ )ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-2‬ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺃﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻀﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺸﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺤﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل )ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ( ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-2‬ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﻅﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻼ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻜﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺼل ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ‬ ‫‪6-2‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﻭ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ( ﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪7-2‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ُﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﻬﺒﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-2‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺼﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫]‪[2] [1‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ )ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ( ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل )ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ(‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪-3‬ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺸﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺤﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ]‪:[4] [3‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﺥ )‪ ،(Cracking‬ﻭﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺸﺎﺩﺓ )ﻤﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ( ﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻕ‪ ،‬ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻅﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﺭ )‪ (Spalling‬ﻭﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻀﺎﻏﻁﺔ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻅﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﺭ( ﻨﺎﺘﺠﹶﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻔﺼﺎل )ﺘﺸﻅﻲ( ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﺂﻜل ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﺴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻈﻲ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪1‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻈﻲ ﰒ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻱ‬

‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻑ )‪ (Disintegration or Decay‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﺤﻠل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻔﻜﻙ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ )ﺒﺤﺹ ﻭﺭﻤل(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻜﺎﻷﺤﻤﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ( ﻤﻊ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ )ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ(‪،‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ )‪ ،(Durability‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻤﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻭﻱ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪-4‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻔﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻭﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺭﺭﺓ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﻭﺍﻫﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ )ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﺥ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻅﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ]‪.[5‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﺒﺎﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ]‪.[6‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﺩﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺴﺒﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ]‪ ،[8] [7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺼﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1-5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﺒل ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺠﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺠﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ‪ .‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻴﺼل ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2-5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻗﺒل ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ )ﺤﺠﺭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺠﺭ( ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ )ﺤﺠﺭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺠـﺭ( ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 3‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺼـﻠﺕ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ‪ 15‬ﻁﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ُﺼﻤﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺨـﺫ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ )ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭل ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻊ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 9‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3-5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ )ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺯﻻﺯل ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒـﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺒـﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺩ‬
‫ﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻁﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل )ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ )ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺎﻥ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅـﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ( ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻘﺼﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﻉ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻤﺭﺍﺽ ﺒل ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺭﻀﻰ )ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﻴﺽ ﻵﺨﺭ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒل ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻭﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .a‬ﺠﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻅﻴﻑ(‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ُﺘﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﻐﺎل ﺃﻭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻫﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ )ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل( ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ )‪ (I = 1.25‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﻐﺎل ﺃﻭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺃﻗل ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ )ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺴﻜﻨﻲ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ = ‪(I‬‬
‫)‪ 1.0‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ )ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻤﻔﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ُﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ُﻴﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-6‬ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺒﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻼ )ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺠـﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪ -‬ﺃﻋﻤـﺩﺓ‪-‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺒﺈﺤﺩﻯ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻭﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪201‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 3-6‬ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻼ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺹ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ )ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻤﺘﺸﻘﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‪ .‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ُﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨـﺘﺞ ﻋﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ 7‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ُ ،‬ﺘﺩﺭﺱ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ـﻴﺩﺭﺱ ﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻅﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻓ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘل )ﺍﻟﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ‪ B‬ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ،5‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(1‬ﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻲ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ‪ 4‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‬

‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﻔﺘﺘﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺈﺩﺨﺎل ﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﻋﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺯﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﻨﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺘﺤﻤ‪‬ل ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻔﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﻀﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻨﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻟﺘﺘﺼل ﺒﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺘـﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻜﺎﻤ ﹰ‬

‫‪202‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺏ( ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺃ( ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(2‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ‬

‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﺱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ )ﻜﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺏ( ﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ]‪:[7‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺸﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻨﺒﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻤـل ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻓﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺒﻘﻭﻯ ﺸﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻋﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻤل ﻗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻓﺱ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻑ ﺒﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ )ﺍﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ( ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺎﺏ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﺤﺯﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘﺘﺤﻤـل ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 9‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﻴﺔ )ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ـﻴﻨﺼﺢ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻜﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺹ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺯﻻﺯل‪،‬‬
‫ﻓ ُ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘل ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻅﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺩل‬
‫ﻼ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺒﻠﻭﻙ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ )ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪203‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻜﻤﺎ ُﻴﺩﺭﺱ ﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺒﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ( ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟـﺸﻜل‬
‫)‪ .[9](3‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ( ﺒﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴـﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ( ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ )ﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺒﻘﻤـﺼﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ( ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(3‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﻟﻠﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﻭﻟﻠـﺴﻘﻭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻑ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻌل‬
‫ﻭﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﺘﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ(‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﻓﻴﻥ ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟـﺴﻘﻑ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.[7] (4‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(4‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻑ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃ – ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﺒﺼﺏ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻗـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤـﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟـﺴﻘﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻭﺯﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟـﺫﺍﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻜﻘﺎﻟﺏ ﻟﻠﺼﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﺯﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺩﻋﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ ﻟﻪ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ(‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺭﺒﻁ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺘﺨﺘﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤل ﻋﺭﻀﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺼﺏ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤـﺴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺤﻤـل ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺍﻹﻀـﺎﻓﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻼ( ﺇﻥ ﺃﺜﺒﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺭﺒﻁﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻤـل ﻤـﺴﺎﺤﺔ‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﺭﻨﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﻋﺯﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ )ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ( ﻤﻊ ﺭﺒﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻗﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﻭﻜﺒﺩﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻟﺼﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ( ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴـﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ )ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ( ﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺸﺒﻙ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺃ – ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺒﺘﺼﻔﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺼﺏ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻤﻼﺼﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ )ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ( ﻭﺼﺏ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺒﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﻋﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﻓﺘﺤـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻼ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ )ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻗﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫]‪[9‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻘﻤﻴﺹ ‪ Jacket‬ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻁﻭﺍﻕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ )ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ( ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﺼﻔﺎﺌﺢ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ )ﺇﻥ‬

‫‪206‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﺯﻡ(‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻗل‪ ،‬ﻤﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻗل ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺸﺒﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻓﻀل‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺃﻟﻴـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒـﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻭﺒﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﻭﻨﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻻﻨﻜﻤـﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨـﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻌﺠﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺼﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻤﻴـﺯ ﺒـﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺒﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ )ﻤﺜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﺒﺄﻁﻭﺍﻕ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺘﻐﻠﻑ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻁﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ )ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل(‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﻨﻴﺔ )ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻐﻠﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻊ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻴﺔ )ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺭﺒـﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ )ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ( ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺭﺒﻁ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ( ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 14‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺅﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻜﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨـﺎﻙ ﻋـﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﺍﺌـﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻤﻨـﺴﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1-14‬ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﺼﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺼل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﻏﺭﺯﻫـﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﺒﻭﻜﺴﻲ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻲ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼـﻭل‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ )ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﺒﻭﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ( ﺜﻡ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺒﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻘﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪2-14‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ )ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﹰﺎ ﺒـﺩﺀﹰﺍ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺒﺎﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﻭل ﺒﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻷﻋﻤـﺎﻕ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺘﺎﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1/2-14‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ )‪ ،Jet Grouting (JG‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻋﻤـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـُﻤﻘﻭ‪‬ﺍﺓ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ‬
‫)ﺒﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ‪ 500–400‬ﻀﻐﻁ ﺠﻭﻱ( ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺏ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻴـﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻨﻔﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ )ﻤﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ( ﺘﺤﺕ ﻀﻐﻁ ‪ 50–40‬ﻀﻐﻁ ﺠﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.[9] (5‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺤﺠﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺃﺜﺭﻱ )ﻤﺒﻨـﻰ ﺠـﺎﻤﻊ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻜﺎﺯﺍﺨﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺤﻘﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ )‪.[10] (JG‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺒﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘل )ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺎﺌـل )‪ 10-15‬ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ( ﺜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻨﺘﻘل ﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﻨﻘـل ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل )ﻭﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ( ﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺠﻌل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ( ﻤﻔـﺼﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(5‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ )‪ (Jet Grouting‬ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(6‬ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﺜﺭﻱ )ﺠﺎﻤﻊ( ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﺯﺍﺨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ‬

‫‪ 2/2-14‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ )‪ (micro-piles‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻨﻘـل‬
‫ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ُﻴﻔـﻀل ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻤﺴﺒﻕ )‪ (pre-loading‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﻤﻨـﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺒـﻭﻁ ﺘﻔﺎﻀـﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ (Differential Settlement‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻟﻸﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻹﺸـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺎﺌل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[11‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃ – ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺤﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻗﻤﻴﺹ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻟﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻨﻭﺍﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺘﻭﻨﻴﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ )‪ 10‬ﺴﻡ( ﻭﻗﻔـﺹ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫‪210‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﻓﻭﻻﺫﻱ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ )ﺤﺘﻰ ‪ 30 – 25‬ﺴﻡ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ )ﻨﺤﻭ ‪ 20‬ﺴﻡ( ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﻘﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ ﺒﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﻴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ‪ 800 – 600‬ﻜﻴﻠﻭ ﻏﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌـﺏ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻭل‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻤﺘﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻀﺦ ﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺒـﺄﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻭﻨﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻐﻠﻐل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺤﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ 8 – 6‬ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴـﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺨﺸﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(7‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ﺼﺏ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺇﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(7‬ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (8‬ﻤﻘﻁﻌﹰﺎ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﺴﻘﻁﹰﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﺠﺭﻱ ﺤﺎﻤل ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺃﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪211‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺡ‪ُ -‬ﻴﻨﺼﺢ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻀﻐﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﺤﻤﺎل ﺘﺼل ﻟﻨﺤـﻭ ‪ %80‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺘﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﺴﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺘﺩ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻷﺤﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﻀﺎﻏﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻔﺙ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻤﺴﺒﻕ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺘـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻨﺘﻘل ﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﻨﻘـل ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل )ﻭﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ( ﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺠﻌل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ( ﻤﻔـﺼﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻲ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ :(8‬ﺃﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻡ‬

‫‪212‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗـﺩ ﺘﺤﺘـﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻗﺒل ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‪ُ ،‬ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺠﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺘﻪ )ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ( ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﻭﻤﻥ ﻀـﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﻋﺎﺼـﺭﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺒﻌـﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻴـﺎﺭ ﻤﺤﺘﻤـل ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴـﺔ )ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺼﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺤﺼﺭﹰﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻀـﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﻡ ﺒﻜﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 16‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬
‫]‪ [1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪.1995‬‬
‫]‪ [2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ ،2004‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬
‫‪Johnson, S.M‬‬ ‫]‪[3‬‬
‫‪Deterioration, Maintenance, and Repair of Structures.‬‬
‫‪McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1965‬‬
‫]‪ [4‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺜﺭ ﺃﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ ‪.1992‬‬

‫‪213‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫]‪ [5‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺸﺨﻴﺹ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻀﺭﺓ ﺃﻟﻘﻴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭﺭﻴﻑ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻭﻴﺩﺍﺀ‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫]‪ [6‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﻉ ﺭﻴﻑ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ‪.1993‬‬

‫]‪ [7‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ ‪.2008‬‬
‫]‪ [8‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪" :‬ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ" ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬
‫‪ 13 – 12‬ﺃﻴﺎﺭ ‪2008‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪[9‬‬

‫]‪ [10‬ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ‪ STFA TEMEL Investigation Inc.‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﺜﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪.1996 ،‬‬
‫)‪Thorburn, S. & Hutchison, J.F. (Editors‬‬ ‫]‪[11‬‬
‫‪Underpinning‬‬
‫‪Surrey University Press, Glasgow and London, 1985‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Strengthening Continuous Composite Beams using CFRP

in Region of Hogging Moments

Ashrif M. El-Shihy, Dean of Faculty ogf Engineering, Zagazig

University, Egypt
Hesham M. F. Shaaban, Assoc. Prof., Structural Eng. Dept.,
Zagazig University, Egypy

During the last years, steel beams which act compositely with reinforced
concrete floor slabs have been extensively used in building construction.
The behaviour of composite beams and stud connectors had been widely
investigated by many researchers. There may be several reasons for the
need to strengthen composite beams such as: - Expired design life, change
in function, potential damage caused by mechanical action and
environmental effects, and original design and construction errors

The aim of this project is to study the effect of strengthening continuous

composite beans (steel + concrete) structures by using carbon fibre
reinforced polymer “ CFRP’’ in region of hogging moments. An
experimental program has been carried out using different arrangements
of CFRP sheets. Three full-scale composite beams with 1700x500x220
mm were statically tested subjected to four-point bending, where two of
them were strengthened using CFRP sheets in region of negative
moments Load-deflection behavior together with strain propagation of
the test series is presented. The experimental results demonstrated a
considerable improvement in both linearity limit (cracking) and ultimate
loads capacity for the strengthened composite beams.

215
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪/‬ﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻜـﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺒـﺭﺍﻜﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟـﺴﻴﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺎﺼﻴﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻓﻴﺯﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜـﺎﻟﺤﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﻪ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺃﺜﻨـﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻬـﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻘـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻷﺴـﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺼـﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻴﻀﻊ ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺌﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪ -:‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ – ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪-‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ‪-‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀـﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺸﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻫـﻭ ﻨﻘـﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻀـﻌﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭ ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﻟﻨﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻷﻤـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺨﺫ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ]‪ .[1‬ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭ ﺨﻔﺽ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺠﺌﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺠﻬل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻜﺜﻴـﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﺒـﺎﻁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ )ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻙ( ﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ]‪ .[2],[3‬ﻭ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫)ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ( ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺒﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل]‪ .[4‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﺯﺉ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻠـﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺘﻘﺼﻴﺭ ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻭﺠﺏ ﺇﺨﻼﺌﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤل ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺘﺭﺒﻪ ﻁﻔﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺇﺤﻼل ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺩﻙ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﺂﻜل ﻭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﺨﺫ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻜـل ﺤﺎﻟـﻪ ﻭﻋﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ‪[5] .‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺏ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻋﻤل ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺤﻼل ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺴﻌﻪ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻔـﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺘﻠﻔﻴـﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻋـﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ]‪.[6],[7‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺭﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺃﺜﺭﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺩﻡ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺴـﻴﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻼﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﻭﺜﻭﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ]‪.[8‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ]‪[9],[10‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺭﺴـﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘـﻭﻓﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ) ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ(‬
‫ﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﺎ ]‪[11‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﺜل )ﺘﺂﻜل ﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪-‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪-‬ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪-‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺫ‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻻﺘﺼﻠﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯل ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻀﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺘﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﻜﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺘـﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﺴﺭﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ( ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﻴﺏ ﻗﺎﺘل ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﻤﻜﻭﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﺤﺠﻡ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺼﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﻫـﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻭﺭﻴـﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻀـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫)ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺯﺤﻑ( ﻭ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ]‪.[12‬‬
‫ﺭ‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﻗﻁﺎﻋﺎﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻗﻁﺎﻋـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﺒﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻜﺒـﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻭ ﺍﺼﻐﺭ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺴﻴﺊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﺨﺫﻩ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ]‪.[13],[14‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺼﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻟﻠﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻋﻤل ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺱ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺯﻻﺯل‪-‬ﺤﺭﺍﺌﻕ‪-‬ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‪-‬ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻤﺎﺕ( ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺭﻴﺒـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻁﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺠﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭل ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴـﺅﺩﻱ ﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ‬

‫‪218‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ]‪.[15‬‬
‫ﺵ‪ -‬ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨـﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻼﺸﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪-:‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺏ ﻭ ﺘﺼﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ – ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻥ ﺍﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻓﻭﺍﺼل ﺘﻤﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻜل )ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ( ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻨﺯﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻜﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺃﺯﺍﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﻭﺍﺌﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻨـﺯﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻜﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺍﻟﻪ ﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﻭﺍﺌﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ]‪.[16‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺍﺨﻴﺹ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺒﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻜﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺴﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟـﺔ ﻟﺘﻔـﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻷﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ]‪.[17],[18‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﺜل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻭل ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺴﻜﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺩﺭﺴـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺘﺤﻭﻱ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻓـﺭﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺸﺎﺴﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻨـﻭﻉ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻲ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋـﻥ‬

‫‪219‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺩﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻓﻲ ﻨـﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻅﻡ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ]‪.[19‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺼﻼﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺨﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺤﺎل ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺫ‪ -‬ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺘﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤل‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎﺌﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ]‪[20‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺁﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺫ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺤﻔﺭ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺜل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺸﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫•ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻤـﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﺭﻑ ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻤـﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫•ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻤﻔﺎﺠﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﻔـﺎﻋﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺘﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ]‪. [21‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬

‫ﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺘﻔـﻀﻠﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻜل ﻤﻭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﻜل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻀﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺜﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗـﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻔﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻭﺴﻤﻲ ﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺯﻨﻪ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻭﻫـﻭ ﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺤﺭﻜـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﺍﻡ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ – ﺍﻷﺜﺎﺙ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﻭﻻﺕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ‪ -‬ﺯﻻﺯل ( ﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺤـﺴﺏ ﻗـﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴـﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻋﻭﺍﻤل )ﺨﺎﺼﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﺒﻪ‪[22], [23].‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ =‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ × ‪ + 1.8‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺘﺔ × ‪ + 1.5‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ × ‪.1.1‬‬

‫ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺴﻨﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺤـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨـﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺇﻟﻲ‪-:‬‬

‫‪ – 1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻭ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺘﻴﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﻴﺒﺔ]‪.[24‬‬

‫‪ – 2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻭ‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ) ‪ 2 – 1‬ﻤﻡ ( ﻤﻌﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﺯﻉ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻴﻘﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻴﺱ ( ﻭ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﻴﻨﺔ )ﺸﺒﻙ( ﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ]‪.[25], [26‬‬

‫‪ – 3‬ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ : ْ 45‬ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﹰﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ) ‪ 30 – 25‬ﺴﻡ ( ﻀﻴﻘﺔ ) ‪2 – 1‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻡ ( ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺼ ﹰ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻼﺤﻘﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﻴﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻨﺠﻔﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺸﺒﻙ ﻟﻠﻁﻴﻨﺔ]‪. [2‬‬
‫ﺏ – ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬

‫‪221‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺝ – ﺘﺸﻘﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻁﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪ ْ 45‬ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‪:‬ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺨﻁﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﻴﻨﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻨﺎﺝ ﻤﻜﺴﻭﺭﹰﺍ‬

‫ﺩ – ﺘﺸﻘﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻁﻠﻘﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤﻨﺘـﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠـﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ) ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ( ﻭ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ – 4‬ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺨﻁﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻤـﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‬

‫‪ – 5‬ﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺇﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﺨﻁﻴﺭ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﺘﺠـﺎﻭﺯ ﻗـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺸﻌﺭ ﻴﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻁﺭﺍﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﺃﺒﺩﹰﺍ]‪.[22],[23‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺴﺒﺒﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺘﺂﻜل ﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻌـﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀـﻪ ﻟﻠـﺼﺩﺃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﺭﺍﻀﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺠﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻀﻌﻑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﻓﺘﺤـﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻨﺫﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻻﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﻬـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﻤﺒﻜﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺌﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘـﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟـﺒﻌﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ ﺤﻜﻭﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﺭﺒـﺎﺡ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‬

‫‪222‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ‬

‫ﻤﺼﺭ ﺸﻬﺩﺕ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍل‪ 15‬ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺤﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺸﻬﺭﻫﺎ ﺴـﻘﻭﻁ ﺒـﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ )ﺸﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ( ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻀﺭﺏ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل‪/‬ﺃﻜﺘﻭﺒﺭ ‪ 1992‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﺘل ‪ 64‬ﻤﻥ ﺴﻜﺎﻨﻪ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1999‬ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺴﺕ ﺒﻨﺎﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻘﻁ ﺴﻭﺭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺨﻠﻑ ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﻗﺘل ‪ 16‬ﺸﺨـﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺘﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻤﺎﻴﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل‪/‬ﺃﻜﺘﻭﺒﺭ ‪2006‬‬
‫ﻗﺘل ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﻟﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻴل‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻤﺎﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻗﺘل‬
‫ﺸﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩﺓ ﺯﻴﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺘل ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻤﺎل ﻤﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ 4‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﻌﻴﺸﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻗﺘل ‪ 16‬ﻓﺭﺩﺍ ﻭﺃﺼﻴﺏ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﺯل ﻤﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒـﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺃﻀﻴﻔﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ‪.‬ﻭﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 6‬ﺁﻻﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺁﻴل ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 28‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪60‬‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻴﻭﻤﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺘـﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ‪ 6‬ﺁﻻﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻲ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﺤـﺎﺀ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﺘﺒـﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ % 27.5‬ﻴﻠﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁـﺔ ﺒﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ،%23.7‬ﻤﺜل ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪ % 50‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺘـﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %16.1‬ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺼﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻲ ‪ %12.3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺎﺭ‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺠﺯﺀﹰﺍ ﻤﻬﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﻴﺨـﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺘـﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺼـﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠـﺔ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %11.5‬ﻭﻨﺤﻭﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺘﻴﻥ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺍﺭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %6.2‬ﻭ ‪ %1.4‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻁﺘﻪ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ واﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٣٫٧‬‬

‫ﺻﺪأ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪١٢٫٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﺎ اﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ وهﻨﺪﺳﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﺎت‬ ‫‪١٦٫١‬‬

‫ﺳﻮء اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫‪٢٧٫٥‬‬

‫‪%‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﻮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪٦٫٢‬‬

‫آﻮارث ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪١٫٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاد آﻴﻤﺎوﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪١١٫٥‬‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻲار‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺩﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺸل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓـﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻁﻔﻴﻔﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻘﻠل ﻤـﻥ ﻓﺭﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﺤـﺕ ﻨﻔـﺱ ﻅـﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺸل‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪224‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻓﺸل ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫‪-2‬ﻓﺸل ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺒﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ %30‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺜـﻡ ﻴﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %25‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠل ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﻑ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ‪ %16‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠـﻪ‪ .‬ﺜـﻡ‬
‫ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %11‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴـﺄﺘﻲ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺩﻱ ﻤﻥ ‪ %6‬ﺇﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ %7‬ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻌﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﺤﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻰ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺩﻱ ‪ %3‬ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪% 29‬‬

‫‪% 25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪%‬‬

‫‪% 16‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪% 11‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪%7‬‬
‫‪%6‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪%3‬‬ ‫‪%3‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻼل‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺴﺮ اﻟﻘﺼﻴﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‬ ‫اﻻآﺴﺪة ﻋﻨﺪ درﺟﺎت‬ ‫اﺟﻬﺎد اﻟﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺰﺣﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪/‬آﻼل اﻟﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪،‬اﻟﺤﻚ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٢‬اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﺪوث اﻟﻜﻠﻞ‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ ﻭﺘـﺭﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ]‪[8‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ )ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ(‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺌﻕ )ﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺭﻯ(‬
‫ﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌل ﻓﻲ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ 19‬ﺃﻏﺴﻁﺱ ‪ ،2008‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻗﺩ ﺸﺏ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺒﻤﻘﺭ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠـﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺩ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻬﻤﺕ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ "ﺍﻟـﺭﻱ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨـﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺠﻤﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺼﺎﺒﺔ )‪ (6‬ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺨﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴـﺔ ﺒﻤﺒﻠـﻎ ‪6‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﻭ ‪ 800‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﺼﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻹﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺘﺒﻌﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺨﻤﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌـل‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺸﺄﻨﻪ ﻜﺸﺄﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍ ﺜﻡ ﺴﺭﻋﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘـﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺴـﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﻜـﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺃﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺯﺍﻤﺎ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﻨﻅﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺜﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﺽ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﺩﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺫﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﺩﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘـﻡ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﻭﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺘﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺝ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻠﻕ ﻤﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻀﺦ ﻤﻴﺎﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﻕ‬

‫‪227‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺇﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﺩﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺸﻭﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺤﺭﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬ﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﻭ ‪ 800‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻤﺼﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺼﺎﺒﺔ )‪(6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺨﺘﻨﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻱ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻱ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻌﺔ ﺼﺒﺎﺤﹰﺎ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ 6‬ﺴﺒﺘﻤﺒﺭ ‪ ،2008‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺴﻔﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺼﺭﻉ )‪ (107‬ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﺇﺼـﺎﺒﺔ ﻋـﺩﺩ )‪(58‬‬
‫ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ‬

‫ﺸﻜل ) ‪ (4‬ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫‪228‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‬

‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﻀﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺠﺭ ﺠﻴﺭﻱ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺼﺭﻑ ﺴﻁﺤﻲ ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻴﻭل ﺤﺎل ﺤﺩﻭﺜﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺘﻔﺦ ﺒﺘﺴﺭﺏ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻟﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘل ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬

‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﻀﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺘﻔﺠﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺤﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻀﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻀﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﺎﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻔﺭ ﺘﺅﺜﱢﺭ ﺒﺸﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺸﺔ ﻭﻤ‪‬ﻜﻭ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺭﻱ ﺤﺩﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺩﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﻋـﺏ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺒﻬﻀﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺴﺭ‪‬ﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘـﺸﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻀﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﻴﹰﺎ ـ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ـ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﻟـﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻔﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺇﺨﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻭﻁﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺭﻉ )‪ (107‬ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﺇﺼﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ )‪ (58‬ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬

‫‪229‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ )ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪ 24‬ﺩﻴﺴﻤﺒﺭ ‪2007‬ﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺒـﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻠﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺸﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻑ ﺼﺒﺎﺤﺎ ﺒﻌـﺩ‬
‫ﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺩﺍﺭﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘـﻀﻡ ‪ 36‬ﺸـﻘﺔ"ﺒﻌـﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺎﻟـﺕ ﻓﺠـﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﻨﻬـﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‪ ".‬ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﻘﺎﺫ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺸﻴﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻥ‬
‫‪10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺃﺴﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﻘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻌﺎﻑ ﺘﻌﺎﻭﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻀﺤﺎﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺇﺨﻼﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﻭﺏ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻋﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺜﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﺤﺭﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﻤﺕ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺴﻴﺎﺝ ﺤﺩﻴﺩﻱ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1995‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﺸﻴﺩﺍ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺼﺭﻑ ‪ 5‬ﺁﻻﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ )ﺃﻟﻑ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ( ﺘﻌـﻭﻴﺽ‬
‫ﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﻜل ﻤﺘﻭﻓﻰ ﻭﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ )‪ 200‬ﺩﻭﻻﺭ( ﻟﻜل ﻤﺼﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺘﻡ ﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 82‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ ﻭﺘﻡ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ‪ 12‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻡ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺤﻀﺭ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 707‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 82‬ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ ﻭﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻗـﻡ ‪124‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 83‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ‪ 253‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 99‬ﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻔـﺫ ﻭﺘـﻡ ﻋﻤـل‬
‫ﻤﺤﻀﺭ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 480‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ . 99‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺯﻭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻴ‪‬ﻔﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻘﺎﻋﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻲ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﻗـﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺸﻜﺎل ﻟﻭﻗﻑ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻡ)‪(6‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ 1996‬ﺒﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻟﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺤﺼﻠﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻋـﺎﻡ‪ ،96‬ﻋﻠـﻲ ﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻴﻤﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺼﺎﺭﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﺼﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻜل ﺃﻤﺭ ﻋﺴﻜﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺈﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ "ﻟﻭﺭﺍﻥ" ﺒﺎﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺒﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻼﺙ‬

‫‪230‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺒﺤﻲ ﺸﺭﻕ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻭﺃﻤﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻔﻅ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻀﺒﻁ ﻭﺇﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﻤﺎﻟﻜﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻤﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﺒﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻜﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘـﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺨﻼﺅﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻱ ﺘﺄﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﻭﺤﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﺩﻱ ‪ 24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻟـﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺭﻗل ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﺴﻭﻱ ﻀﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘـﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬـﻡ ﺒـﺩﺨﻭل‬
‫ﻋﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﺕ ﻗﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﻘـﺎﺫ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺼﻭﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﺎﺜﺔ ﺍﺤﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺼـﻐﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﻨﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻜﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﻌﺎﻓﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺭﺨﻴﺹ‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻯ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ(‬
‫ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻗﺎﺒـﺔ )ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻕ ﻭ ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻯ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﺸﻁﻴﺒﺎﺕ )ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ( ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺠﻌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﻤﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺼﺭﻉ ) ‪ (36‬ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﺇﺼﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ )‪ (3‬ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‬

‫‪231‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﻤﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﺃﻴـﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺭﺅﻯ ﺜﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺼـﻴﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺭﺴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺍﺭﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﻭ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻭﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺯل ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻤﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻜﺜـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﻭﻴﻔﻀل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﻔﻥ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺂﻜل ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻜﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻺﺼـﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺭﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺤﻼل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪232‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﺭﺜﺔ )ﺒﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ( ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺒﺩﻟﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺭﺍﻴﺭ ‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺭﺉ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋـﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻤﺭﻜـﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓـﻰ ﻤﻘـﺩﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟـﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 7‬ﻓﺒﺭﺍﻴﺭ ‪.2008‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻹﺨﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠل ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺩﺭﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻤل ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﻋـﺯل ﺠﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻜﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻁﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴـﺔ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻁﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻘﺘﺼﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﺯل ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺒﺦ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﺯل ﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻨﺤـﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺘﻼﻓﻲ ﺇﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯل ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺴـﻁﺢ ﺒﻁـﺭﻕ ﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺌﻁ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻴـﺴﻬل‬
‫ﻨﻔﻭﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﻭﻗﻑ ﻜل ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﻓﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻭﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪233‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ (9‬ﺘﻭﻗﱡﻑ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺠﺭ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﺴﺒ‪‬ﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻬـﻀﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘل ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺤﻅﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺤﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻱ ﻟﺤﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻭل ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺘﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺭﺼﺩ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﺎﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﺤﺭﻜـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺎﺼ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺍﺌﻕ ﻭﺯﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺸﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﱡﺏ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺘﹸﻌﺭ‪‬ﺽ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ ﻜـل ‪10‬‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪234‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﻨﺼﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ‪.2001 ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ‪.‬ﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭﻴﻥ ‪.2001‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ‪ .1998‬ﺒﻠﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ‪ .‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻡ‬
‫‪ ،38‬ﻉ‪1999 ،4‬‬
‫ﺒﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻜﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪.2004 /6/ 17 - 14 ،‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻﺌﺤﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﺩﺒﻲ ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ‪) .‬ﺩ‪.‬ﺕ‪. (.‬‬

‫‪http://vgn.dm.gov.ae/DMEGOV/images/full.pdf‬‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﺒل‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ .‬ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ‪.2002 ،‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ " ﺩﻤﺸﻕ "‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪1954 /2/ 26 -22 ،‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﺸﺌﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪www.mpwh.gov.sa .2002 ،‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻨﺩﻟﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺯ ﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻭﺩﻱ‪-‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺌﻰ ‪ /‬ﺨﻠﻴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻜﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ – ﻤﺼﺭ‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺨﻠﻴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪12.‬‬ ‫‪Abd El Gawad, A. A. "Stuctural aspects of damage to Islamic buildings‬‬
‫‪", American University Press, Cairo, pp.126-142.‬‬
‫‪ِAbdbd El Hady, M. M." Grounwater and the deterioration of Islamic buildings‬‬
‫‪in Cairo ". American University Press in Cairo, 1995.‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬ ‫‪Balderrama, A. A. "Earthquake damage to historic masonry structres".‬‬
‫‪Conservation of Building and Decorative Stones, Vol. 2, Butterworth,‬‬
‫‪Washington, 1990.‬‬
‫‪14.‬‬ ‫‪Beckmann, P." Introduction to the problem of cracks, movements, and‬‬

‫‪235‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

joints in buildings. DBR, Building Science Seminar, Canada, 1972.

15. Bolt, B. A." Nuclear explosions and earthquaches "San Francis co, 1976.
Croci, G." New and ancient techniques for the study and restoration of
monuments," proceedings of the Egyptian - Italian Seminar on Geosciences and
Archaeology in the Medit. Countries, Cairo, November 28 – 30 L1993. pp. 267 -
285.
16. Duckworth, G." Land, Air, and Ocean ". 2nd ed .1965, p. 186.
17. Feilden, B." Between two Earthquakes "UNESCO, 1980.
18. Look, D. W." The preservation and reteofit of Islamic monuments in
Cairo after Earthquake of 12 October 1992 "American-University in Cairo 1995,
pp.: 80 - 90.
19. Moran, T. "Strengthening Earthquake - damaged structures" UNESCO.
Paris, 1978.
20. Mutter, J. C." Floor spreading ", Science, Vol. 285. November 1992, pp.
1442 - 1445.
21. Reobertson, J. and Potter, F. "Geology", 2 nd ed. Mac DONALD and
EVANSLTD, 18=978, pp. 110 -119.
22. Sharpe, C. S. " Landslids and related Phenomena ", Columbia
Geomorph Studies No. 11, 1938.
23. Terraghi, K. "Soil mechanics in building construction "Berlin, 1961.
24. Yoshio, F.: "Seismic Tomogram of the Earth", Geodyn . impi., Science,
Vol. 285 October 1992 pp. 623 - 630.

236
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻏﺎﻨﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺠﺤﺠﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ – ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨــﺹ‬
‫ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺒﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺠﺭﻴﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.2004 -2000‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻬﻭﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‪ -‬ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪ -‬ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪ -‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪. 1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤــﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ]‪[1,2,3,4‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻭﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻌﻴﻕ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺠﺯ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪.[5,6,7,8,9‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﺅﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺕ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫‪As‬‬
‫= ‪ ،( µ‬ﻭﻗﻁﺭ ﺃﺴﻴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ‪ 12mm‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ‪10mm‬‬ ‫) ‪≈ 0.30% − 1.3%‬‬
‫‪b.d‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ‪ 20mm‬ﻤﻊ ﺭﻤل ﻨﺎﻋﻡ ﻭﺇﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺭﺘﻼﻨﺩﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ ﻜﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ -(1‬ﻨﺴﺏ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫‪kg /m3‬‬ ‫‪kg /m3‬‬ ‫‪kg /m3‬‬ ‫‪kg /m3‬‬
‫‪0.49‬‬ ‫‪230‬‬ ‫‪414‬‬ ‫‪366‬‬ ‫‪1360‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩﻩ ‪ 150x300mm‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ≈ ‪ 2700mm‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺭﺕ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻗﻭﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺘﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ]‪[10‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ –3‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ]‪ [11‬ﻴﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ]‪ ،[13‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ]‪ ،[14‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻲ ]‪ ، [12‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﻫﻤﻠﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ]‪.[10‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(2‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل ‪ .2‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ‬
‫‪∆%‬‬ ‫ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ‪KN.M‬‬

‫‪4.8245‬‬ ‫‪BS 3.4‬‬

‫‪-4.780‬‬
‫‪5.055‬‬ ‫‪BS 5.6‬‬

‫‪5.416‬‬ ‫‪BS 7.8‬‬

‫‪3.270‬‬
‫‪5.239‬‬ ‫‪BS 9.10‬‬

‫‪5.362‬‬ ‫‪BD 3.4‬‬

‫‪3.210‬‬
‫‪5.19‬‬ ‫‪BD 5.6‬‬

‫‪5.529‬‬ ‫‪BD 7.8‬‬

‫‪-5.805‬‬
‫‪5.85‬‬ ‫‪BD 9.10‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻤﻠﺱ ) ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ (BS‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﺤﻠﺯﻥ )ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ (BD‬ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل ‪ .3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ) ‪( KN.m‬‬

‫ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻤﻠﺱ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‪(BS‬‬
‫‪5.594‬‬

‫‪5.976‬‬

‫‪5.508‬‬

‫‪5.078‬‬

‫‪5.165‬‬

‫‪5.667‬‬

‫‪4.990‬‬

‫‪5.120‬‬

‫‪4.830‬‬

‫‪4.819‬‬

‫‪5.508‬‬

‫‪5.048‬‬
‫‪M crs‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﻠﺢ ﻤﺤﻠﺯﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪(BD‬‬
‫‪6.110‬‬

‫‪6.210‬‬

‫‪5.770‬‬

‫‪5.930‬‬

‫‪5.349‬‬

‫‪5.710‬‬

‫‪5.140‬‬

‫‪5.240‬‬

‫‪5.508‬‬

‫‪5.230‬‬
‫‪M crD‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬
‫‪M cr‬‬ ‫‪− M cr‬‬
‫= ‪∆%‬‬ ‫‪* 100‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪M cr‬‬
‫‪9.182‬‬

‫‪3.913‬‬

‫‪14.36‬‬

‫‪0.753‬‬

‫‪2.918‬‬

‫‪12.31‬‬
‫‪4.54‬‬

‫‪3.44‬‬

‫‪2.29‬‬

‫‪7.86‬‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ]‪ ،[11‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻲ ]‪[14‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ]‪ [10‬ﻭﺃﺠﺭﻴﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ، (5‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘﺔ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ % 20‬ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ % 60‬ﻜﺤﺩ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ]‪[7‬‬
‫‪ML2‬‬
‫‪∆ = β‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪EI‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫‪-β‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -M‬ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -L‬ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪240‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -E‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -I‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ)ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ]‪.[11,10‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ )‪ ،(1،2‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻭﻀﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ )‪.(3,4‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﻭﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل ) ‪ (6،5‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪BS1‬‬ ‫‪BS2‬‬ ‫‪BS3‬‬ ‫‪BS4‬‬ ‫‪BS5‬‬ ‫‪BS6‬‬

‫‪BS7‬‬ ‫‪BS8‬‬ ‫‪BS9‬‬ ‫‪BS10‬‬ ‫‪BS11‬‬ ‫‪BS12‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪f‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(1‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ )ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻤﻠﺱ(‪.‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪BD1‬‬ ‫‪BD3‬‬ ‫‪BD4‬‬ ‫‪BD5‬‬ ‫‪BD6‬‬ ‫‪BD7‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪BD8‬‬ ‫‪BD9‬‬ ‫‪BD10‬‬ ‫‪BD11‬‬ ‫‪BD12‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(2‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ )ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺯﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪BS1 Test‬‬ ‫‪BD1 Test‬‬
‫‪BS1 Calc‬‬ ‫‪BD1 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪f‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(a-3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BS1,‬‬
‫‪.(BD1‬‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪BS3 Test‬‬
‫‪BD3 Test‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪f‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(b-3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ )‪.(BS3, BD3‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪BS5 Test‬‬ ‫‪BD5 Test‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪BS5 Calc‬‬ ‫‪BD5 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(c-3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ )‪.(BS5, BD5‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B S 7 Te s t‬‬ ‫‪B D 7 Te s t‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B S 7 C a lc‬‬ ‫‪B D 7 C a lc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ )‪.(BS7, BD7‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(d-3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(3‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪BS4 Test‬‬ ‫‪BS6 Test‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪BS4 Calc‬‬ ‫‪BS6 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(a -4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ )‪.(BS4, BS6‬‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B D 4 Te s t‬‬ ‫‪B D 6 Te s t‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B D 4 C a lc‬‬ ‫‪B D 6 C a lc‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(b -4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BD4,‬‬
‫‪.(BD6‬‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪BS7 Test‬‬ ‫‪BS9 Test‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪BS7 Calc‬‬ ‫‪BS9 Calc‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل (‪ )4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫‪ ACI Code‬ﻭ ‪) SNIP‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ(‬
‫‪ACI 318-89‬‬ ‫‪SNIP 2.03.01-84‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪−M‬‬
‫‪exp‬‬ ‫‪cal‬‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪−M‬‬
‫‪exp‬‬ ‫‪cal‬‬
‫‪cal‬‬ ‫‪Mcrexp‬‬ ‫ﺭﻤﺯ‬
‫‪cal‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪cr‬‬ ‫‪cr‬‬ ‫‪cr‬‬ ‫‪cr‬‬

‫‪M crcal‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬‫‪cr‬‬ ‫‪M crcal‬‬ ‫‪cr‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫‪KN.m‬‬
‫‪KN.m‬‬ ‫‪KN.m‬‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫‪%‬‬
‫‪- 4.557‬‬ ‫‪5.280‬‬ ‫‪- 49.2‬‬ ‫‪9.938‬‬ ‫‪5.048‬‬ ‫‪BS1‬‬
‫‪-8.63‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-51.3‬‬ ‫‪11.310‬‬ ‫‪5.508‬‬ ‫‪BS2‬‬
‫‪-20‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-59.9‬‬ ‫‪12.059‬‬ ‫‪4.819‬‬ ‫‪BS3‬‬
‫‪-19.87‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-59.9‬‬ ‫‪12.059‬‬ ‫‪4.830‬‬ ‫‪BS4‬‬
‫‪-9.5‬‬ ‫‪6.071‬‬ ‫‪-56.07‬‬ ‫‪11.657‬‬ ‫‪5.120‬‬ ‫‪BS5‬‬
‫‪-17.8‬‬ ‫‪6.071‬‬ ‫‪-57.3‬‬ ‫‪11.687‬‬ ‫‪4.990‬‬ ‫‪BS6‬‬
‫‪-6.65‬‬ ‫‪6.071‬‬ ‫‪-54.23‬‬ ‫‪12.381‬‬ ‫‪5.667‬‬ ‫‪BS7‬‬
‫‪-14.3‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-58.03‬‬ ‫‪12.306‬‬ ‫‪5.165‬‬ ‫‪BS8‬‬
‫‪-3.97‬‬ ‫‪5.288‬‬ ‫‪-54.90‬‬ ‫‪11.258‬‬ ‫‪5.078‬‬ ‫‪BS9‬‬
‫‪-9.27‬‬ ‫‪6.071‬‬ ‫‪-57.21‬‬ ‫‪12.873‬‬ ‫‪5.508‬‬ ‫‪BS10‬‬
‫‪-1.01‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-53.02‬‬ ‫‪12.700‬‬ ‫‪5.967‬‬ ‫‪BS11‬‬
‫‪-6.14‬‬ ‫‪5.912‬‬ ‫‪-56.7‬‬ ‫‪12.356‬‬ ‫‪5.549‬‬ ‫‪BS12‬‬
‫‪-13.23‬‬ ‫‪6.028‬‬ ‫‪-56.63‬‬ ‫‪12.058‬‬ ‫‪5.230‬‬ ‫‪BD3‬‬
‫‪-9.27‬‬ ‫‪6.671‬‬ ‫‪-54.46‬‬ ‫‪12.134‬‬ ‫‪5.508‬‬ ‫‪BD4‬‬
‫‪-13.68‬‬ ‫‪6.071‬‬ ‫‪-55.16‬‬ ‫‪11.687‬‬ ‫‪5.240‬‬ ‫‪BD5‬‬
‫‪-10.03‬‬ ‫‪5.713‬‬ ‫‪-53.22‬‬ ‫‪10.989‬‬ ‫‪5.140‬‬ ‫‪BD6‬‬
‫‪-6.57‬‬ ‫‪6.112‬‬ ‫‪-54.19‬‬ ‫‪12.464‬‬ ‫‪5.710‬‬ ‫‪BD7‬‬
‫‪-13.11‬‬ ‫‪6.156‬‬ ‫‪-57.34‬‬ ‫‪12.540‬‬ ‫‪5.349‬‬ ‫‪BD8‬‬
‫‪-3.01‬‬ ‫‪6.114‬‬ ‫‪-54.2‬‬ ‫‪12.948‬‬ ‫‪5.930‬‬ ‫‪BD9‬‬
‫‪-5.60‬‬ ‫‪6.112‬‬ ‫‪-55.46‬‬ ‫‪12.956‬‬ ‫‪5.776‬‬ ‫‪BD10‬‬
‫‪+2.23‬‬ ‫‪6.074‬‬ ‫‪-51.10‬‬ ‫‪12.696‬‬ ‫‪6.210‬‬ ‫‪BD11‬‬
‫‪+1.95‬‬ ‫‪5.993‬‬ ‫‪-51.22‬‬ ‫‪12.526‬‬ ‫‪6.110‬‬ ‫‪BD12‬‬

‫‪246‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪BS1Test‬‬ ‫‪BS2Test‬‬
‫‪BS1Calc‬‬ ‫‪BS2Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪f‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(a -5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BS1,‬‬
‫‪.(BS2‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B S 3 Tes t‬‬ ‫‪B S 4 Tes t‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪BS 3 Calc‬‬ ‫‪BS 4 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(b -5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BS3,‬‬
‫‪.(BS4‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪B S 5 Tes t‬‬ ‫‪B S 6 Tes t‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B S 5 Calc‬‬ ‫‪B S 6 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(c -5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BS5,‬‬
‫‪.(BS6‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪B S 7 Tes t‬‬ ‫‪B S 8 Tes t‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B S 7 Calc‬‬ ‫‪B S 8 Calc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫‪f‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(d-5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ )‪.(BS7, BS8‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B S9 Test‬‬ ‫‪B S10 Test‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪B S9 Calc‬‬ ‫‪B S10 Calc‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(e -5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ) ‪BS9,‬‬
‫‪.(BS10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺭﺓ )ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻤﻠﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪B D 3 T e st‬‬ ‫‪B D 4 T e st‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B D 3 C a lc‬‬ ‫‪B D 4 C a lc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫‪249‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ .(a -6‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫)‪.(BD3, BD4‬‬
‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪B D5 Test‬‬ ‫‪B D6 Test‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B D5 C a lc‬‬ ‫‪B D6 C a lc‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(b -6‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫)‪.(BD5, BD6‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫)‪M (KN.m‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪B D7 Te st‬‬ ‫‪B D8 Te st‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪B D7 Ca lc‬‬ ‫‪B D8 Ca lc‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫)‪f (mm‬‬

‫‪250‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺼﻼﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻴﻘﻠل ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺠﺭﻴﺕ ﺃﺜﺭﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻘﻕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺯﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺃﻋﻁﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ]‪ [11‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺒﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ]‪ [13‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ]‪ [14‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻨﺭﻯ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻤل ﻤﺠﺎل ﺃﻭﺴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻜﻤﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬

‫‪251‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

REFERENCES ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠـﻊ‬

1. Boikov, V.N, Siglalov , E.E ‘Reinforced Concrete Structures’,

stroiizdat, Moscow . 1985 ( in Russian ) .
2. Bandarenka, V. M, and Covarken, D.K.,"Reinforced Concrete and
Stones Structures "، Moscow. 1987 . ( in Russian ) .
3. Dmitris, S.A., “Limit state of Reinforced Concrete” Stroiizdat,
Moscow, 1985 . ( in Russian ) .
4. Zalesov, A.S.,Kodish, E.N., Lemish, L.L., and Nikitin, I.K.,
“Strength Cracking Control, and Deformation of reinforced concrete
“, Stroiizdat, Moscow, 1988,P.320 ( in Russian ) .
5. Bnmokrane, B., Chaallal,O,. and Masmoudi,R., “ Flexural,
Response of Concrete Beams Rreinforced with FRP Reinforced
Bars,’’ ACI Structural Journal, V.93, No . l , 1996 ,PP .46-55 .
6. Read M .Samra., “Tim – Dependent Deflection of Reinforced
Concrete Beams Revisited’’, Journal of Structural Enginemen,
vol123, No .6., June, 1997, pp.823- .830.
7. Bransan, D.E. and Trost ,H, “Application of I – Effective Method
in Calculating Deflections of partially Prestressed Members ,”PCI
journal, V. 27, No .5, 1982, pp. 62 – 77.
8. Nilson, A.H., “ Desing of Prestressed concrete ,” Second Edition,
1987, pp.357-362
9. Harajli, M.H,. and Alameh, A.S., “ Deflection of progressively
Cracking partially Prestressed Concrete Flexural Members, ”PCI
Journal, V . 34, No .3,1989, pp . 94 – 128.
10. JAHJAH .G.A., “Evaluation of cracking Moment in Reinforced
concrete Flexural Members,” Teshreen university Journal . 1999.
11. ACI 318-89. “Building code Requirements for reinforced concrete”,
American concrete Institute , Detroit , 1989.
12. SNIP 2.03.01- 1984., “Concrete and Reinforced concrete
Structures” , SITP , Moscow , 1985 ( in Russian ).
،‫ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬.13
. 1977 ،‫ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬
،‫ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬،‫ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬

252
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻏﺎﻨﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺠﺤﺠﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ – ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ – ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﻨﺫﺭ ﺠﺎﺒﺭ ﻏﺎﻨﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﺸﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻴﺩﻱ ﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴـﺔ ﻭﻁـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﻨـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺴﺠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺴﺠﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻟﺠﺄﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﻤـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻋﻠـﻰ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺍﺹ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻗل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻤﺜل ﻟﺨـﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤـﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻗل ﻜﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﺴـﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺹ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪253‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - 1-3‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ– ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ –1‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺇﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ –2‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ) ‪ ( W/C‬ﻭﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ )‪ (Z0‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜـل ﻤﻘﻠـﻭﺏ ﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻠﻎ )‪ (26%‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Zo = 1 / 0.26 = 3.85‬‬ ‫)‪( 1‬‬
‫‪ – 3‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻲ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ) ‪ ( ρc‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻋـﺩﻡ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ )‪ ( ρc= 3.1 t/m3‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺘﻼﻨﺩﻱ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻨﺘـﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺏ– ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺒـﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺤـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ]‪ [3, 2،1‬ﻭ ﺘﺸﻤل ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( ρs‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ) ‪ ،( γs‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺃﻫـﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﹰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﻴﺔ )‪ ( υs‬ﻟﻠﺭﻤل‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟـﻪ ﻴﺤـﺩﺩ‬
‫‪γs‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[4‬‬
‫‪υ s = (1 −‬‬ ‫‪) × 100‬‬
‫‪ρ‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻡ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠـﻭﺯﺓ‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻲ ﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ) ‪( ds‬‬
‫‪⎛ n =5‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜ ∑ gn‬‬
‫‪d s = d 0 × ⎜ nn==05‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫⎟ ‪gn‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜∑ n‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ n=0 2‬‬

‫‪ - n‬ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺨل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻲ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ‪ ″‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ‪ .‬ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (0‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ) ‪ (0.14‬ﻤﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (100‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨـل‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ) ‪ ..... ( 1‬ﻭﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ ( 5) mm‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪.( 5‬‬
‫‪ – gn‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ )‪(n‬‬
‫‪ - d0‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(1‬‬

‫‪254‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ d0‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل‬

‫ﺭﻤل ﻤﻜﺴﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻤل ﺠﺒﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺭﻤل ﻨﻬﺭﻱ‬

‫‪0.06‬‬ ‫‪0.08‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫‪d0‬‬

‫) (‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ‪ :‬ﻫﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻤﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟـ‬
‫‪Qs‬‬
‫= ‪fs‬‬ ‫‪ m2/ kg‬ﺃﻭ )‪ ،[3] (cm2/ g‬ﻭﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ]‪m2 / kg (4): [4‬‬
‫) ‪(d s × ρ s‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ – Qs :‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪Qs = 0.35×υs – 5‬‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ– ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺒـﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺤـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ]‪ [3، 2 ،1‬ﻭ ﺘﺸﻤل ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ) ‪ ( ρa‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ) ‪ ( γa‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ )∗‬
‫‪ ،(γ a‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ –1‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ )‪ : (υa‬ﻫﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺠـﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻜـﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﺤـﺴﺏ‬
‫⎞⎞ ‪⎛ ⎛ γ‬‬ ‫)‪(6‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪: [5‬‬
‫‪υ a = ⎜⎜1 − ⎜⎜ a ⎟⎟ ⎟⎟ × 100‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪ρ‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫⎠⎠‬ ‫‪ –2‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﺭﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ) ‪ : ( ma‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[5‬‬
‫‪γa‬‬ ‫)‪(7‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺅﺨﺫ ‪ma = 0.95‬‬
‫= ‪ma‬‬
‫* ‪γa‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ –3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻜﺎﻡ) ‪ ( da‬ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ]‪(8) :[5‬‬
‫‪⎛ n =5‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪⎜ ∑ gn‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪d a = d 0 ⎜⎜ n=n5=0‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪⎛g‬‬ ‫⎟⎞‬
‫‪⎜⎜ ∑ ⎜ nn‬‬ ‫⎟⎟ ⎟‬
‫‪⎝ n =0 ⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠⎠‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ – n :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺨل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ‪ d‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ) ‪ 0‬ﺤﺘﻰ‪ (5‬ﺘﺒﻌـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻀﻌﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ‪ d=5mm‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪(1‬‬
‫‪ - gn‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ n‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻤﻥ ‪d = 5 mm‬‬
‫‪ – d0‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨل ‪ d = 5 mm‬ﻭﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪:(2‬‬

‫‪255‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺞ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻲ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻤﻜﺴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪3.2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2.8‬‬ ‫‪mm do‬‬
‫‪ –4‬ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨـﺸﻨﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫‪Qa‬‬ ‫)‪(9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ]‪: [5‬‬
‫= ‪fa‬‬
‫) ‪(d a × ρ a‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ - Qa :‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[5‬‬
‫‪υa‬‬ ‫)‪(10‬‬
‫× ‪Qa = 0.15‬‬
‫‪Sa‬‬
‫‪ - Sa‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪:(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ sa‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ‬
‫‪0.5 – 0.7‬‬ ‫‪1 – 0.8‬‬ ‫‪Sa‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ )‪ : (G‬ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﺭﻤل ﻭﺇﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ) ‪ ( W / C‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺇﻤﺎ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﹰ ]‪ [4‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ) ‪. ( 5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ‪G‬‬

‫‪0.0‬‬
‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬
‫‪0.3‬‬
‫‪0.4‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪0.6‬‬
‫‪0.7‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬
‫‪0.9‬‬

‫‪1.2‬‬
‫‪1.6‬‬
‫‪1.9‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ]‪:[6‬‬
‫‪G = 1 – K / Kpr‬‬ ‫)‪(11‬‬ ‫ﺃ – ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ – K :‬ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪256‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ – Kpr‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﻤﺯ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ) ‪( 20Cm‬‬

‫) ‪G = Log ( J / J0‬‬ ‫)‪(12‬‬ ‫ﺏ – ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﺩﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ – J :‬ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺒﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻥ‬
‫‪ – Jo‬ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻀﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟـﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. (0.63 ) Cm‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﻨﺯﻻﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ( ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨـﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺯﻻﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺤـﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ‪ f0‬ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ‪ G‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[7‬‬
‫) ‪f a × (1 − S a × f a‬‬ ‫)‪(13‬‬
‫= ‪f0‬‬
‫) ‪0.5 × (1 + G‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ – sa :‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(3‬‬
‫‪ -2- 3‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ‪Kg /m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫) ‪ ( C‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ( W )Kg/m3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤل ‪ ( S )Kg/m3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‪ ( A ) Kg/m3‬ﻭﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ) ‪ ( D‬ﻜﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻜﻤﺎﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺼﻰ ) ‪ : ( KR‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫)‪(14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌﺏ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[7,6‬‬
‫‪KR = υa / A‬‬
‫)‪ (υ‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﺭﺍﻏﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭ) ‪ ( A‬ﻫﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺏ – ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻤل )‪ : (X‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ x‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤـل ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ) ‪ ( x = S/C‬ﻭﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ ) ‪ ( Φc‬ﻭ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪Φc = 1/ρc + W/C (15) :[7,6‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ Φc‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ X‬ﻨﺠﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪X = x / Φc =( S/C) / ( 1/ ρc + W / C‬‬ ‫)‪( 16‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﻨﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ‪x = S / C‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ) ‪. ( x ≤ x max‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ x max :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪257‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫) ‪x max = ( 1/ρc + W/C ) / ( 1/γs – 1/ρs‬‬ ‫)‪(17‬‬

‫ﺕ– ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺼﻰ ) ‪ : ( Y‬ﻫﻲ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻰ ‪( fo‬‬
‫) ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻹﺸـﺒﺎﻉ )‪ ( Kr‬ﻭﻋﺎﻤـل ﺍﻟـﺭﺹ )‪ ( ma‬ﻭﻴﻌﻁـﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ]‪[7,6‬‬
‫) ‪Y = fo / ( Kr - ma‬‬ ‫)‪(18‬‬
‫ﺙ– ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ) ‪ : ( Z‬ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤـﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫‪Z = Zo – C/W‬‬ ‫)‪( 19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ]‪:[7,6‬‬
‫‪ Zo = 1 / 0.26 = 3.85‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ ‪26%‬‬
‫‪ - 3 – 3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤـﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤـل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﺠﺎﻫﻴل ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﻴل ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ) ‪ ( Rb‬ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫)‪ ( Rc‬ﻭﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( C/W‬ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒـﻲ‬
‫) ‪Rb = α ×Rc ( C/W – β‬‬ ‫)‪( 20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ]‪:[8‬‬
‫‪Rb‬‬
‫‪C /W = β +‬‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ C/W‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪(21) :‬‬
‫‪α × Rc‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ β ، α :‬ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴـﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﺒﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻴﻨـﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴــﺎﻨﺔ )‪ ( Rb1‬ﻭ ) ‪ ( Rb2‬ﻭﻋﻨــﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﺤــﺴﺏ ﻗﻴﻤــﺔ ) ‪ ( α‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴــﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪α = ( Rb2 – Rb1 ) / ( ( C/W )1 – ( C/W )2‬‬ ‫) ‪( 22‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ‪ ( β‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪ ( 20 – 6‬ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ‪C/W , Rb , Rc , α‬‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﻪ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ β ، α‬ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪β = 0.5 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (6‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪α‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺠﻴﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬
‫‪0.55‬‬ ‫‪0.6‬‬ ‫‪0.65‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪α‬‬

‫‪258‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌـﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫‪C = Vp / θp‬‬ ‫) ‪(23‬‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪γa‬‬ ‫‪ - Vp‬ﻫﻭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪ρ‬‬‫‪a‬‬
‫‪V p = 1000 × ⎜1 −‬‬ ‫‪⎟Litre / m‬‬‫‪3‬‬
‫) ‪(24‬‬
‫⎟ ‪⎜ Kr‬‬ ‫‪ - γA‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻜﺎﻡ ‪ - ρa‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫⎜‬ ‫⎟‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫‪ - Kr‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Kr = ma + f0 / Y = υa /A‬‬ ‫)‪(25‬‬
‫*‪ma = γa / γa‬‬ ‫‪ - ma‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﺭﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪( 26 ) :‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ - γa:‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ﻭ*‪ γa‬ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺼﻭﺹ ﻟﻠﺭﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ - f0‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻨﺯﻻﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ]‪:[17‬‬
‫) ‪f a × (1 − s a × f a‬‬ ‫)‪(27‬‬
‫= ‪f0‬‬
‫) ‪0.5 × (1 + G‬‬
‫‪ - Y‬ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺇﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪∆G − aX‬‬ ‫‪f0‬‬ ‫)‪(28‬‬
‫=‪Y‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪K r − ma‬‬

‫‪ - ∆G‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤـﺴﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ∆ G = G + c × Z‬ﻭﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ‪ a , b , c‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(29‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ fs‬‬
‫⎜⎜ × ‪a = 1 + Ws‬‬ ‫⎟⎟‬ ‫)‪(30‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ a‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ max‬‬

‫⎞ ‪⎛ f‬‬ ‫)‪( 31‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ b‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫⎟⎟ ‪b = 1 + Wa × ⎜⎜ a‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ Sa‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - Ws‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻨﻌﻭﻤﺔ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ) ‪ ( 0.5‬ﻟﻠﺭﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭ ) ‪( 0.6‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ]‪[8‬‬
‫‪ - Wa‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻨﻌﻭﻤﺔ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺤـﺼﻰ ﻭﻴﺅﺨـﺫ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﻲ )‪(0.7‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺭ )‪[8] (0.8‬‬
‫‪ -Sa‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪[8] (3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪m /Kg‬‬ ‫‪ - Fmax‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤـﺴﺎﻭﻴﺎ‬
‫) ‪[8] ( 20‬‬

‫‪259‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪G − ∆G‬‬
‫=‪c‬‬ ‫)‪(32‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ c‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪ c‬ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻤﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺴﻁﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘـﻪ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪:(7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (7‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪[4]c‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ c‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫‪Rc > 600‬‬ ‫< ‪400 <Rc‬‬ ‫> ‪Rc‬‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫‪Kg/cm2‬‬ ‫‪500 Kg/cm2 300Kg/cm2‬‬
‫ﺒﻭﺭﺘﻼﻨﺩﻱ‬
‫‪1.5 – 1.6‬‬ ‫‪1.4 – 1.5‬‬ ‫‪1.3 – 1.35‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺒﻭﺯﻭﻻﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺭﺘﻼﻨﺩﻱ‬
‫‪1.65 – 1.75‬‬ ‫‪1.55 – 1.65‬‬ ‫‪1.4 – 1.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬

‫‪ - өp‬ﻫﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻴﻠﻭ ﻏﺭﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺘﻌﻁـﻰ‬
‫‪1 W‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫= ‪θp‬‬ ‫‪+ +‬‬ ‫)‪(33‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ρc C ρ s‬‬
‫ﺕ – ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪W =( W /C) × C‬‬ ‫‪Litr / Kg‬‬ ‫)‪(34‬‬
‫ﺙ – ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪S = x ×C Kg / m (35) :‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ـﺎﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـ‬
‫ـﺩ ﻤـ‬
‫ـﺏ ﻭﺍﺤـ‬
‫ـﺭ ﻤﻜﻌـ‬‫ـﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘـ‬‫ـﺔ ﻟـ‬‫ـﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤـ‬ ‫ـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـ‬
‫ـﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴـ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺤـ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪A = υa / Kr Kg / m‬‬ ‫) ‪( 36‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪γb = C + W + S + A Kg / m3‬‬ ‫)‪(37‬‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﻗل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪γ b‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺼـﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ‪ Excel‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ Rb = 200 Kg/cm2‬ﻭﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﻤﺱ ﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭﻩ‬

‫‪260‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ . 0K=9cm‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻗل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺹ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 1m3‬ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺭﺍﺹ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ) ‪( 8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (8‬ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪C‬‬
‫‪344.1‬‬ ‫‪359.8‬‬ ‫‪363.9‬‬ ‫‪306‬‬ ‫‪338.5‬‬ ‫‪323.9‬‬
‫‪Kg‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ‪W‬‬
‫‪225.7‬‬ ‫‪235.8‬‬ ‫‪238.5‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫‪221.8‬‬ ‫‪212.3‬‬
‫‪Kg‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺹ ‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪1099.8‬‬ ‫‪988.1‬‬ ‫‪1046.3‬‬ ‫‪1287.2‬‬ ‫‪1127.6‬‬ ‫‪1222.7‬‬
‫‪Kg‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ‪S‬‬
‫‪688.3‬‬ ‫‪719.6‬‬ ‫‪727.8‬‬ ‫‪582.5‬‬ ‫‪676.9‬‬ ‫‪647.9‬‬
‫‪Kg‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺔ ‪b‬‬
‫‪2357.7‬‬ ‫‪2303.4‬‬ ‫‪2376.6‬‬ ‫‪2377.4‬‬ ‫‪2364.8‬‬ ‫‪2406.8‬‬
‫‪γ‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ آﻤﻴﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺮص ‪ -‬اﻟﺮص ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة‬

‫‪2370.00‬‬

‫‪2365.00‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪2360.00‬‬

‫‪2355.00‬‬

‫‪2350.00‬‬
‫‪348.86‬‬ ‫‪345.20‬‬ ‫‪342.26‬‬ ‫‪340.10‬‬ ‫‪338.80‬‬ ‫‪338.47‬‬ ‫‪339.26‬‬ ‫‪341.41‬‬ ‫‪345.22‬‬
‫آﻤﻴﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻨﺖ‬

‫‪261‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎﺩ ‪ (15×15×15) cm‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 5‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺇﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ]‪ [10‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﺒﻭﻁ ﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ ﺃﺒـﺭﺍﻤﺱ ‪cm‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﺇﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ﻤﻌﻤـل ﻁﺭﻁـﻭﺱ ﻤﺎﺭﻜﺘـﻪ‬
‫‪ Rc = 325 Kg / Cm2‬ﻭﻜﺜﺎﻓﺘـﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ )‪ ρc = 3.1 kg/litre (g/cm3‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪Rb = 200 Kg/Cm2‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (10‬ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 1m3‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (15×15×15‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﺒﻬـﺫﻩ‬ ‫‪cm‬‬ ‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺒﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺤﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ )‪ (28‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (11‬ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (11‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﻁﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺱﺥ‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ ﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫‪219.87 194.97 181.9‬‬ ‫‪247.7‬‬ ‫‪233.8‬‬ ‫‪194.5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ‪kg/cm2‬‬
‫ﺒﻼﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻼﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻼﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅــــﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺴﻘﻑ‬ ‫ﺴﻘﻑ‬ ‫ﺴﻘﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ‬

‫‪ –6‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺃﺨـﺫ ﻋـﺩﺓ ﻋﻴﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(12‬‬

‫‪262‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (12‬ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 1m3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ‬

‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‪mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁ‪cm‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‪Kg‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤل‪Kg‬‬
‫‪Kg/cm2‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺒﻭﻁ‬

‫‪Kg‬‬

‫‪Kg‬‬
‫‪138‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪119‬‬ ‫‪17.5‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪%52.62‬‬ ‫‪726.9‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ‬ ‫‪400‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻨﺼﻑ‬ ‫‪133‬‬
‫‪37.5‬‬ ‫‪121.5‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪%48.48‬‬ ‫‪645.3‬‬ ‫‪270.2‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫ﺱﺥ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫‪37.5‬‬ ‫‪105.8‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪%55.35‬‬ ‫‪736.7‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ‬ ‫‪450‬‬ ‫ﺱﻙ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻨﺼﻑ‬ ‫‪129‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪101.7‬‬ ‫‪22.5‬‬ ‫‪%49.22‬‬ ‫‪634.83‬‬ ‫‪316‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪0‬‬

‫ﻁﻭﻕ‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫‪25‬ﻡ‬ ‫‪266.5‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪%78.8‬‬ ‫‪1028.44‬‬ ‫‪392.2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻁﻭﻕ‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪41.7‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪%45.23‬‬ ‫‪549.22‬‬ ‫‪316‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻉ‬

‫‪119‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪225.5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪%47.71‬‬ ‫‪570.22‬‬ ‫‪372.6‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬ ‫ﻙ‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل)‪(13‬ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‬ ‫ﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‬

‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﻙ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪2219‬‬ ‫‪2216‬‬ ‫‪2075‬‬ ‫‪2308‬‬ ‫‪2227‬‬ ‫‪2264‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺔ‪kg/m3‬‬

‫‪263‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ – 1-7‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﺨﻠﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (14‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (14‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺏ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻤﻭﻤﺔ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪91.24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ( ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪100‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ( ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪33.36‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪264‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺏ – ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪ :‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (15‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺏ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪0.28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ (‬
‫‪7.44‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪7.1‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪265‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺝ – ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ )ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺹ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(16‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺏ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ‪%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ‪%‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪6.36‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ (‬
‫‪9.01‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ )ﺭﺹ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪2.49‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪266‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ –2 -7‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻨـﺴﺏ ﺨﻠـﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ ]‪ [10‬ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼـل ﻓـﻲ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1- 2-7‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – 1‬ﻫﺩﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻺﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻺﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 3‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻨﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 4‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ – 5‬ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﺘﺼﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻬﺩﺩ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺸﺎﻏﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2- 2-7‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺴﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﺹ( ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – 1‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻨﺴﺠﺎﻡ ﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﻀﺎﹰ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻜﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩ ﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪267‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺼـﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻜﺘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ -‬ﻨﻔﻭﺫﺓ ( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴـﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﺜﺭ ﻤﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ) ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﻤﻤﻴـﺯﺓ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺸـﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ( ﻭﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨـﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴـــﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – 1‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ –2‬ﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ –3‬ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻊ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﺭﺠﺎﹰ ﺤﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻨﺴﺠﻤﺎﹰ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺯﺝ ﺍﻹﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﺤـﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻴﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺭﻜﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ –4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺎﻀﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﺎﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ –5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪268‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪:‬‬

‫]‪ -[1‬ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ – ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ‪1985 / 4 / 4 -‬‬
‫]‪ –[2‬ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺭﺍﺘﺏ ﺴﻁﺎﺱ ‪-‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ – ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ‪- 1982 –1981 -‬‬
‫]‪ –[3‬ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺸﺤﺎﺘﺔ ‪ -‬ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺘﻪ –ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨـــﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴـــﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـــﺔ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌـــﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـــﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﺴـــﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟـــﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻫﺎﺏ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻭﺽ – ﻤﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ –‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪-‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫]‪[4‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Шляхтина‬‬ ‫‪Т.‬‬ ‫‪В.‬‬ ‫‪Особенности‬‬ ‫‪подбора‬‬ ‫‪составов‬‬
‫‪дисперсно-армированных‬‬ ‫‪бетонов‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪Технология‬‬ ‫‪и‬‬
‫‪долговечность‬‬ ‫‪дисперсно-армированных‬‬ ‫‪бетонов.‬‬ ‫‪Л.:‬‬
‫‪ЛенЗНИИЭП 1984 C. 12.‬‬
‫ﺸﻼﺨﺘﻴﻨﺎ ﺕ ‪ .‬ﻑ ‪ .‬ﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﻴﻨﻐﺭﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻴﻨﻐﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪[5] - ГОСТ 24452-80 Бетоны. Методы определения призменной‬‬
‫‪прочности, модуля упругости и коэффициента Пуассоа, -M :‬‬
‫‪Изд-ава стандартов, 1984. C 20 .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ 24452 – 80‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ .‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﻤﻭﺴﻜﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ 1984‬ﺹ ‪20‬‬
‫‪[6] - Берг О. Я. Физические основы теории прочности бетоа и‬‬
‫‪железобетона . М. Осстройиздат 2001 – 96с.‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﺭﻍ ﻭ ‪ .‬ﻴﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺴﻜﻭ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺭ ﺴﺘﺭﻭﻴﺯﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 2001‬ﺹ ‪96‬‬
‫‪[7 ] - Курсова Г. П., Истомин А. С. Влияние состава бетоа на‬‬
‫‪его ползучость В книге Проблемы ползучости и усадки бетона‬‬

‫‪269‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪Второе всесоюзное совещание Ереван 1989 М.: - строийиздат‬‬

‫‪1989 с. 85-92 .‬‬
‫ﻜﻭﺭﺴﻭﻓﺎ ﻍ ‪ .‬ﺏ ‪ .‬ﺃﻴﺴﺘﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺯﺤﻑ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ) ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺯﺤﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺒﻭﻁ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ( ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺘﺤﺎﺩ ‪ .1989‬ﺹ ‪92 – 85‬‬
‫‪[8] – Серых Р. Л. Ярмаквский В. Н. Нарастание рочности‬‬
‫‪бетона во времени. М. Бетон и железобетон 2002 No 3 .‬‬
‫ﺼﻴﺭﺥ ﺭ‪.‬ل‪ ، .‬ﻴﺎﺭﻤﺎﻜﻭﻨﺴﻜﻲ ﻑ‪ .‬ﻥ ‪ .‬ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺴﻜﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ‪ ، 2002‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪3‬‬
‫]‪[9‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Аскаров‬‬ ‫‪Б.‬‬ ‫‪А.‬‬ ‫‪Нуритдинов‬‬ ‫‪Х.‬‬ ‫‪Подбор‬‬ ‫‪состава‬‬
‫‪прочностные, и деформативные свойства бетона. В книге :‬‬
‫‪повышение эффективности и качества бетоа и железобетона .‬‬
‫‪Ташкент 2003 c. 33-37 .‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﻜﺎﺭﻭﻑ ﺏ ‪ .‬ﺁ ‪ .‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻑ ﺥ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 37 – 33‬ﺹ ‪ 2003‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ) ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ( ‪.‬ﻁﻘﻨﺩ‬

‫]‪ - [10‬ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﻭﺩ‪ -‬ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ‪ – /1/‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ‪2000‬‬

‫‪270‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

EFFECTS OF SLAB OPENINGS ON SEISMIC

RESPONSE OF HIGH RISE BUILDINGS
Hilal A. Mahmoud -Lecturer of Structural Engineering - Zagazig
University

ABSTRACT:-
Openings in slabs are usually required for plumbing, fire protection
pipes, ventilation ducts, and air conditioning. Larger openings are
sometimes required for stairs and elevators shafts. Since current code
documents provide little recommendations for the effect of such openings
on the rigidity of diaphragm and hence, the story drifts in high rise
buildings. Therefore, there is a pressing need for a simple and versatile
approach to predict the effects of the openings on the building response
under seismic loads. The finite element analysis program ETABS is
utilised here owing to its capabilities to predict the effect of slab
openings on lateral drifts. An extensive set of parameters is investigated
including opening ratio, floor slab thickness, and floor aspect ratio. The
effects of the above mentioned parameters on the lateral drifts, and base
shear force of high rise buildings are investigated. The results
demonstrate the significance of the investigated parameters on the lateral
resistance of the high rise building. Finally, Conclusions which may be
useful for designers, have been drawn, and represented.

KEYWORDS : Openings, Slab, Diaphragm, Finite Element Analysis,

High Rise Building, Story Drifts, Lateral, Deflection, Seismic.
‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬ETABS ‫ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل‬.‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺎﺜﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺅﺓ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﺒﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺯﻴﻨﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ‬3.5 ‫ ﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬30 ‫ ﻴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬.‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ) ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺔ ( ﻭ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ‬. ‫ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ ﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬.‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺴﻤﻙ ﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ‬

271
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬.‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬.‫ ﻭﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺔ‬،‫ﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ ﻭﺒﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻯ‬.‫ﻋﻠىﺎﻻﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻻﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬
1. INTRODUCTION
Openings in floor slabs are usually required for plumbing, fire
protection pipes, heat and ventilation ducts, and air conditioning. Larger
openings that could amount to the elimination of a large area within a
slab panel are sometimes required for stairs and elevators shafts. For
newly constructed slabs, the locations and sizes of the required openings
are usually predetermined in the early stages of design [1]. The ACI 318
building code permits openings of any size in any new slab system,
provided that an analysis is performed that both strength and
serviceability requirements are satisfied. The analysis for slabs
containing openings could be complex and time consuming, as an
alternative the ACI 318 code gives guidelines and limitations for opening
location and size, but this only for the analysis under the vertical loads
[2]. A study on simply-supported and fixed-end square slabs with
opening at ultimate limit state using the yield line method was carried out
by Chee Khoon [3], the obtained results show that the opening has
insignificant effect on the ultimate load capacity for a small opening size
of up to 0.10 times the slab dimension. Three in-situ pushover tests in
elementary school buildings in Taiwan were carried out in order to
understand seismic capacity of early built school buildings. And before
the test, a competition was announced to encourage individuals to
evaluate seismic capacity of these buildings numerically using ETABS
programme [4]. Under lateral forces, the slab-column connection is
expected to transmit large moment, shear, and torsion between slab and
column. Cyclic test of scaled post-tensioned interior flat slab-column
connection was carried out by Amorn [5], the test results indicated that
the specimen can displace up to 2% story drift and the failure is caused
by sudden punching shear occurring after most of top bars have yielded.
The effect of the basement is investigated based on the seismic response
of high-rise buildings and an efficient analysis method to account for the
effect of the basement was proposed by Lee D.[6]. The analysis showed

272
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

that the lateral stiffness of a high rise building may be significantly

overestimated resulting in larger displacements and shorter natural
periods of vibration if the basement in the analysis is ignored. Therefore,
it is necessary to include the effect of basement in the analysis of high
rise buildings.
Lateral deflection is the predicted movement of the structure
under lateral loads and storey drift is defined as the deference in lateral
deflection between two adjacent stories. During an earthquake, large
lateral forces can be imposed on structures; both UBC97 and ASCE7-02
require that the designer assess the effects of this deformation on both
structure and non-structural elements. Without proper consideration
during the design process, large deflections and drifts can have adverse
effects on structural elements, non-structural elements, and adjacent
structures [7]. The effect of concrete cracking on the lateral response of
building structures has been investigated and discussed [8]
Deformations in the floor and roof diaphragms of building are
often small compared with the drift between neighbour stories. If this is
the case, the diaphragm can be treated as effectively rigid, with
corresponding reduction in computational effort. The programme
ETABS is an example of a computer programme which makes use the
assumption rigid or semi rigid diaphragm. The flexibility of diaphragm
with large aspect ratio may be significant, as may be the case of
diaphragm with large openings [9]. The distribution of horizontal forces
to the vertical elements is a function of the in-plane rigidity of the floor
system, the floor system acts like a diaphragm between the columns and
shear walls. The floor system must not be flexible to avoid markedly
uneven distribution of the lateral load to the various resistance elements.
This would cause the structure to act as a group of isolated resisting
elements rather than as a whole. The stiffness of a floor slab can be found
by determining its flexibility factor [10]. Particular care is required in the
analysis, the design, and the detailing around openings in diaphragms. As
is the case for openings in shear walls, codes of practice do not give
much detailed advice on the design of openings in diaphragm. UBC91
requires specially detailed around openings, euro code EC8 provides that
an opening in a diaphragm which is greater than 15% of area contributes
to the degree of irregularity that is permitted.

273
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

1.1 Storey Drift Limitations:

The 1997 UBC requires that the storey drift be limited to 0.025
times the storey height for structures having a fundamental period of less
than 0.7 seconds. For structures having a fundamental period of 0.7
second or greater, the calculated storey drift shall not exceed 0.020 times
the storey height. It is not clear why there are two limits on drift, one for
shorter period structures and one for long period structures. The ASCE 7-
02 code requires that storey drift be limited based on the type and use of
the structure. The intent of both codes was to limit the interstorey drift to
a reasonable value, beyond which it was thought that the structure might
experience loss of vertical stability.

1.2 Statement of the Problem:

A structural member such as beams, columns, beam-column
connection, and walls subjected to a large number of seismic loading
analyzes. As a result, their behaviour can be predicted with some
confidence. The same situation does not hold for diaphragms. There have
been few analyzes and much has still to be investigated. The effects of
openings, rigidity of diaphragm, and building aspect ratio required
special concern on the behaviour of diaphragm and the transfer
mechanisms of the seismic loads to the supporting elements. The lake of
research data and the important role that diaphragms play in seismic
resistance dictates that a conservative approach should be taken to the
analysis and design of these elements.
Hence, the statement of the problem in this study is to find out the
relationship between diaphragm rigidity (opening ratio, diaphragm
thickness, and aspect ratio) and the seismic response (lateral deflections,
and base shear force) of high rise buildings.

1.3 Objectives:
It is aimed to broaden the knowledge provided in literature and to
provide further insight into the response of floor diaphragm with
openings. The main objective is to provide guiding recommendations for
the optimum placement openings in diaphragm and to avoid
unfavourable features in this regard. It is realized that the fulfilment of
the following sub-objectives would in turn fulfil the main objective:
1- To analyze the effect of opening ratio on floor slab for high rise
building structures.

274
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

2- To analyze the effect of floor slab thickness for high rise building
structures.
3- To analyze the effect of floor slab aspect ratio for high rise
building structures.
4- To provide guiding recommendation for the optimum placement
openings in floor slabs for new high rise building structure will be
constructed in Damascus city, Syria.

1.4 Scope:
Finite element models were developed to simulate the seismic
response of high rise building structure using the ETABS program. The
analysis carried out is conducted on 54 high rise building structures of
identical height and material properties. The study is limited to the
following scopes:
1- Shear walls–frames lateral resistance system high rise building
structures.
2- Constant height (30 stories) high rise building structures is considered.
3- Opening area ratio for the floor slab is varied from 0.00% up to 24%.
4- Floor slab thickness is assumed 15.0 (4.86), 20.0 (3.65), and 25.0
(2.92) cm (diaphragm flexibility F).
5- Floor slab aspect ratio (L/B) is varied from 1.0 up to 3.0.
Conclusions from the current research and recommendations for future
studies are included.

2. MODELING FULL-SIZE HIGH RISE BUILDINGS

The thirty-storey buildings, with different opening ratio, different
diaphragm rigidity, and different aspect ratio are used in the analyzes.
The dimensions of the buildings are shown in Fig. (1), the width of the
building is 20.0 m while the breadth is varied from 20.0 m up to 60.0 m
and the storey height is 3.50 m. The details of the buildings are given
Table 1. The assumed loading data for the building structures are given
bellow:
Dead loads 5.0 KN/m2 (excluding self weight).
Live loads 2.5 KN/m2
Unit weight 25.0 KN/m3.
Size of columns 500mm x 2000 mm.
Size of shear walls 400mm x 4000 mm.
The lateral loads are generated as per in UBC 97. The zone 3 of the code
and structure foundation resting on (very dense soil and soft rock) soil Sc
type has been assumed in the analysis. The Egyptian Code 203 guidelines

275
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

for effective flexural rigidity are followed to include the concrete

cracking (Ic = 0.70 Ig , and Iw = 0.35 Ig ).The analyzes of the structures are
carry out using ETABS program.

3. CASE STUDY – RESIDENTIAL TOWER – SYRIA

The high rise building of interest is a 30-storey residential
building will constructed in Damascus city, Syria. The building is
irregular in plan with the dimension of 65.0 m by 34.0 m. The building
has a total structural height of 122.0 m and its typical storey height of 4.0
m except that its lower four stories is 4.5 m high, as shown in Fig. 2.
There are 62 reinforced concrete columns and 8 shear walls, some slabs
are eliminated to build a gymnasium and swimming pool (fourth floor),
and also some columns are eliminated from story 24 and from all above
stories. The total opening areas is about 160.0 m2, the parameters of this
building are :
- Opening area ratio 10%
- Floor slab thickness 25.0 cm.
- Floor aspect ratio 1.90

Given these irregularity and complexity of the structure, the designer

aimed to perform detailed study to verify the seismic safety and
reasonableness of the design.

4. ANALYSIS RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

In total, three parameters are investigated in the current study. These are:

3.1 The opening ratio A (opening area / floor slab area) (A =

Ao/Af).
3.2 The floor slab thickness (diaphragm flexibility factor F) .

3.3 The floor slab aspect ratio (L/B).

Six values for opening ratio, three values for slab thickness, and three
values for floor aspect ratio are considered, and hence 54 high rise
building structures are analyzed (refer to Table 1). The results for total
base shear force, top story deflection, and story drift from different
building analysis cases are obtained and presented in Table 2.

276
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

4.1 Floor Slab Aspect Ratio = 1.0

The effect of the opening ratio in the total base shear force is
shown in Fig. 3. The results show that the increasing the opening area
ratio leads to decreasing the base shear force and this is due to decreasing
the total gravity loads. The total base shear force ranges from 4160.0 KN
(about 23% of total gravity loads) to 5690.0 KN (about 32% of total
gravity loads). Top lateral deflection versus the opening ratio is shown in
Fig. 4. For all opening ratios, if the slab thickness is equals to 15.0 cm
(flexibility factor F = 4.86 – semi rigid diaphragm), the top lateral
deflection is higher than that value allowed by ACI-Committee 435
(H/500). But, for slab thickness equals to 20.0 cm, (flexibility factor F =
3.65 – semi rigid diaphragm), if the opening ratio is bigger than 15%, the
top lateral deflection is higher than the allowed value (H/500). If the slab
thickness is equals to 25.0 cm, (flexibility factor F = 2.92 – semi rigid
diaphragm), the top lateral deflection is less than the allowed value for all
opening ratio values. The effect of opening ratio in the storey drifts is
shown Fig. 5. The results show that the opening ratio has insignificant
effect on the storey drift, but the slab thickness (diaphragm flexibility
factor) has significant effect. If the slab thickness equals to 15.0 cm, all
the values of the storey drifts are higher than that allowed by UBC (0.02
for long period time structures).

4.2 Floor Slab Aspect Ratio = 2.0

The effect of the opening ratio in the total base shear force is
shown in Fig. 6. Also, the results show that the increasing the opening
area ratio leads to decreasing the base shear force and this is due to
decreasing the total gravity loads. The total base shear force ranges from
8047 KN (about 22% of total gravity loads) to 11197 KN (about 31% of
total gravity loads). Top lateral deflection versus the opening ratio is
shown in Fig. 7. For all opening ratios, if the slab thickness is less than
20.0 cm (flexibility factor F ≥ 3.65 – semi rigid diaphragm), the top
lateral deflection is higher than that value allowed by ACI-Committee
435 (H/500). But, for slab thickness equals to 25.0 cm, (flexibility factor
F = 2.92 – semi rigid diaphragm), if the opening ratio is bigger than 20%,
the top lateral deflection is higher than the allowed value (H/500). If the
slab thickness is equals to 25.0 cm, (flexibility factor F = 2.92 – semi
rigid diaphragm) and opening area ratio is less than 20%, the top lateral
deflection is less than the allowed value. The effect of opening ratio in
the storey drifts is shown Fig. 8. The results show that the opening ratio
has insignificant effect on the storey drift, but the slab thickness

277
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

(diaphragm flexibility factor) has significant effect. If the slab thickness

is less than 20.0 cm, all the values of the storey drifts are higher than that
allowed by UBC (0.02 for long period time structures).

4.3 Floor Slab Aspect Ratio = 3.0

The effect of the opening ratio in the total base shear force is
shown in Fig. 9. Also, the results show that the increasing the opening
area ratio leads to decreasing the base shear force and this is due to
decreasing the total gravity loads. The total base shear force ranges from
11772 KN (about 20% of total gravity loads) to 16401 KN (about 30% of
total gravity loads). Top lateral deflection versus the opening ratio is
shown in Fig. 10. For all opening ratios, if the slab thickness is less than
20.0 cm (flexibility factor F ≥ 3.65 – semi rigid diaphragm), the top
lateral deflection is higher than that value allowed by ACI-Committee
435 (H/500). But, for slab thickness equals to 25.0 cm, (flexibility factor
F = 2.92 – semi rigid diaphragm), if the opening ratio is bigger than 20%,
the top lateral deflection is higher than the allowed value (H/500). If the
slab thickness is equals to 25.0 cm, (flexibility factor F = 2.92 – semi
rigid diaphragm) and opening area ratio is less than 20%, the top lateral
deflection is less than the allowed value. The effect of opening ratio in
the storey drifts is shown Fig. 11. The results show that the opening ratio
has insignificant effect on the storey drift, but the slab thickness
(diaphragm flexibility factor) has significant effect. If the slab thickness
is less than 20.0 cm, all the values of the storey drifts are higher than that
allowed by UBC (0.02 for long period time structures).

Figure 12 shows the effect of the floor slab aspect ratio on top
lateral deflection for varies floor flexibility, only the opening floor ratio
20% is plotted. The top lateral deflection is compared with respect to the
allowed value by ACI-Committee 435 (H/500). For building structure
having floor slab thickness ranged from 15.0 to 20.0 cm (F=4.86 – F=
3.65), the top deflection is higher than the allowed value for aspect ratios.
While for floor slab thickness 25.0 cm (F = 2.92), the top lateral
deflection is less than the allowed value. The results presented in Figs 12
demonstrate the unfavourable effect of the floor slab flexibility for all
floor slab aspect ratios. The top lateral deflection increased with
increasing of the floor slab aspect ratio. The behavior of all analyzed
building structures is approximately the same, increasing the top lateral
deflection with increasing the floor slab aspect ratio, but by different
ratios.

278
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

4.3 Study Case

Results of the interested parameters (opening ratio, floor slab
thickness, and floor aspect ratio) are obtained. Guidelines during the
design process of Aqeela Zinab residential towers (study case) are taken
as following:
- The total opening areas on the floor slabs are chosen to be less than
200.0 m2 (opening area ratio ≥ 13.2%).
- The floor slab thickness is assumed not less than 25.0 cm; in all floor
slab parts the thickness is chosen 30.0 cm. (the flexibility factor F ≤ 2.4,
semi-rigid close to rigid diaphragm).
- The floor slab aspect ratio is chosen to be 1.9 based on the architectural
considerations.
- The total structure height is 122.0 m. The allowable top lateral
deflection is 244.0 mm.
- The obtained top lateral deflection is about 155 mm (within the
allowable value), and the storey drift is 0.0194 at the storey 22 (within
the allowable value).

5. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The placement of an opening in the floor slab of high rise building
can significantly reduce the diaphragm rigidity and hence increase the
building drifts. The study focuses on the consequences of the investigated
parameters on the lateral deflection and the total base shear force. The
conclusions made from this investigation are:

• The significant increase in deflections and drifts is observed with

increase of opening area ratio.

• Adverse effect of increasing the diaphragm rigidity is more

pronounced compared with increasing the opening area ratio. The
increasing of diaphragm rigidity is therefore more favourable when
the increasing of opening area ratio is required.

• The effect of increasing the opening ratio on the top lateral deflection
is abusively for large ratio (opening ratio is bigger than 15%), the
lateral deflection increases to be about 150% of the allowable value.

279
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

• It is confirmed that the opening ratio of up to 15% of the floor slab

area does not cause a significant effect on top lateral deflection. On
the other hand, the decreasing of floor slab thickness leads to
significant increase in top lateral deflection.

• The effect of floor slab aspect ratio is insignificant for rigid floor
diaphragm, on the other hand, the effect is significant for semi-rigid
diaphragm

• The guidelines and limitation for the opening locations by codes (ACI
318, and UBC97), for the structure vertical analysis, must be
satisfied.

REFERENCES
1. Mike M., Mahmoud K., “Floor Openings in Two Way Slab” Portland
Cement Association, Skokie, Illinois, Electronic Version.
2. ACI Committee 318, “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete ” ACI Manual of Concrete Practice, Part 3, 1996.
3. Chee K., Timothy J. E., and Daniel K. T. , “ Theoretical Evaluation on
Effects of Opening on Ultimate Load-carrying Capacity of Square
Slabs” Electronic Journal of Structural Engineering (8) 2008.
4. Chie-Wei and Qiang Xue, “Seismic Capacity Evaluation of Kouhu
Elementary School Buildings" 4 th International Conference on
Earthquake Engineering – Taipei, Taiwan, 2006.
5. Amorn P., Pennung W., and Sommai P., “Seismic Performance of 3/5
Scaled Post-Tensioned Interior Flat Slab-Column Connections" Asia
Conference on Earthquake Engineering – Manila, Philippines, 2004.
6. Lee D., and Kim H., “Efficient Seismic Analysis of High Rise
Buildings Considering the Basements "NZSEE Conference, 2001,
Paper No. 4-11-01.
7. Gary R., and Sigmund A. F., “Design Drift Requirements for Long-
Period Structures "13 th Word Conference on Earthquake Engineering,
Vancouver, Canada, 2004, Paper No. 3292.
8. Ahmed M., Khan M. K., and Wamiq M. , “Effect of Concrete
Cracking on the Lateral Response of RC Buildings" Asian Journal of
Civil Engineering, Volume 9 No. 1, 2008, Pages 25-34.

280
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

8. Ahmed M., Khan M. K., and Wamiq M. , “Effect of Concrete

Cracking on the Lateral Response of RC Buildings" Asian Journal of
Civil Engineering, Volume 9 No. 1, 2008, Pages 25-34
8. Ahmed M., Khan M. K., and Wamiq M. , “Effect of Concrete
Cracking on the Lateral Response of RC Buildings" Asian Journal of
Civil Engineering, Volume 9 No. 1, 2008, Pages 25-34
11. Wolfgang Schueller, “High Rise Building Structures" John Wiley &
Sons , 1977
12. International Conference of Building Officials, Uniform Building
Code, 1997 Edition, Whittier, California, 1977
13. The Egyptian Code for Design and Construction of Reinforced
Concrete Structures, 2003, Cairo, Egypt.

281
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

20.0
20.00
a- Aspect ratio = 1.0
H = 30 x 3.5 = 105.0 m

20.0
40.0
b- Aspect ratio = 2.0
20.0

60.0
c- Aspect ratio = 3.0
ELEVATION SEC. PLAN

Fig. 1 High rise building structures

Fig. 2 High rise residential building – case study

282
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table 1. Details of the high rise building structures

Ref.
Ratio Ao Af L B Η h
Ao/Af ts cm ASP (m2) (m2) (m) (m) (m) (m)
S01 0% 0.0
S02 8% 32.0
S03 12 % 15.0 1.0 48.0
S04 16 % 64.0 400.0 20.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S05 20 % 80.0
S06 24 % 96.0
S07 0% 0.0
S08 8% 32.0
S09 12 % 20.0 1.0 48.0
S10 16 % 64.0 400.0 20.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S11 20 % 80.0
S12 24 % 96.0
S13 0% 0.0
S14 8% 32.0
S15 12 % 20.0 1.0 48.0
S16 16 % 64.0 400.0 20.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S17 20 % 80.0
S18 24 % 96.0
S19 0% 0.0
S20 8% 64.0
S21 12 % 15.0 2.0 96.0
S22 16 % 128.0 800.0 40.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S23 20 % 160.0
S24 24 % 192.0
S25 0% 0.0
S26 8% 64.0
S27 12 % 20.0 2.0 96.0
S28 16 % 128.0 800.0 40.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S29 20 % 160.0
S30 24 % 192.0
S31 0% 0.0
S32 8% 64.0
S33 12 % 20.0 2.0 96.0
S34 16 % 128.0 800.0 40.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S35 20 % 160.0
S36 24 % 192.0

Table 1. (Cont.)

283
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

S37 0% 0.0
S38 8% 96.0
S39 12 % 15.0 3.0 144.0
S40 16 % 192.0 1200.0 60.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S41 20 % 240.0
S42 24 % 288.0
S43 0% 0.0
S44 8% 96.0
S45 12 % 20.0 3.0 144.0
S46 16 % 192.0 1200.0 60.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S47 20 % 240.0
S48 24 % 288.0
S49 0% 0.0
S50 8% 96.0
S51 12 % 20.0 3.0 144.0
S52 16 % 192.0 1200.0 60.0 20.0 105.0 3.5
S53 20 % 240.0
S54 24 % 288.0

L Floor breadth (m) B Floor width ( m)

ts Floor slab thickness (cm) H Structure total height (m)
h Story height (m) Ao Opening area (m2 )
Af Floor area ( m2 ) Asp Floor aspect area

284
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table 2. Results of Tested Structures

Ratio V ∆ Story drift

Ref. ts ASP Value Value
Ao/Af Note Note Value Note
cm kn mm
S01 0% 4536.6 255.9 >∆ 0.0314
all.
S02 8% 15.0 1.0 4411.2 258.7 >∆ 0.0320
all
S03 12 % 4388.4 261.7 >∆ 0.0324
all
S04 16 % 4285.7 260.3 >∆ 0.0323
all
S05 20 % 4222.9 269.6 >∆ 0.0337
all
S06 24 % 4160.0 272.6 >∆ 0.0342
all
S07 0% 5113.1 200.5 0.0242
S08 8% 4945.8 205.5 0.0248
S09 12 % 20.0 1.0 4862.1 207.5 0.0250
S10 16 % 4778.5 209.7 0.0253
S11 20 % 4694.8 216.5 >∆ 0.0262
all
S12 24 % 4611.1 221.1 >∆ 0.0268
all
S13 0% 5690.0 162.0 0.0198
S14 8% 5480.4 168.4 0.0204
S15 12 % 20.0 1.0 5375.9 172.5 0.0208
S16 16 % 5271.4 175.4 0.0211
S17 20 % 5167.7 178.5 0.0215
S18 24 % 5020.0 183.5 0.0221
S19 0% 8775 309.7 >∆ 0.0360
all
S20 8% 15.0 2.0 8529 313.1 >∆ 0.0367
all
S21 12 % 8485 316.7 >∆ 0.0399
all
S22 16 % 8292 320.2 >∆ 0.0401
all
S23 20 % 8170 326.5 >∆ 0.0409
all
S24 24 % 8047 329.9 >∆ 0.0414
all
S25 0% 9977 237.5 >∆ 0.0296
all
S26 8% 20.0 2.0 9648 243.4 >∆ 0.0298

285
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

all
S27 12 % 9488 245.8 >∆ 0.0310
all
S28 16 % 9328 248.4 >∆ 0.0327
all
S29 20 % 9159 256.5 >∆ 0.0338
all
S30 24 % 8999 261.9 >∆ 0.0341
all
S31 0% 11197 188.2 0.0228
S32 8% 10783 195.6 0.0235
S33 12 % 20.0 2.0 10581 200.4 0.0255
S34 16 % 10368 203.8 0.0258
S35 20 % 10167 207.4 0.0262
S36 24 % 9876 213.2 >∆ 0.0269
all

Table 2. (Cont.)

S37 0% 12837 310.2 > ∆ all 0.0380

S38 8% 12478 313.6 > ∆ all 0.0387
S39 12 % 15.0 3.0 12413 317.2 > ∆ all 0.0392
S40 16 % 12131 321.2 > ∆ all 0.0398
S41 20 % 11951 326.8 > ∆ all 0.0408
S42 24 % 1172 330.4 > ∆ all 0.0414
S43 0% 14618 237.8 > ∆ all 0.0286
S44 8% 14136 243.7 > ∆ all 0.0293
S45 12 % 20.0 3.0 13902 246.1 > ∆ all 0.0295
S46 16 % 13668 248.7 > ∆ all 0.0299
S47 20 % 13419 256.8 > ∆ all 0.0310
S48 24 % 13185 262.2 > ∆ all 0.0317
S49 0% 16401 188.5 0.0232
S50 8% 15794 195.9 0.0239
S51 12 % 20.0 3.0 15499 200.7 0.0244
S52 16 % 15146 204.1 0.0248
S53 20 % 14892 207.7 0.0252
S54 24 % 14466 213.5 > ∆ all 0.0259

V Base shear force kn

∆ Structure top drift mm.
Storey drift Maximum story drift

286
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

20000.0

18000.0

16000.0
Base shear force V kn

Aspect Ratio = 1.0

14000.0

12000.0

10000.0

8000.0

6000.0 ts = 25.0 cm
ts = 20.0 cm
4000.0
ts = 15.0 cm
2000.0

0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening area ratio Ao/Af

Fig 3 Effect of opening ratio on base shear force

(Aspect Ratio = 1.0)

500

450

400
Top Lateral Deflectio mm

Aspect Ratio = 1.0

350

300
ts = 15 cm
250
ts = 20 cm
200
ts = 25 cm
150

100

50

0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening area ratio Ao/Af

Fig 4 Effect of opening ratio on top lateral deflection

(Aspect Ratio = 1.0)

287
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

0.050

0.045
Aspect Ratio = 1.0
0.040

0.035
ts = 15.0 cm
Storey drift

0.030
ts = 20.0 cm
0.025
ts = 25.0 cm
0.020

0.015

0.010

0.005

0.000
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening area ratio Ao/Af

Fig 5 Effect of opening ratio on storey drift

(Aspect Ratio = 1.0)

20000.0

18000.0 Aspect Ratio = 2.0

16000.0
Base Shear Force KN

14000.0

12000.0
ts = 25 cm.
10000.0 ts = 20 cm
ts = 15 cm
8000.0

6000.0

4000.0

2000.0

0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening Area Ratio A0/Af

Fig 6 Effect of opening ratio on base shear force

288
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

(Aspect Ratio = 2.0)

500.0

450.0
Aspect Ratio = 2.0
400.0
Top Lateral Deflection mm

350.0
ts = 15 cm

300.0
ts = 20 cm
250.0
ts = 25 cm
200.0

150.0

100.0

50.0

0.0
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
Opening Area Ratio Ao/Af

Fig 7 Effect of opening ratio on top lateral deflection

(Aspect Ratio = 2.0)
0.050
Aspect Ratio = 2.0
0.045

0.040 ts = 15 cm

0.035
ts = 20 cm
Storey Drift

0.030

0.025 ts = 25 cm

0.020

0.015

0.010

0.005

0.000
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening Area Ratio Ao/Af

Fig 8 Effect of opening ratio on storey drift

(Aspect Ratio = 2.0)

289
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

20000.0

18000.0

16000.0 ts = 25 cm.
Base Shear Force KN

ts = 20 cm.
14000.0
ts = 15 cm.
12000.0

10000.0

8000.0
Aspect Ratio = 3.0
6000.0

4000.0

2000.0

0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening Area Ratio Ao/Af

Fig 9 Effect of opening ratio on base shear force

(Aspect Ratio = 3.0)

500.0

450.0 Aspect Ratio = 3.0

400.0
Top Lateral Deflection mm

350.0
ts = 15 cm.
300.0
ts = 20 cm.
250.0
ts = 25 cm.
200.0

150.0

100.0

50.0

0.0
0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
Opening Area Ratio Ao/Af

Fig 10 Effect of opening ratio on top lateral deflection

(Aspect Ratio = 3.0)

290
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

0.050

0.045 Aspect Ratio = 3.0

0.040 ts = 15 cm.

0.035
ts = 20 cm
Storey Drift

0.030

0.025 ts = 25 cm

0.020

0.015

0.010

0.005

0.000
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0
Opening Area Ratio Ao/Af

Fig 11 Effect of opening ratio on storey drift

(Aspect Ratio = 3.0)
2.00

Drift Ratio = ( Top Drift / Allowable Top Drift

1.80

1.60 ts = 15 cm ( F = 4.86 )

1.40
Drift Ratio

ts = 20 cm ( F = 3.65 )
1.20

ts = 25 cm ( F = 2.92 )
1.00

0.80

0.60

1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00

Floor Aspect Ratio

Fig 12 Effect of aspect ratio on top drift

(Opening Ratio = 20%)

291
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻨﺎﺼﻴﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ ‪Abstract‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (2‬ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .UBC97‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍل ‪ UBC97‬ﻭ‪‬ﻀﻊ ﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺤﻜﹼﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﺒﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺤﺭﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ،UBC97‬ﺜﻡ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻜﹼﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ UBC97‬ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻭﺠﺩﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻭﺤ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﻭﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ )ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍل‬
‫‪ (UBC97‬ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ،(4‬ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻑ‪ .‬ﺒﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻨﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺃﺸﺩ ﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ ‪ SMRF‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻗل ﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ ‪ .IMRF‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ،4‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ‪ (2‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺩﺭ ﻻ‬
‫ﻨﺭﻯ ﻤﺒﺭﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺒﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺃﻗل ﺃﻤﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍل ‪ UBC97‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ‬

‫‪292‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻴﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ – ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪Introduction :‬‬
‫ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1992‬ﻜﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1977‬ﺜﻡ ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1995‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .UBC85‬ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻼﺤﻕ ﻟﻪ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒـﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻋـﻭﺍﻡ ‪ 1996‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 1997‬ﻭ ‪ ،2000‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2004‬ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﺒﺎﻻﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟـﺯﻻﺯل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻤـﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤ‪‬ـﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜـﻲ‬
‫‪.UBC97‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ UBC97‬ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﻗـﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟـﺯﺍل‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺎﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺒﻌـﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺼـﺭﻩ ﺍﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻭﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁـﺎﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﺃﺜﻨـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬـﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻑ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺘـﺸﻭﻫﺎﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﺩﻴﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜـﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻤﺭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪293‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪Scope of Work :‬‬

‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل‬
‫)ﺍﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺹ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ .UBC97‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ UBC97‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻟﻼﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪ SMRF‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ‪ IMRF‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ‪ .OMRF‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺒﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻴﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻤﺎ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ‬
‫ﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀﻩ‪ .‬ﺤﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ )ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﻋﻘﺩﻩ( ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﺤﻪ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻹﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ )ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ(‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﹰﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺼﺭﺍﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻜﻠﻔﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﹰﺍ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﻤﺭﻥ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺒﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻤﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻟﺯﺍل‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ :‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻋﻨﻴﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪294‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 17‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺘﻴﻥ ‪ 69-1-2‬ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻠﻲ ﻭ ‪72-1-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ "ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺘﻴﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ ﺸـﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺤ‪‬ـﺩﺓ ﻟﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ "ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺘﻴﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪ ،SMRF‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ )‪ 2(A, B, C‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪ ."IMRF‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪ SMRF‬ﻹﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ،4‬ﻭﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻹﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗـل‬
‫ﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁ ‪IMRF‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،2‬ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻁـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ‪ .OMRF‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺒﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل ﻟﻠﻜﻭﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪) 1996‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟـ ‪ (UBC97‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻁﻔﻴﻑ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ‪ 10-7‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ 122‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪) 131‬ﺍﻻﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل(‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1996‬ﺜﻡ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ ﻟﻠﻌـﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 2005‬ﻤﻊ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺤـﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟـ ‪ .UBC97‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻁـﻭ‪‬ﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠـﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻜﹼﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ،4‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻭﺩﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼﹰﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﻀـﻤﻥ‬

‫‪295‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ .2‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟـ ‪ UBC97‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻺﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ ، 4‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﻔﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﻤﻔﺼ‪‬ل ﻟﻼﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺠﺭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـ ‪ UBC97‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،UBC97‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -I‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪-‬ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪0.1 A’c f’c‬‬
‫‪ -A‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ‪ h‬ﻭﻋﺭﻀﻪ ‪ b‬ﻋﻥ ‪ ، 4‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻴﻔﻀل ﺃ ﹼ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪bmin = 0.25h‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻁﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ‪ ، C‬ﺃﻱ ‪bmax‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪=C‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ ،UBC97‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬
‫ƒ ‪bmin = 0.3h & bmin = 25cm‬‬
‫ƒ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩ ‪ +‬ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ¾ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ‪ ، bmax = C+1.5h‬ﺃﻱ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤل ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 0.75h‬ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ ‪ ln‬ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺃﻭﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎل ‪ ، d‬ﺃﻱ ‪dmax = 0.25ln‬‬ ‫ƒ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 1 ،0‬ﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ‬

‫‪296‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻼﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪.SMRF‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ )ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔـﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻤـﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﻪ ‪ 40cm‬ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻨﺩ ‪ 60cm‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻫﻭ ‪.120cm‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺽ )ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ( ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻼﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻘـﻕ ﺍﺸـﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪SMRF‬‬
‫‪ -B‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺸﺩ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ 1.33‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻨﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ‪ 0.20‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻗﻀﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺴﻔﻠﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ ≤‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻴ‪‬ﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﺩﺨﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل‬

‫ﺒـ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﺒﺩل ﺍﻟـ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ‪ 1/5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﻨﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋـﻥ ﻋـﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪wl2/8‬‬

‫‪297‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ‪ 1/6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪:UBC97‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬
‫ﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻋﻠﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺩﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ 1.33‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻗﻀﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺴﻔﻠﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬

‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ ≤‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﻗـﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﺩﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪) 2‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(IMRF‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺸﺩ‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻗﻀﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺴﻔﻠﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬

‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤـل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁـﻊ ﻟﻠﻌـﺯﻡ‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ ≤‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪) OMRF‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪ (1‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻤﺱ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ( ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﺩﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ OMRF‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪298‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﻨﺼﻑ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟـ ‪ SMRF‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟــ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪IMRF‬‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، SMRF‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟـ ‪IMRF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ، IMRF‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸـﺭﻁ ﻟﻠﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ‪wl2/16‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﺭﻯ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟــ‪. SMRF‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ IMRF‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ‪OMRF‬‬

‫‪ -C‬ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻤﻠﺤﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺤ ‪‬ﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ‪ UBC97‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺼﻤ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ ﻭﺘﺤﺯ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﻴﺩ(‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺤﻠﺯﻭﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ‪ d/4‬ﺃﻭ ‪10 cm‬‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﻤﻔﺎﺼل ﻟﺩﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻁﺎﺭ‬

‫‪299‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪) 2‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(IMRF‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺒﺄﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻁﺭ ‪ 12‬ﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻁﻭل ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ‪.25%‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟـ ‪SMRF‬‬

‫‪ -D‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ)ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺘﻬﻤل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ(‪ ،2h ،‬ﺒﺩﺀﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 5.0 cm‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪) h/3 -‬ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ h/2‬ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻁﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 20‬ﺴﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 25‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺘﺒﺩﻴل ﺍﻟـ ‪20‬ﺴﻡ ﺒـ ‪25‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) d/2‬ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ d‬ﻟﻠﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ( ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪30‬ﺴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬
‫)ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﺤﺯﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻁﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻁﺎﻭﻋﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ(‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ(‪ ،2h ،‬ﺒﺩﺀﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 5.0 cm‬ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ(‪ ،2h ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﺘﺸﻜل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻔﺼل ﻟﺩﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﻺﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪300‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻁﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪d/4 -‬‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺴﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 24‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻜﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ .seismic hooks‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ ‪ d/2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪) 2‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(IMRF‬‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ‪ stirrups‬ﺒـﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ OMRF‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻫﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠـ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫‪ SMRF‬ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍ ﹼ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺒﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪.IMRF‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻗﺹ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻨـﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﻁـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤـﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺃﻋـﻼﻩ ﻷﻥ ﻗـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻫﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭ ﺍﺨﺫﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ 60‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 75‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻨـﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ 12‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ‪26‬ﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪10‬ﻤﻡ )ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺒﺄﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁـﻭﻟﻲ ﺼـﻐﻴﺭ ﻨـﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍل ‪ UBC97‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍل ‪ .IMRF‬ﻭﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﺃﻗـل‬
‫ﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍل ‪ UBC97‬ﻫﻭ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ ‪ 11‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪14‬ﺴﻡ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﻗل ﺘﺸﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﺤﺘـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ IMRF‬ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻫﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﺸﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ،SMRF‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤ ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪301‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ SMRF‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟـ ‪IMRF‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪0.1 A’c f’c‬‬
‫‪ -A‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻫﻭ ‪ Bmin= 20cm‬ﻭﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪Amin‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫‪ ، = 0.09cm2‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻫﻭ ‪ 20x45‬ﺃﻭ ‪30x30‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ ،UBC97‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ‪ ، Bmin= 30cm‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻁﻭل ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 2.5‬ﻤـﺭﺓ‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻋﺭﻀﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﻨﺎ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ‪ 30‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻁﻭل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ‪75‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴﻼﺕ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪45x110 – 40x100 – 35x85‬‬
‫– ‪ - 50x125‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪...‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 1 ،0‬ﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ ‪SMRF‬‬

‫‪ -B‬ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒـ ‪ 20%‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ΣMe ≥ (6/5) ΣMg‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ ΣMe :‬ﻭ ‪ ΣMg‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﺓ )ﻋﻘﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪302‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 1%‬ﻭ ‪ ، 5%‬ﺘﺨﻔﺽ ﺍﻟـﻰ ‪2.5%‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ .4‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 1%‬ﻭ ‪ 8%‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ ،2‬ﺘﺨﻔﹼﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6%‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪.4‬‬

‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺃﻗل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺨﺼﻭﺼﹰﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ‪IMRF‬‬
‫‪ -C‬ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ SMRF‬ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺸﺩ ﻭﺘﺯﻭ‪‬ﺩ ﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﺭﻀـﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻁـﻭل ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ IMRF‬ﻭ ‪ OMRF‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺼل ﻗﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﻔﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ IMRF‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪ SMRF‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺯﻭ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﺒﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺭﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻁـﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻻﻁـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪SMRF‬‬
‫‪ -D‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ)ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ L0‬ﺒﺩﺀﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﻜل ﻋﻘﺩﺓ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋـﺩ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪ 20‬ﻤـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪ 15‬ﺴﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋـﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤـﻲ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ‪ :‬ﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺭ ﺍﻷﺼـﻐﺭ ﻟﻠﻘـﻀﻴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪ 25‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪ 25‬ﺴﻡ‬

‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Lo‬ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺴﺩﺱ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺴﻡ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 25‬ﺴﻡ‬

‫‪303‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪) 4‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪:(SMRF‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ L0‬ﺒﺩﺀﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﻜل ﻋﻘﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻔﺼل ﻟﺩﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫]‪Ash = 0.3 (s.hc.f’c / fyh) [(Ag/Ach) - 1‬‬
‫)‪Ash = 0.09 (s.hc.f’c / fyh‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 15.0‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪:2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ L0‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ‪24‬‬
‫ﻤﺭﺓ ﻗﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪30‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻀﻤﻥ ‪Lo‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﺎﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍل ‪ SMRF‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍل ‪ .IMRF‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﺱ ﻓـﻼ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺍل‬
‫‪.OMRF‬‬
‫‪ -II‬ﺠــﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -A‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ‪:t‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻁﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ‪ ، tmin=15.0 cm‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻓـﺎﻥ ‪tmin=15.0 cm‬‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻤﺘﺎﺭ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ‪5‬ﺴﻡ ﻟﻜل ‪ 20‬ﻤﺘﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ tmin -2‬ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ﻤﻘﺴﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪25‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺒﻴﺔ ‪tmin = 25.0 cm‬‬

‫‪304‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪2.8‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 3.3‬ﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 4.0‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 8‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒـﻕ‪ .‬ﺃﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗل )ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻗﺒـﻭ(‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ 3.8‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ UBC97‬ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘـﻡ ﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻁ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪" :‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋـﻥ ‪ 20‬ﺴـﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻘل ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺴـﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ‪:lw‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ‬
‫‪ lw ≥ hw/10‬ﺍ ﹼ‬
‫ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺩﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -B‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻼﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻥ ‪) 0.0025‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻤﻠﺱ( ﻭ ‪) 0.002‬ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ( )ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻭﺠﻬﻴﻥ ﻤﻌ ﹰﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ‪ Nu‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺨﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 0.006‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺼل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ‪ Nu‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻼﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ"‬

‫‪305‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪UBC97‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪:2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﺯﻥ ‪fy ≥ 400MPa‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ = ‪ 0.0012‬ﻟﻸﻗﻁﺎﺭ ‪ 16mm‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ﻟـ ‪ 0.0015‬ﻟﻸﻗﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 18mm‬ﻭﺃﻜﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ = ‪ 0.002‬ﻟﻸﻗﻁﺎﺭ ‪ 16mm‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺯﺍﺩ ﻟـ ‪ 0.0025‬ﻟﻸﻗﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 18mm‬ﻭﺃﻜﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪:4 ،3‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ρn‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ‪ ρv‬ﻋﻥ ‪، 0.0025‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﻔﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ‪ 0,1,2‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ Vu :‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫‪ Acv‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺫﻉ ﺃﻱ ‪Acv = tw :‬‬
‫‪.lw‬‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﻴﻥ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 2 ،1 ،0‬ﻴﻔﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫‪ ،UBC97‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﹰﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﻤﻌﻁـﺎﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟــ‬
‫‪UBC97‬‬

‫‪" -2‬ﻴﺭﺘﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺒﻜﺘﻴﻥ ﺘﺒﻌﺩ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ‪2.0‬ﺴﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪:UBC97‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :2 ،1 ،0‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻥ ‪25‬ﺴﻡ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫‪306‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :4 ،3‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 20‬ﺴﻡ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ"‬

‫‪" -3‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺼﻑ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪ 20‬ﺴﻡ )ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ‪ 25‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ( ﺃﻭ ‪2t‬‬
‫ﺃﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻗل‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪ 30‬ﺴﻡ )ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ‪ 25‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ( ﺃﻭ ‪ 15‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻗﻁﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺭﺃﺴﻲ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ :UBC97‬ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻫﻴﻥ( ﻋﻥ ‪ 45.0‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ‪3t‬‬
‫ﺃﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻗل‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ‪ 3t‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‪...‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒـ ‪25‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻴﻨﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪20‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪25‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪30‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ‬
‫‪-‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺒـ ‪15‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 2t‬ﺃﻭ ‪20‬ﺴﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ‪20‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪2t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ‪" :‬ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋـﺩ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻫﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ‪35‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ‪"2t‬‬

‫‪307‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪" -4‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﻜﻔﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ"‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻻﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،2 ،1 ،0‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﻜﻔﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﻔﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬

‫‪" -5‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪" 50Ф‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ UBC97‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ‪ ldh‬ﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﻜﻔﺔ ‪ 900‬ﻋﻥ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺒﺄﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪35‬ﻤﻡ(‬ ‫‪ 8Ф -‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 15cm‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺒـ ‪ 2.5‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺃﺴﻔل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺏ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪30‬ﺴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒـ ‪ 3.5‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ‪30‬ﺴﻡ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﻼﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ‪Asmax= 0.025A’c‬‬

‫‪ -C‬ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ )ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻼﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪" -‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺒﺎﻀـﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺴـﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪8‬ﻤﻡ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟـﻀﺎﻏﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻁﻭل ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 2t‬ﻭ ‪ 0.20lw‬ﻭﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 1%‬ﻭ ‪ 2.5%‬ﻤﻊ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻜﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ"‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻼﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺩ ﻭﻴﺭﻜﹼﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻴﺴﻠﹼﺢ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﹰﺎ"‬

‫‪308‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪ UBC97‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴـﺔ ‪ ،2 ،1 ،0‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻓﺎﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪)Pu ≤ 0.10Ag.f’c‬ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺒﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻅﺭ(‬
‫‪)Pu ≤ 0.05Ag.f’c‬ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺒﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻅﺭ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫&‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ Pu :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ Mu‬ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Ag‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪-‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﻴـﺙ ‪ε’c ≥ 0.003‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻘﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺒﻌﺩ ﻟﻴﻑ ﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 0.2f’c‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻴـﺼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪0.15f’c‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﺒﺎﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﺤﻔﻅﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪ 0.15lw‬ﻭ ‪0.25lw‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Pu‬ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 0.15Po‬ﻭ ‪0.35Po‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ ، ε’c ≥ 0.003‬ﺃﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻤـﺎﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺒﻌﺩ ﻟﻴﻑ ﻤﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪0.15f’c‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟـ ‪ Pu > 0.35 Po‬ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Po‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻻ ﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ‬
‫]‪Po = [0.85f’c(Ag- As)+ fy As‬‬

‫‪309‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ‪ tBZ‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﻤﻘﺴﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪16‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ‪ LBZ‬ﻋﻥ ‪45‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫‪-‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 1%‬ﻭ ‪6%‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ )ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ( ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ‬
‫ﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ‪ C ،L ،I ،T‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 30‬ﺴﻡ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Nc =0.8x0.7 [0.85f’cA’c +‬‬
‫]‪fy As‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‪:‬‬
‫→ ‪Nu ≤ 0.238 f’c A’c + 0.28 fy As Nu ≤ 0.5Nc‬‬
‫→ ‪≤ A’c [0.238 f’c + 0.28 fy µs] Nu‬‬
‫→ ) ‪σ'c ≤ 0.238 f’c + (0.0084 f’c →0.07 f’c‬‬
‫→ ) ‪σ'c ≤ (0.246 f’c → 0.308 f’c‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ ،UBC97‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ‪ σ'c > 0.2 f’c‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﻴﻥ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ .UBC97‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺒﻠﺩﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ ETABS‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜـﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺘﺒـﺭ ﻤﺨـﺎﻟﻑ‬
‫ﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ‪ tBZ‬ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻨﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﻤﻘﺴﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪16‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ‪ LBZ‬ﻋﻥ ‪ 45‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫‪-‬ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.15lw‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 0.25lw‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.15Po‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ ، 0.35Po‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ‪ Pu‬ﺸﺩ ﻨﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ‪0.15lw‬‬

‫‪310‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪LBZ = [Pu/2Po +‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.075] lw‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 1%‬ﻭ ‪5%‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ )ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 1 ،0‬ﻭ ‪ ،2‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ )ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ( ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪15‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ‪ db) 6db‬ﻗﻁﺭ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻲ(‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻁﻭل ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 3‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻭﺭ )ﺃﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺭﺒﻁ ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﺁﺨﺭ(‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺎﻁ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺒﺄﺴﺎﻭﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺴﻡ‬

‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻠﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻤـﺎ ﺫﻜـﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،240‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻴﺤـﺴﺏ ﺍﺠﻬـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩﻱ ﺒﺄﺨـﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ـﺎل ﻤـﺴﺎﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻟــ ‪ 0.8lw‬ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁـﻊ ﻤﻌﺭﻀـﹰﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻟـ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻀﺎﻏﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺼﻔﺭﹰﺍ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺸﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓـﻲ ﺠـﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺹ‬ ‫‪-‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ‪:UBC97‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪:2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻗﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪311‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪ Vu :‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻌ‪‬ﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ Vn‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ Vc‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ Vs‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻻﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻭﻻﺫ‬

‫ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ‪ d=0.8lw‬ﻭ ‪ h‬ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ Vn‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃ ﹼ‬
‫‪-‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Vc‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭ‪‬ﻀﺔ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ‪ Nu‬ﻀﺎﻏﻁﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ‪ Nu‬ﺸﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻊ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻋﻁﺎﺀ ‪ Nu‬ﺍﻻﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ‪ Vc‬ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺴﺎﻟﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ‪ Nu‬ﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬ ‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪ b‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻗﺹ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺘﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺘـﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ‪ Vu‬ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‪:‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ Av‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ s2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪0.8lw=d‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ، 4 ،3‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪312‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ‪ 2.0‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ‪ 3.0‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃ ﹼ‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺠﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃ ﹼ‬

‫‪REFERENCES‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠـﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ– ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤـﻕ ﺭﻗـﻡ )‪-(2‬‬
‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل‪ -‬ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ‪2005‬‬
‫‪2- Uniform Building Code, International Conference of Building‬‬
‫‪Officials, Whittier, CA, 1997‬‬
‫‪3- Michael, R.L., Baradar, M., ”Seismic Design of Building Structures”,‬‬
‫‪Professional Pubs. Inc., Belmont, CA, Eighth Ed., 2006.‬‬
‫‪4- Fanella, D.A., Munshi, J.A.,”Design of Concrete Buildings for‬‬
‫‪Earthquake and Wind Forces”, PCA Portland Cement Association,1998‬‬

‫‪313‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ ‪-‬ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﺘﺒﺤﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤـﺎل ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻓـﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴـﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺴﻴﻜﻴﺔ( ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜـﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴـﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻓـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺴﻴﻜﻴﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ n , m‬ﻭﻻﺤﻘـﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ ϕ‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻠﺢ )ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﻴﺔ ‪ N‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ‪ M‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫـل ﺍﻷﺤﻤـﺎل ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ (‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴـﺏ ﻟﻸﺤﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ) ﻭﺯﻥ ﺫﺍﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﻤﻴﺘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻤـﻭﻻﺕ ﺤﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪...‬ﺇﻟﺦ (‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺴﺭﻴﺔ ) ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ( ‪ .‬ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﺒﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴـﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤـﺎل ‪ .‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺃﺨﻁﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﻭﺃﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺇﻫﻤـﺎل ﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﺨﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬

‫‪314‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ‪ ) .‬ﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻁﺭﻨﺠﻲ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺒﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ 15‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺸـﻜﺎل‬
‫ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺘﺼل ‪ N = 215 = 32768‬ﺸﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸـﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴـل‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﺌـ ٍﺫ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﻤـﻊ ﺇﻫﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ )ﺃﻗل ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻹﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﺴﺘﺘﻡ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺒﺤل ﻤﺜﺎل ﻹﻁـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﻴـﺔ ‪ N‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ‪) M‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺒﺈﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻜﻭﺩ ﻋـﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺨﺎﺹ ‪ .‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻓـﻀل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ]‪. [1] , [4‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺸﻜل ﻤﺤﺩﺏ ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ]‪. [3‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﻌﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺏ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺜﻡ ﺸﺭﺤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪315‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﺇﻁﺎﺭ( ﻤﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺤﻔﻅ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ )ﻤﻊ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻔﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﺯﺍﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ]‪( [7‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪ N, M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ – ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪. M min , M max , N min , N max‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﺨﺫﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪y‬‬

‫‪AS2‬‬
‫‪as2‬‬

‫‪S2‬‬
‫‪AS2‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪AS2‬‬
‫‪h/2‬‬

‫‪h/2‬‬

‫‪b‬‬

‫‪N‬‬
‫‪d‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫‪y‬‬

‫‪b‬‬
‫‪h‬‬

‫‪h/2‬‬

‫‪h/2‬‬

‫‪AS1‬‬ ‫‪S1‬‬ ‫‪AS1‬‬

‫‪as1‬‬

‫‪b‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ]‪[5] [2‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺜﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻘﻁﻌﺎ ًﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ]‪ [4‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪316‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪h‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪N = b ∫ σ b [ε ( y )]dy + AS 2 .σ S 2 − AS1.σ S 1‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪M = b ∫ σ b [ε ( y )] ydy + AS 2 .σ S 2 (0,5h − aS 2 ) − AS 1.σ S1 (0,5h − aS 1‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ b :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ h‬ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ As1‬ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺩ‬
‫‪ As 2‬ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫‪ d‬ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ‪d = h − a :‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻴﺭ ( ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (2) ، (1‬ﻟﺭﺴـﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﻐﻠﻕ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟـﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ‪ φ( n , m ) = 0‬ﻋﻨـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺤﺩﺍﺜﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺒﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ }‪ {n, m‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻤﻨﺔ ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸـﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪m‬‬

‫´‪1‬‬
‫´‪n‬‬
‫´‪m‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪P4‬‬
‫´‪P‬‬
‫‪P1‬‬
‫´‪2‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪P3‬‬ ‫´‪4‬‬
‫‪P2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫´‪3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺤﺩﺍﺜﻴﺔ ‪ n , m‬ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ϕ‬‬

‫‪317‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪ p1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ p4‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ }‪ {n, m‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘـﺔ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺎﻁ ﺘﺘﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﺁﻤﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻤﺜل ‪ p′‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻨﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﻐﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ‪ p1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ p4‬ﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺒﻌﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻑ ﺒﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻭﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻁﻴل ‪ 1, 2 , 3 , 4‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﻴﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﻐﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻘـﻊ ﺩﺍﺨـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ‪ 1, 2 , 3 , 4‬ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺴﺘﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨـﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻵﻤﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻡ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌـﻁ ﺒـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻵﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ‪ . .‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ‪ n , m‬ﻭﻻﺤﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ . ϕ‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ -(a‬ﺒﻔﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ‪ ، b1 , d1‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ . f cd‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ )ﺇﻁﺎﺭ( ﻤﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ -(b‬ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪ N , M‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺘﻘﻭﺩﻨﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻡ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ‪ n , m‬ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫=‪n‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪f cd .b.d‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫=‪m‬‬ ‫)‪( 4‬‬
‫‪f cd .b.d 2‬‬

‫‪318‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫)‪ -(c‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ nmax , mmax , mmax , mmin‬ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪ n‬ﺃﻭ ‪m‬‬
‫)‪ – (d‬ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ n‬ﻭ ‪ m‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪ (c‬ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ ϕ‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪: (5‬‬
‫‪⎧n′ ⎫ ⎡cos ϕ‬‬ ‫⎫ ‪sin ϕ ⎤ ⎧n‬‬
‫⎢=⎬ ⎨‬ ‫⎬ ⎨‪⎥.‬‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬
‫⎭‪⎩m′⎭ ⎣− sin ϕ cos ϕ ⎦ ⎩m‬‬
‫)‪ – (e‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ }‪ {n′ , m′‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ )‪(c‬‬
‫)‪ – (f‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ )‪ (e‬ﻟﻠﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ }‪ {n′ , m′‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪(6‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫‪⎧n ⎫ ⎡cos ϕ‬‬ ‫⎫ ‪− sin ϕ ⎤ ⎧n′‬‬
‫⎢=⎬ ⎨‬ ‫⎬ ⎨‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(6‬‬
‫‪⎩m⎭ ⎣sin ϕ‬‬ ‫⎭‪cos ϕ ⎥⎦ ⎩m′‬‬
‫)‪ - (g‬ﻨﻠﺤﻕ ﻗﻴﻡ }‪ {n , m‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ )‪ (f‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ‬
‫)‪(c‬‬
‫ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ‪ p‬ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ) ‪ (1 , 2 , 3 , 4‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ‬
‫‪′‬‬ ‫‪′‬‬ ‫‪′‬‬ ‫‪′‬‬ ‫‪′‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻜﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻋﻅﻤﻰ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ) ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ( ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺅﺨـﺫ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺩﻋﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺜﺎل ‪:1‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪45 kN/m‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪4 kN/m‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪7‬‬

‫‪4.5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪9m‬‬

‫‪319‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪7-2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪8-3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪9-4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪10-5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻴﺴﺭ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻻﻴﻤﻥ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪f ′c = 20 N / mm 2‬‬
‫‪fy = 300 N / mm 2‬‬
‫‪b = 350 mm , h = 600 mm‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪1-2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤل ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪:2-1‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺤﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﻴﺔ ‪n‬‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬
‫‪16.5‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪370‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-67‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪11.8‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-1.8‬‬ ‫‪202.5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-25‬‬ ‫‪-30.5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪-30‬‬ ‫‪30.5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪398.3‬‬ ‫‪1419‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‬
‫‪1+2+4‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪-107.3‬‬ ‫‪75.5‬‬
‫ﺃﺼﻐﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‬
‫‪1+3+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬

‫‪320‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ }‪ {n ′ , m′‬ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟـ }‪ {n , m‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ ϕ‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ‬ ‫‪ϕ‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪27.8‬‬ ‫‪-32.6‬‬ ‫‪201.6‬‬ ‫‪359.7 352.8‬‬ ‫‪390.9‬‬ ‫‪107‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-32.5‬‬ ‫‪-22.2‬‬ ‫‪-19.4‬‬ ‫‪-19.6‬‬ ‫‪-98.1‬‬ ‫‪337.2‬‬ ‫‪7.2‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪21.7‬‬ ‫‪-35.9‬‬ ‫‪195.1‬‬ ‫‪350.8 330.4‬‬ ‫‪443.5‬‬ ‫‪106.7‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪-36.9‬‬ ‫‪-16.3‬‬ ‫‪-54.1‬‬ ‫‪-81.7 -157.8‬‬ ‫‪264.3‬‬ ‫‪-11.5‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪11.4‬‬ ‫‪-38.9‬‬ ‫‪174.5‬‬ ‫‪317.7 278.3‬‬ ‫‪496.7‬‬ ‫‪100.1‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪-41.2‬‬ ‫‪-6.4‬‬ ‫‪-102.8‬‬ ‫‪-169.7 -237.9‬‬ ‫‪140.6‬‬ ‫‪-38.7‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪0.4‬‬ ‫‪-39.2‬‬ ‫‪142‬‬ ‫‪263‬‬ ‫‪207.3‬‬ ‫‪516.2‬‬ ‫‪86.6‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪-42.8‬‬ ‫‪3.9‬‬ ‫‪-144.4‬‬ ‫‪-246.1 -301.9‬‬ ‫‪7.3‬‬ ‫‪-63.3‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪-10.7‬‬ ‫‪-36.9‬‬ ‫‪99.8‬‬ ‫‪190.4 122.2‬‬ ‫‪500.5‬‬ ‫‪67.3‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪-41.4‬‬ ‫‪13.9‬‬ ‫‪-176.2‬‬ ‫‪-305.8 -345.2‬‬ ‫‪-126.5‬‬ ‫‪-83.5‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪-21.1‬‬ ‫‪-32.1‬‬ ‫‪50.8‬‬ ‫‪104.8‬‬ ‫‪28.7‬‬ ‫‪450.7‬‬ ‫‪43.4‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪-37.2‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪-196‬‬ ‫‪-344.6 -365.1‬‬ ‫‪-251.7‬‬ ‫‪-98.1‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪-27.2‬‬ ‫‪-27.6‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪43.4‬‬ ‫‪-35.1‬‬ ‫‪400.2‬‬ ‫‪25.8‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪-33‬‬ ‫‪28.2‬‬ ‫‪-201.9‬‬ ‫‪-357.6 -364.5‬‬ ‫‪-326.1‬‬ ‫‪-104.1‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬

‫‪ - -3‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪mmin‬‬ ‫‪mmax‬‬ ‫‪n min‬‬ ‫‪nmax‬‬ ‫‪ϕ‬‬
‫‪-184.7‬‬ ‫‪344.4‬‬ ‫‪74.5‬‬ ‫‪1439.7‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪252.8‬‬ ‫‪-358.3‬‬ ‫‪70.7‬‬ ‫‪1448.2‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪101.9‬‬ ‫‪-596.7‬‬ ‫‪61.1‬‬ ‫‪1378.8‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪-52.1‬‬ ‫‪-798.4‬‬ ‫‪47.4‬‬ ‫‪1215.5‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+6‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪-69.6‬‬ ‫‪-1078.6‬‬ ‫‪19.7‬‬ ‫‪980.2‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5‬‬
‫‪-75.1‬‬ ‫‪-1292.7‬‬ ‫‪-9.7‬‬ ‫‪678.5‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5‬‬
‫‪-76‬‬ ‫‪-1387.2‬‬ ‫‪-64.1‬‬ ‫‪485.4‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫‪1+6‬‬ ‫‪1+3+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+4+5‬‬

‫‪321‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(nmax , m‬‬ ‫‪n m = 1419 299.5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(nmin x , m‬‬ ‫‪n m = 75.5 − 8.5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+6‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(mmax , n‬‬ ‫‪n m = 398.3 826‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+4‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(mmin , n‬‬ ‫‪n m = 398.3 826‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+5+6+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻫﻭ ‪: 1+2+4‬‬
‫‪mmax = 398.3 , n = 826‬‬
‫‪AS 1 = AS 2 = 2264 mm 2‬‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (5‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‬

‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬
‫‪386.5‬‬ ‫‪466‬‬ ‫‪1+2‬‬
‫‪-95.5‬‬ ‫‪1028.5‬‬ ‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬
‫‪361.5‬‬ ‫‪435.5‬‬ ‫‪1+2+6‬‬
‫‪-70.5‬‬ ‫‪1059‬‬ ‫‪1+3+4+5+7‬‬
‫‪329.5‬‬ ‫‪1388.5‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5‬‬
‫‪-38.5‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪1+6+7‬‬
‫‪396.5‬‬ ‫‪1028.5‬‬ ‫‪1+2+4+5‬‬
‫‪-105.5‬‬ ‫‪466‬‬ ‫‪1+3+6+7‬‬

‫‪n / m = 466 / 386,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪n / m = 1028,5 / − 95,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 435,5 / 361,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+6‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 1095 / − 70,5‬‬ ‫‪1+3+4+5+7‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 1388,5 / 329,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+3+4+5‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 106 / − 38,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+6+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 1028,5 / 396,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+4+5‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 466 / − 105,5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+6+7‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪322‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ‪:2+1‬‬
‫‪N = 466 , M = 368,5‬‬
‫‪As1 = As 2 = 2412 mm 2‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ‪6 %‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫‪45 kN/m‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻤﺜﺎل ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪4 kN/m‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪3.5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪80 kN/m‬‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪4.5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪9m‬‬

‫‪323‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (6‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪8-2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪9-3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪10-4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ ‪11-5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯ‪12-6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﻴﺴﺭ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﻴﻤﻥ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪f ′c = 20 N / mm 2‬‬
‫‪f y = 300 N / mm 2‬‬
‫‪b = 350 mm , h = 600 mm‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪1-2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤل‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل )‪ (1‬ﻨﺠﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪: 1-2‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (7‬ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪324‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (7‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻡ ‪m‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﻴﺔ ‪n‬‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬
‫‪16.5‬‬ ‫‪133‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪370‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪-67‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪11.5‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪-2.5‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0.25‬‬ ‫‪202‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪-31.8‬‬ ‫‪-51‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (8‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ }‪ {n ′ , m′‬ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟـ }‪ {n , m‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ‪ ϕ‬ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪(8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺒﻌﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‬
‫‪ϕ‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪201.3‬‬ ‫‪358.4‬‬ ‫‪359.6‬‬ ‫‪352.8‬‬ ‫‪390.9‬‬ ‫‪133.9‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪53.6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪32.4‬‬ ‫‪-17.3‬‬ ‫‪-33.9‬‬ ‫‪-19.9‬‬ ‫‪-98.1‬‬ ‫‪337.2‬‬ ‫‪4.9‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪27.2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪58.8‬‬ ‫‪195.2‬‬ ‫‪347.1‬‬ ‫‪350.7‬‬ ‫‪330.4‬‬ ‫‪443.5‬‬ ‫‪132.7‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪57.5‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪22.5‬‬ ‫‪-52‬‬ ‫‪-95.5‬‬ ‫‪-82‬‬ ‫‪264.3‬‬ ‫‪-18.5‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪17.5‬‬ ‫‪157.8‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪62.7‬‬ ‫‪175.1‬‬ ‫‪310.6‬‬ ‫‪317.6‬‬ ‫‪278.3‬‬ ‫‪496.7‬‬ ‫‪123.4‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪60.1‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪6.6‬‬ ‫‪-2.1‬‬ ‫‪-170‬‬ ‫‪140.6‬‬ ‫‪-52.2‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪100.7‬‬ ‫‪182.1‬‬ ‫‪237.9‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪62.2‬‬ ‫‪143.1‬‬ ‫‪252.9‬‬ ‫‪262.8‬‬ ‫‪207.3‬‬ ‫‪516.2‬‬ ‫‪105.7‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪58.6‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-9.9‬‬ ‫‪13.6‬‬ ‫‪7.3‬‬ ‫‪-82.3‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪142.6‬‬ ‫‪256.2‬‬ ‫‪246.3‬‬ ‫‪301.9‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪57.6‬‬ ‫‪101.3‬‬ ‫‪178‬‬ ‫‪190.1‬‬ ‫‪122.2‬‬ ‫‪500.5‬‬ ‫‪80.8‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪53.1‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪28.2‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪25.6‬‬ ‫‪174.8‬‬ ‫‪312.9‬‬ ‫‪305.9‬‬ ‫‪345.2‬‬ ‫‪126.5‬‬ ‫‪106.9‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪52.7‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪104.5‬‬ ‫‪28.7‬‬ ‫‪450.7‬‬ ‫‪50.4‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬

‫‪325‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪43.9‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪-195‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪39.7‬‬ ‫‪348.3‬‬ ‫‪344.7‬‬ ‫‪365.1‬‬ ‫‪251.7‬‬ ‫‪124.2‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪41.3‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪29.2‬‬ ‫‪43.1‬‬ ‫‪-35.1‬‬ ‫‪400.2‬‬ ‫‪28.1‬‬ ‫'‪n‬‬
‫‪36.2‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪-131‬‬ ‫'‪m‬‬
‫‪47.6‬‬ ‫‪201.2‬‬ ‫‪358.8‬‬ ‫‪357.6‬‬ ‫‪364.5‬‬ ‫‪326.1‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (9‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪mmin‬‬ ‫‪mmax‬‬ ‫‪n min‬‬ ‫‪nmax‬‬ ‫‪ϕ‬‬
‫‪-191.6‬‬ ‫‪374.5‬‬ ‫‪80.4‬‬ ‫‪1850.9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪268.4‬‬ ‫‪-423.4‬‬ ‫‪75.3‬‬ ‫‪1858.5‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪94.9‬‬ ‫‪-745‬‬ ‫‪63.4‬‬ ‫‪1764.4‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪-61.5‬‬ ‫‪-1039.2‬‬ ‫‪47.2‬‬ ‫‪1550.2‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬
‫‪1+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪1+2+7‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬
‫‪-78.6‬‬ ‫‪-1397.8‬‬ ‫‪27.8‬‬ ‫‪1230.5‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫‪-83.2‬‬ ‫‪-1668.6‬‬ ‫‪6.5‬‬ ‫‪827‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬
‫‪-83‬‬ ‫‪-1786.8‬‬ ‫‪-43.1‬‬ ‫‪559.9‬‬ ‫‪85‬‬
‫‪1+2+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪1+7‬‬ ‫‪1+3+7‬‬ ‫‪1+2+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫‪85‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(nmax , m‬‬ ‫‪n m = 1826 365.7‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(nmin x , m‬‬ ‫‪n m = 82 − 15.3‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(mmax , n‬‬ ‫‪n m = 435.3 1206‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‪1+2+4+6+8‬‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪(mmin , n‬‬ ‫‪n m = − 84.8 802‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+5+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ‪1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8‬‬

‫‪326‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪n = 1826 , m = 365.7‬‬

‫‪As1 = As 2 = 2415 mm 2‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (10‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ‬
‫‪423.5‬‬ ‫‪544‬‬ ‫‪1+2+8‬‬
‫‪-73‬‬ ‫‪1364‬‬ ‫‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬
‫‪354.7‬‬ ‫‪442‬‬ ‫‪1+2+7‬‬
‫‪-4.2‬‬ ‫‪1466‬‬ ‫‪1+3+4+5+6+8‬‬
‫‪432.8‬‬ ‫‪1466‬‬ ‫‪1+2+4+5+6+8‬‬
‫‪-82.3‬‬ ‫‪442‬‬ ‫‪1+3+7‬‬

‫‪n / m = 544 / 423.5‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+8‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪n / m = 1364 / − 73‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+4+5+6+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 442 / 354.7‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 1466 / − 4.2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 1466 / 432.8‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+2+4+5+6+8‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪n / m = 442 / − 82.3‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ‪1+3+7‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ‪:1+2+8‬‬
‫‪n = 544 , m = 423.5‬‬
‫‪As1 = As 2 = 2724 mm 2‬‬

‫ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﺕ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ . %13‬ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪327‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1-6‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻬﻤل ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ‪ p ′‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻏﻴـﺭ ﺩﻗﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫‪ - 2-6‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )‪ ( 13% ، 6%‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻴﺏ ﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺒﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺒﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﻤﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-6‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺘﺭﺍﻜـﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﻭﻻﺕ ﺘﻘﻠـل ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪328‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬-7

[1] U.Kirsch , Multilevel optimal design of reinforced concrete structure .

Met in Struct. Design, Euromech,1992
[2] Z .Sulimowski,E.Klowan, Significant sets of cross- sectional forces ,
PZITB, krynica.1980
[3] W.Czarnecki , Dimensioning of r.c sections subjected to multiple load
sets , Archives of Civel Engineering 1999
[4] Gawecki A , On elastic respone of inelastic structures. Acta
Mechanica 1996.

-‫[ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ )ﻭﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺘﻪ( ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺩﻤـﺸﻕ‬5]
2004 -‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬
‫ ﺃﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ – ﺍﻟﺠـﺯﺀ‬.‫ ﺩ‬، ‫ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ‬.‫ ﺩ‬، ‫ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻨﻭﻓل‬.‫[ ﺩ‬6]
1992-1991 ‫ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬-‫ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫" ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬SAP 90" ‫ﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺤﺴﻥ – ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‬.‫[ ﺩ‬7]

329
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

RESPONSE OF R. C. BEAMS CONFINING USING OUT

OF PLAIN HORIZONTAL LOADS ABOUT MID-SPAN
BY
Associated Professor: Ramadan Abd - Alaziz Askar
Professor. Hamdy Shehab Aldeen;
Professor. M. M. A. El- Metawally

ABSTRACT

Deterioration of bridge girders and parking structures, and the cost of

their repair have become a major concern in recent years. External confinement
is considered as a powerful technique to strengthen and rehabilitate deteriorated
girders. In this research an experimental study is performed to investigate the
behaviour of reinforced concrete beams strengthening using external out of
plain horizontal confinement. In this experimental program, a several
investigated parameters were varied such as: magnitude of out of plain external
confinement force, and number of external confinement bars. Twelve simply
supported rectangular R.C. beams strengthened by external out of plain
horizontal confinement loads were tested. Three beams was used as control
beams, and another nine beams divided into three groups, (G1, G3, and G3.),
which confined using, constant number of bars (2, 4, and, 6, bars) for each
group respectively. While each group contains three beams, each one of bars
inside each group carried by a variable magnitude of out of plain horizontal
force equals to (10, 15, and, 20), kN per bar, for each beam respectively. The
results of this experimental investigation are reported and discussed including
ultimate load capacity, deflections, mode of failure, and crack characteristics.
The test results indicated the provision of external confinement has the potential
significantly increase in ultimate strength capacity of R. C. beams.

Keywords: External confinement, rehabilitate, strengthening, ultimate strength,

beams

1. INTRODUCTION

External confinement is a system in which the concrete structural

members are pre-stressed longitudinally or laterally using post-stressing bolts
and steel plats located completely outside the concrete element about mid-span.
Currently, external confinement is considered one of the most powerful
techniques for strengthening or rehabilitation of existing concrete beams,
bridges and parking structures. Presence of external confinement system around
concrete structures produces a structural system not commonly described in the
available codes of practice. The use of an external confinement to strengthen

330
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

existing concrete beams is conceptually different from that used in the

traditional design and construction of new girders having bonded pre-stressing
reinforcement. This is due to the fact that stress in confinement is almost
uniform at all sections and depends on the deformations of the whole member.
Therefore, a section analysis based on the strain compatibility is not sufficient
to provide a complete solution as in the case of bonded tendons. Moreover, with
external confinement, the centric of confining force and the concrete sections
between points not changes with the applied load and with the time-dependent
deformations of the member, leading to a second order effect on the response of
the member and the stress in confinement system.
Many codes of practices [1-2] and researches, such as (Due, G., and Tao, X., Tan
1993, Harajli 1993, and Tan 2001[3-15] had been undertaken to investigate the
ultimate behavior of the structural members externally pre-stressed.
Comparatively little attention was directed to the behavior of pre-loaded RC
members strengthened with external pre-stressing. Ramadan Askar used the
new technique in strengthening the concrete beams for flexure in-plain vertical
confining loads about mid-span [16].
2. RESEARCH SIGNIFICANCE

The effect of the externally laterally loads confinement technique at the

ultimate stage of the externally confinement concrete members, and the flexural
capacity have to be studied. This paper provides an experimental study is
performed to investigate the behaviour of R. C. beams strengthening using
external out of plain horizontal confinement about sections at mid-span. Based
on the test results, simplified technique can be introduced to estimate the
suitable value of confining forces. The information provided throughout this
research could be very useful in establishing suitable guidelines for externally
confinement beams.

3. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM

In this research, tests were conducted on twelve simply supported R. C.

beams. The parameters considered were the number of confining bars, and
value of confining force per bar. The beams were tested under two-point
loading as shown in Fig. 1.

3.1 Material Characteristics

Post-tension steel bars of 10 mm diameter with a proof stress of 200

N/mm2, ultimate strength of 36 N/mm2 were used for the external Post-tension.
High grade deformed bars were used as internal reinforcement. Normal grade
plain bars were used as shear stirrups. A concrete mix was prepared to obtain 35
N/ mm2, 28 days cube strength after of pouring. The concrete mix proportions

331
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

by weight were: 1 cement: 2.8 coarse aggregate (gravel): 1.5 fine aggregate
(sand): 0.45 water for each 1 m3 of concrete

Fig: (1) beam confinement Details and test set-up under load.

3. 2. Test Set-up

Figure 1 shows a schematic view of the test setup and beam dimensions
for the confinement beams. As shown in the figure, the total applied load was
monitored using a very-dension machine of 1000 kN capacity. Beam deflection
was measured by a set of three dial-gauges distributed along the beam length
under load, and at mid-span. Two vertical rigid steel plates 20 mm thickness,
hall dimensions 200x 300x 20 mm, were used at the vertical sides of the
concrete beam to create the confinement. Six grooves 12 mm, diameter were
performed in steel plates, spaced each 75 mm, distributed over the area, and
numbers (2, 4, and 6), bolts 10 mm diameter was used to create the confining
force (post-tension force) using torque key working on nuts at ends of the bolts.
Details of the program of the tested beams are shown in Table 1. Where the first
character of No of P. T. Bars, P. T. Force (kN) per Bar denoting to the numbers
of post-tension bars, and post-tension force per bar respectively, the second
character T. P. T. Force (kN) is the total confining force affecting on the beam
in the experimental program. Three amounts of post-tension force P. T. Force
(10, 15, and 20) kN, were investigated. While three values of numbering the
post-tension bars No of P. T. Bars (2, 4, and 6) were considered in the
experimental program.

332
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

3.3 Testing Procedure

Tests were carried out on three groups: G1, G2, and G3, the control
specimens contained only the average results of three beams. Beams of group
G1 were strengthened with different confinement forces (10, 15, and 20) kN,
and two constant number of bars, wherever Beams of group G2 were
strengthened with different confinement forces (10, 15, and 20) kN, and four
constant number of bars, also Beams of group G3 were strengthened with
different confinement forces (10, 15, and 20) kN, and six constant number of
bars as shown in Table 1. The beams were tested under vertical load up to
failure. The reference beams were tested without any external confinement.

Table1: Experimental program for the test specimens.

Group No Beam No No of P. T. P. T. Force Total P. T.
Bars (kN) per Bar Force (kN)
Reference B1 - - -
B2 2 10 20
G1 B3 2 15 30
B4 2 20 40
B5 4 10 40
G2 B6 4 15 60
B7 4 20 80
B8 6 10 60
G3 B9 6 15 90
B10 6 20 120

4. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

Table 2: showing the analyses of test results. Which includes

deflections under mid-span, and under concentrated machine loads position,
moreover contains crack and ultimate loads.

5. ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS

In this section the experimental results concerning cracking loads,

failure loads, deflection, and cracks propagation were reported, compared
with the average results of reference specimens and discussed as follows:

333
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

5.1 Vertical Mid-Span Deflections

Figures: (2, 3, to 7) shows load versus deflection curves for all

specimens. From these curves, the relation between load and deflection is nearly
linear until cracking occurs, then the slope of line decreases gradually with the
increase of load, from the experimental results, the following could be
observed:

5.1.1 For specimens in group G1 having constant number of

confining bars 2 bars, it was found that: using different confining force
per bar (10, 15, and 20) kN, caused a decrease in vertical deflection by
about 23 %, 41 %, and 44 % for beams (B2, B3, and B4) respectively
than reference specimen B1, without any confinement at failure load.
While in group G2 having constant number of confining bars 4 bars, it
was found that: using different confining force per bar (10, 15, and 20)
kN, caused a decrease in vertical deflection by about 36 %, 43 %, and 51
% for beams (B5, B6, and B7) respectively than reference specimen B1,
at failure load. Also in group G3 having constant number of confining
bars 6 bars, it was found that: using different confining force per bar (10,
15, and 20) kN, caused a decrease in vertical deflection by about 44 %,
58 %, and 72 % for beams (B8, B9, and B10) respectively than reference
specimen B1, at failure load. Thus increasing in number of confining
bars, thus decreasing beam deflection leading to more stiffness, but the
effect of increasing in magnitude of confining force per bar on beam
deflection is more than one and halve times.

Table2: Analyses of test results.

Group No Spec PC PU ∆1x ∆2x P(PC / P(PU / P(∆1 / P(∆2 / Ductility Failure
No (kN) (kN) 10-2 mm 10-2 mm PC r)% PU r )% ∆1r )% ∆2 r )% ratio Mode**
Refe B1 27.0 37.0 125 102 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.84 F
B2 30.0 41.0 96 84 11 11 23 18 1.66 F
G1 B3 34.0 44.9 74 56 26 21 41 45 1.90 F
B4 40.3 51.0 70 53 49 38 44 48 1.71 F
B5 30.4 45.9 80 67 13 24 36 34 2.00 F
G2 B6 38.0 54.2 72 51 41 47 42 50 1.71 F
B7 44.0 60.0 61 40 63 62 51 61 2.35 F
B8 36.2 56.0 70 55 34 51 44 46 2.26 F
G3 B9 42.5 63.0 53 39 57 70 58 62 2..08 F
B10 50.0 69.0 35 31 85 87 72 70 2.94 F

* Refe : reference beam, Spec : specimen.

* Pc, Pu: are the crack and ultimate loads in (kN).

334
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

* ∆1, ∆2: are the mid-span and under machine load deflections at the
comparative levels.
* p (PC/ PCr %) %, and p (PU / PUr ) % : are the percentage of increasing in
cracking, and ultimate loads comparing with the corresponding results from
reference.
* p (∆1 / ∆1r) %, p (∆2 / ∆2r) % : are the percentage of decreasing in
deflections ∆1, and ∆2, comparing to the corresponding from the reference.
** Failure Mode F – Flexure Failure.

5.1.2 Comparing specimens in all groups (G1, G2, and G3)

having constant confining force 10 kN, and variable number of confining
bars (2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused a decrease in vertical mid-
span deflection by about 23 %, 36 %, and 44 % for beams (B2, B5, and
B8) respectively than reference specimen B1, without any confinement at
failure load. While in case of using constant confining force 15 kN, and
variable number of confining bars (2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused
a decrease in vertical mid-span deflection by about 41 %, 43 %, and 58
% for beams (B3, B6, and B9) respectively than reference specimen B1,
at the load, but in case of using constant confining force 20 kN, and
variable number of confining bars (2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused
a decrease in vertical mid-span deflection by about 44 %, 51 %, and 72
% for beams (B4, B7, and B10) respectively than reference specimen B1,
at failure load. Hence the increasing in number of confining bars caused a
decrease in rate of cracking and an increase in rigidity of beam, thus
causing decrease in deflection. While increase in confining force
magnitude through (10, 15, and 20) kN, had a beneficial effect on
decreasing deflection.

6.2. Cracking and Failure Loads

Table 2 shows cracking and failure loads, for different specimens.

Cracking load is defined by the load at which vertical crack crosses mid
depth of the beam at flexure zone. This can be determined by recognizing
the crack patterns or from strain in critical section which increases
suddenly at this instant. Figures 8, to 13 shows the effect of changing
confining force magnitude, and changing number of confining bars on
cracking, and failure loads from the experimental results, the following
could be observed:

335
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6.2.1 For specimens in group G1 having constant number of

confining bars 2 bars, it was found that: using different confining force
per bar (10, 15, and 20) kN, caused a increase in cracking, ultimate loads
by about (11 %, 26 %, and 49 %), and (11 %, 21 %, and 38 %) for beams
(B2, B3, and B4) respectively than reference specimen B1, without any
confinement at failure load. While specimens in group G2 having
constant number of confining bars 4 bars, it was found that: using
different confining force per bar (10, 15, and 20) kN, caused a increase in
cracking, ultimate loads by about (13 %, 41 %, and 63 %), and (24 %, 47
%, and 62 %) for beams (B5, B6, and B7) respectively than reference
specimen B1, at the cracking, ultimate loads. Also for specimens in
group G3 having constant number of confining bars 6 bars, it was found
that: using different confining force per bar (10, 15, and 20) kN, caused a
increase in cracking, ultimate loads by about (34 %, 57 %, and 85 %),
and (51 %, 70 %, and 87 %) for beams (B8, B9, and B10) respectively
than reference specimen B1, at the cracking, ultimate loads. Thus could
be concluded that increasing in confining force per bar from (10, 15, and
20) kN, make an good increase in cracking, ultimate loads, while using
different number confining bars from (2 to 6), caused a high increase in
cracking and ultimate loads.

6.2.2 Comparing specimens in all groups (G1, G2, and G3)

having constant confining force 10 kN, and variable number of confining
bars (2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused a increase in cracking,
ultimate loads by about (11 %, 13 %, and 34 %), and (11 %, 24 %, and
51 %) for beams (B2, B5, and B8) respectively than reference specimen
B1, without any confinement at the failure loads. While in case of using
constant confining force 15 kN, and variable number of confining bars
(2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused a decrease in cracking, ultimate
loads by about (26 %, 41 %, and 57 %), and (21 %, 47 %, and 70 %) for
beams (B3, B6, and B9) respectively than reference specimen B1, at the
failure load, but in case of using constant confining force 20 kN, and
variable number of confining bars (2, 4, and 6), it was found that caused
a decrease in cracking, ultimate loads by about (49 %, 63 %, and 85 %),
and (38 %, 62 %, and 87 %) for beams (B4, B7, and B10) respectively
than reference specimen B1, at the failure load. Thus it could be
concluded that increasing number of confining bars from (2 to 6) caused
an increase in failure loads due to the increase of flexure capacity of
beam. Also increase in confining force from (10 to 20) kN caused an
increase in failure loads.

336
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6.3. Cracking Patterns and Propagation

Cracking of reference specimens begins with flexure cracks propagating

nearly about mid-span vertical at the flexure zone of the beam, vertical cracks
begin to initiate and propagate from the zone near the central of beam. While
vertical cracks for strengthened specimens begin with flexure cracks
propagating at besides the confining flexure zone, nearly inclined on vertical.
Photo: 1, 2, 3, and 4 show crack pattern of some specimens.

7. CONCLUSIONS

Tests were carried out on twelve simply supported externally

confinement R. C beams. The experimental results were used to verify
the capability of a new confinement technique to improve the behavior of
confinement beams, and to deduce the effect of tested variables on the
flexure cracks, ultimate loads, under load, and at mid-span deflection.
Based on the results of this study, the following conclusions can be
made:
1- The use of external confinement in R.C beams increases the beam
stiffness after first flexural crack, also improves the beam behavior
against shear stresses, improves beam deflection at both service and
ultimate loads, while produces a uniform crack pattern compared to the
similar non-confinement beams.
2- In case of constant number of confining bars, and variable of external
confinement force, increases the crack, flexural ultimate capacity, and
decreases the under load, and mid-span deflections of strengthened
beams.
3- For the same external confinement force and the variable number of
confining bars, leads to a significant improvement in the load-deflection
behavior and the distribution of the cracks before failure due to the
closing of the existing cracks at confining zone.
4- Comparing the results of confining beams up to ultimate load to those
of non- confining beams up to ultimate load, it was found that the
ultimate deflection is greatly influenced by the value of confinement
forces. This was not the case for the ultimate carrying capacity.
Moreover, confinement leads to a more uniform cracking pattern than
non- confinement.
5- The results of externally confinement beams are in good agreement
compared with the experimental results of this research.

337
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

6- The proposed new confinement technique in this paper gives

acceptable conservative results for practical purposes in rehabilitate and
strengthening of reinforced concrete girders using external out of plain
confinement technique.

8. REFERENCES

1. ACI committee 318, ”Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete

(ACI 318-83)”, American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, 1983.
2. Ansys 5.4, Inc., “Ansys 5.4 manual”, Ninth edition, SAS IP, 1997.
3. CSA Standards Association, ”Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings
(Can3-A23.3-M84)” , Rexadle, Dec. 1984.
4. Due, G., and Tao, X., ”Ultimate Stress in Unbonded Tendons of Partially
Prestressed Concrete Beams”, PCI journal, V. 30, No. 6, Nov.-Dec. 1985, pp.
72-91.
5. Egyptian Standards, ”Building Requirements For Reinforced Concrete
Structures and Bridges (ECCS 2001)”, 2001.
6. Harajli, M.H., Naaman, A.E., “Evaluation of the Ultimate Steel Stress in
Partially Prestressed Flexural Members”, PCI journal, V.30, No.5, Sep.-Oct.
1985, pp.54-81.
7. Harajli, M.H., Hijazi, S.A., “Evaluation of the Ultimate Steel Stress in
Partially Prestressed Concrete Members”, PCI journal, Jan.-Feb. 1991, pp.62-82.
8. Harajli, M.H., Kanj, M.Y., “Ultimate Flexural Strength of Concrete Members
Prestressed with Unbonded Tendons”, ACI structural journal, V.88, No.6, Nov.-
Dec 1991, pp.663-673.
9. Harajli, M.H., “Strengthening of Concrete Beams by External Prestressing”,
PCI journal, Nov.-Dec. 1993, pp.76-88.
10. Mattock, A.H., Yamazaki, j., and Katula, B., ”Comparative Study of
Prestressed Concrete Beams, with and without Bond”, ACI structural journal,
proceedings, V.68, No.2, Feb.1971, pp.116-125.
11. Naaman, A.E., Al-Khairi, F.M., ”Stress at Ultimate in Unbonded Post-
Tensioning Tendons: Part1- Evaluation of the State-of-the-Art”, ACI structural
journal, V.88, No.5, Sep.-Oct.1991, pp.641-651.
12. Naaman, A.E., Al-Khairi, F.M., ”Stress at Ultimate in Unbonded Post-
Tensioning Tendons: Part2- Proposed Methodology”, ACI structural journal,
V.88, No.6, Nov.-Dec. 1991, pp.683-692.
13. Tan, K.H., Naaman, A.E., “Strut-and-Tie Model for Externally Prestressed
Concrete Beams”, ACI structural journal, V.90, No. 6, Nov.-Dec. 1993, pp.683-
691.14.
14- Tan, K.H., Al-Farook, M.A. & Ng, C.K., ”Behavior of Simple-Span
Reinforced Concrete Beams Locally Strengthened With External Tendons”, ACI
structural journal, V.98, No. 2, March-April 2001,pp.174-183.

338
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

15. Warwaruk, J., Sozen, M.N., and Siess, C.P., ”Investigation of Prestressed
Reinforced Concrete for Highway Bridges, Part III” Bulletin No. 464,
University of Illinois Engineering Experimental station, Urban, Aug. 1962, pp.
105
16. Askar. R. A. A. "Evaluation the Behavior of Partial Coffining R. C. Beams
Using Vertical Loads". Proceeding of the AICSGE 6, Structural Engineering
Dept, Faculty of Engineering, Alexandria University 15-17 April 2007. 15- 25.

Photo: (1) The reference beam B1 Photo: (2) The strengthened beam B2
With-out any confinement. after failure using two bars.

Photo: (3) The strengthened beam B5 Photo: (4) The strengthened beam B8
after failure using four bars. after failure using six bars.

339
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

80 Group (1) B2 80 Group (2) B1

B4 B5
60 B1 60 B6

Load (kN)
Load (kN)

B3 B7
40 40

20 20

0 0
0 3 6 9 12 15 0 3 6 9 12 15
deflection (mm)x10-1 deflection (mm)x10-1

Fig (2): Loads, mid-span (∆1) Fig (3): Loads, mid-span (∆1)
relationships for groups (1). Effect of relationships for groups (2). Effect of
variable confinement force with variable confinement force with
constant bars number, (2 bars). constant bars number, (4 bars).

Group (3) B1 Group (1) B2

80 B4
B8 60
B1
60 B9
)

B3
Loud (kN)

B10 40
(

40

20 20

0 0
0 3 6 9 12 15 0 3 6 9 12
deflection (mm)x10-1 deflection (mm)x10-1
Fig (4): Loads, mid-span (∆1) Fig (5): Loads, mid-span (∆2)
relationships for groups (3). Effect of relationships for groups (1). Effect of
variable confinement force with constant bars number (2 bars), with
constant bars number, (6 bars). variable confinement force.

340
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Group (2) B1 80 Group (3) B1

80
B5 B8
B6 60 B9
60
B7

)
B10
40 40

(
20 20

0 0
0 3 6 9 12 0 3 6 9 12
deflection (mm)x10-1 deflection (mm)x10-1

Fig (6): Loads, mid-span (∆2) Fig (7): Loads, mid-span (∆2)
relationships for groups (2). Effect of relationships for groups (3). Effect of
constant bars number (4 bars), with constant bars number (6 bars), with
variable confinement force. variable confinement force.

B1 80 B1
80
B2 B3
60 B5 60 B6
Load(kN)

Load (kN)

B8 B9
40 40

20
20
0
0
0 4 8 12 16
0 4 8 12 16
deflection (mm)x10-1 deflection (mm)x10-1

Fig. (8): Loads, (∆1) relationships for Fig. (9): Loads, (∆1) relationships for
groups (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable groups (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable bars
bars number with constant number with constant confinement
confinement force, (10.0 kN). force, (15.0 kN).

341
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

80 B1 60
B4
60 B7 45
Load (kN)

B10

Load(kN)
40 30 B1
B2
20 15 B5
B8
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 0 4 8 12
deflection (mm)x10-1 deflection (mm)x10-1

Fig. (10): Loads, (∆1) relations for Fig. (11): Loads, (∆2) relations for
group (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable bars group (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable
number with constant confinement bars number with constant
force, (20.0 kN). confinement force, (10.0 kN).

B1 B1
80 100
B3 B4
60 B6 80 B7
B9 B10
Load (kN)

Load (kN)

60
40
40
20
20
0
0
0 3 6 9 12
0 3 6 9 12
deflection (mm)x10-1
deflection (mm)x10-1

Fig. (12): Loads, (∆2) relations for Fig. (13): Loads, (∆2) relations for
group (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable bars group (1, 2, 3). Effect of variable bars
number with constant confinement number with constant confinement
force, (15.0 kN). force, (20.0 kN).

342
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

B1 B1 B1
60 B2 B5 B8
50 B3 B6 B9
B4 B7 B10
Load ( kN) 40

30

20

10
2 bars 4 bars 6 bars

Number of Post Tension Bars

Fig. (14): Histograms show the cracking load, and
number of post tension bars for all groups (1, 2, 3).

B1 B1 B1
80
B2 B5 B8
B3 B6 B9
B4 B7 B10
60
Load ( kN)

40

20
2 bars 4 bars 6 bars
Number of Post Tension Bars
Fig. (15): Histograms show the ultimate load, and
number of post tension bars for all groups (1, 2, 3).

343
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

60 B1 B1 B1
B2 B3 B4
50 B5 B6 B7

Load ( kN)
B8 B9 B10
40

30

20

10
0, 10, 15, 20 0, 10, 15, 20 0, 10, 15, 20

Post Tension Force (kN)

Fig. (16): Histograms show the effect of (P.T.F.) in (kN)
on the cracking load for all beams

80 B1 B1 B1
B2 B3 B4
70
B5 B6 B7
Load ( kN)

60 B8 B9 B10

50

40

30

20
0, 10, 15, 20 0, 10, 15, 20 0, 10, 15, 20

Post Tension Force (kN)

Fig. (17): Histograms show the effect of (P.T.F.) in (kN)
on the ultimate load for all beams

344
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟـﻌـﻨـﺯﺍﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ـ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺨﻠﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ـ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﺘـل ﻤﻭﻗﻌـﹰﺎ ﻤﺘﻤﻴـﺯﹰﺍ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ﻨﻤﻭ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺤـﺴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ـ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ـ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﻤﺘـﺸﺎﺒﻜﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴــﺫ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸـﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ـ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ـ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ، back linkage‬ﻭﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘل ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﺘﻤل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺸﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠـﺎﺕ ﺼـﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺸـﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻭﺍﺴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻭ ﻤﺤـﻴﻁ‬
‫ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﺘﻤﺎﺴـﻙ‬
‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪345‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨـﺭﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻴﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺤﺜﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺠﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺨﻔﺽ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻵﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺨﻼل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻭﺜﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻭﺌﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻬﺭ ﻭﻜﻤﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ " ﻻ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻀﺭﺍﺭ " ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﹰﺎ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺴﻭﺀ ﻭﺸﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻤل‬
‫ﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﺒﺜﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺒﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﺁﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺼل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺭﺏ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺉ ﻟﻠﻔﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﻓﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻜﻠﻴ ﹰﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪346‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻨﻪ ﻷﻤﺭ ﻏﺭﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ ﺨﻠﻔﻴﹰﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺩﻤـﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﺘـل ﻤﻭﻗﻌـﹰﺎ ﻤﺘﻤﻴـﺯﹰﺍ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ﻨﻤﻭ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺤـﺴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ـ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ـ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺜﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻴﻠﻭﺡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺯﺃﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺴـﻭﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻔﺎﻋ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻠﺩﺍﻨﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻨﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺴـﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌل ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻠﺘﻔﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺒﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎل ﻫﻭ ﻨﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﻤﺘـﺸﺎﺒﻜﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴــﺫ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸـﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ـ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ـ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ، back linkage‬ﻭﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺁﺨﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﻨﻔـﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻤﺘﻘـﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺒﺎ ﻗﺒل ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1100‬ﻡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺏ ﻴﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺤل ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﻠﻔﺔ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭﹰﺍ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠـﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺒﺎﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪347‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺤﺘل ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻨﺠﺩ ﻨﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻁﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻤﺼﻨﻌ ﹰﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﺯﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺴﺎ ٍﻭ ﻓﻨﺠﺩ ﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻜل ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺭﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺤﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﺸﺘﻤل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺸﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻟﺤﻔﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺼﻨﺎﻑ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ـ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﻠﺯﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻓﻠﺯﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻤﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺒﻜل ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺸﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻼﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ـ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺠﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﻜﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪ .‬ﺒﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل‬
‫ﻻ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻨﺸﺭ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺇ ﹼ‬

‫‪348‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺼﻨﻌﹰﺎ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﻨﺸﺊ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ ﻤﻘﻠﻊ ﺤﺠﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﺼﻑ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻨﺤﻭ ‪ 400‬ﻁﻥ ‪ /‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻠﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻷﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻜﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﻘل ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺯﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ) ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ( ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ .. .. ..‬ﻫﻲ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺄﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻌﻁﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﺯﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪ :‬ﻨﺸﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺘﺠﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﻗﻴﻤﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ ﻭﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺩﻯ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ‪ 1960‬ـ ‪ 1980‬ﻤﺴـﺘﻭﺭﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ) ﺱ ـ ﺝ ( ‪ /‬ﺝ = ‪ 66‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1980‬ﺤﻴﺙ ) ﺱ = ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ‪ ،‬ﺝ =‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ( ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺘﺴﻌﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ 15‬ﻭ‪ 0‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1960‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 27‬ﻭ‪0‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1973‬ﺜﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪ 0‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1974‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﻔﺎﻭﺘﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺕ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺤﺼل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺌﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1975‬ﻗﺩ ﻗﻠﻠﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻤﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺅ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﻨﺼﻑ ﻗﺭﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬

‫‪349‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻬﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺒﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1977‬ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻁﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﻔـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ، 1975‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻨﺘﺠﺕ ‪ % 43‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺭﻯ ﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻨﻘﺹ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ‪ 11,600‬ﻁﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻁﺢ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1980‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻻ ‪ % 33‬ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ) ‪ 80‬ـ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺹ ﺒـ ‪ % 72‬ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬
‫‪ ( 85‬ﺍﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ ‪ 34000‬ﻁﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﺃﻱ ‪ 68000‬ﻁﻥ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻬﺎﻤﺵ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ ﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ‪ % 40‬ﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻷﺠـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫) ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ( ﻫﻭ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ % 38‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺸـﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻑ ) ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺴﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺍﻤﻴﻙ ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺫﻭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﻬﺯ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﹰﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﺭﻜﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺃﻭﺍﺌل ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺃﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤل ﺍﻷﻭل ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1947‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻼ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻗﻁﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﻌﻤل ﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻌﺜﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺠﺯﺀﹰﺍ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻁ ﺒﻨﺼﺏ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ) ‪ 80‬ـ ‪ ( 85‬ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﻁﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻨﻲ ﻁﻥ ﺴﻨﻭﻴ ﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪350‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ‪ :‬ﻤﺜﹼل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1980‬ﻨﺼﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 5,1‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺸﺎﺴﻌﺔ ﺘﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺠﻴﺭ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻤﻠﻤﻭﺱ ﻁﻭﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ‪ .‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺸﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺨﺸﺎﺏ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﻡ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻏﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺜﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺴﻁﻭل ﺒﺤﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺭﺕ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩ ﺴﻜﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻗﻭﺩ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﺒﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺃﺨﺸﺎﺒﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﺭ ﻴﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻁﻭﻴل ﺍﻷﺠل ﻭﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠـﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺴـﻊ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺸـﺏ‬
‫ل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ ﻭﺘﻭﻨﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻜ ٍ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺸﺏ ﻤﻌﺎﻜﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺸﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺍﻟﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻥ ﻴﺤل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺞ ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤل ﻤﺤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1997‬ﺴﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ % 7‬ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻴﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ ‪ % 20‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺘﻨﻘﺼﻪ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺸﺏ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻗﺴﻁﹰﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺤﺼﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗل‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺇﻤﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺨﺸﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻷﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ‬

‫‪351‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻟﻸﺒﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻓﺫ ﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺭﺩﻴﺌﺔ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻘﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﺨﻁ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻭﺠﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﺸﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻟﻤﻴﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻤﺎل ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻼﺀﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺩﺨﻠﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻁ ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ‪ 2‬ـ ‪ % 8‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒـ ‪ % 2‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ ‪ 500‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻗﻴﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1974‬ﻟﺒﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ‪ % 48‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫‪. 1980‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮرد ) ﻣﻠﻴﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫دوﻻر(‬
‫‪7,00‬‬ ‫‪7,00‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫‪7,75‬‬ ‫‪5,05‬‬ ‫‪2,70‬‬ ‫إﺳﻤﻨﺖ‬
‫‪7,75‬‬ ‫‪4,88‬‬ ‫‪2,87‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺰف واﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬
‫‪7,00‬‬ ‫‪5,6‬‬ ‫‪1,4‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ واﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪5,1‬‬ ‫‪5,1‬‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺸـﺐ‬
‫‪0,50‬‬ ‫‪0,375‬‬ ‫‪0,125‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎوﻳﺎت ) دهﺎﻧﺎت (‬
‫‪35,10‬‬ ‫‪28,1‬‬ ‫‪7,10‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع‬
‫‪100,00‬‬ ‫‪79,78‬‬ ‫‪20,22‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع‬

‫‪352‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺸـﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻭﺍﺴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﻴﻁ‬
‫ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ‬
‫ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﺴـﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻴﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ " ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﺃﺴـﻭﺩ " ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻫﻲ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺤﺜﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﻨﻭﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺘﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﺩﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻋﺘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪ % 15‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪ % 15‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜل ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻨﺨﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺤﺙ‬

‫‪353‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺤﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻜﻠل ﻋﺩﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻤﺴﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺘﺏ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺩﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺘﺼﻑ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴﺔ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻴﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻴﺒﺘﻜﺭ ﻭﻴﺨﺘﺭﻉ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻜل ﺤﻘل ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘل ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭل ﻫﻲ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﺤﻘﻭل‬
‫ﺒﺤﺙ ﺼﺭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺤﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺜﻑ ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻁﻭﻴل ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻓﺭﺼﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤ‪‬ﺴﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ ﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺩﺨﻼﺘﻪ ﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﺸﺭ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻘﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﻴﺼﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻘل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﺩل ﻨﻤﻭ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﻋﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺩﻋﻤ ﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪354‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴـﻭﻕ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭﺍﺕ ـ ﻭﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ـ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺤﻘل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻭﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻨﺎﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼ ﹰ‬
‫ﺴﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻱ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺼﻭل ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻴﺸﻤل ﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﺼﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺤﺩ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺈﺠﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺩ ﻭﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﺸﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻼﺕ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻭﺘﻀﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻏﺸﺎﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺒﺼﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺸل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﻭﺭ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻲ ﺤﺎﺴﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻴﻤﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺼﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻟﺒﺙ ﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪355‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺠﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻔﺽ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻵﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺨﻼل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻭﺜﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻭﺌﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻬﺭ ﻭﻜﻤﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻤﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺠل ﺠﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﻤﺎﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺒﺢ ﺒﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﺴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺼﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ " ﻻ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻀﺭﺍﺭ " ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﹰﺎ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺴﻭﺀ ﻭﺸﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻤل ﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﺒﺜﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺒﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﺁﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺩﻟﻴل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺼل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻬل ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺒﻜل ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺘﻠﻭﻴﺜﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺩﺭﻴﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺭﺒﺢ ﺯﺍﺌل ﻭﻓﺎﻨﻲ ‪ " .‬ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺒﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻜﺴﺒﺕ ﺃﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺫﻴﻘﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺭﺠﻌﻭﻥ " ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻡ ‪ " ، 41 :‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻔﺴـﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺼﻼﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻭﻩ ﺨﻭﻓ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻁﻤﻌ ﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻨﻴﻥ "‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺭﺍﻑ ‪ " ، 6 :‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻔﺴﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺼﻠﺤﻭﻥ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﺍﺀ ‪ 151 :‬ـ ‪. 152‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ـ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺘﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺭﺏ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﺉ ﻟﻠﻔﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﻓﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬

‫‪356‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻨﺸـﺎﻁ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻜﻠﻴ ﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘل ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺸﺭ‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﻓﺠﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻟﻺﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﻓﺠﻭﺓ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻘل ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ ( ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ـ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ـ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻑ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼ‬
‫ﺘﻐﻠﻴﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻭﺍﻕ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺨﻔﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺌﺩﹰﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ـ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﺇﺨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ـ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠ‪‬ﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻨﻪ ﻷﻤﺭ ﻏﺭﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ ﺨﻠﻔﻴﹰﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺇ ﹼ‬

‫‪357‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﺒﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻤﻠﻤﻭﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺸﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻲ ﻭﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒل ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺨﻠﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻷﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 2000‬ﻡ ﻭﺠﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺨﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪2009‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ـ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ، Civil Engineering Task Force‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺤﻴﻔﺔ ‪ Engineering News Rcord‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪11 / 29‬‬

‫‪ 1979 /‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ـ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ‪ International Construction‬ﻭﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺭﺓ ‪1975‬‬

‫ـ ‪. / 1990‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ـ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻟﻲ ) ﻜﺘﺏ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ ( ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﻤﻠﺤﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ‪ 1973 ،‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ـ ﻨﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻭﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪358‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺒﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺭﻱ ﺇﻀﺎﻓ ﹰﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﺜﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺨﻁﻴﺭ ﻭﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻭﺘﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺒﺌﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﺭﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﻤﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻲ ﻴﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻀﻲ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻜﻠﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻑ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻫﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﺜﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻱ(‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ )ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل‪.‬‬

‫‪359‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻔﻠﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺠﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﻘﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﺠﺎﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺴﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻗﻤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭ ﻜﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 180‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﻁﻥ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪100‬‬
‫ﻜﻎ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺤﻲ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 50‬ﻜﻎ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :1‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻁﻥ ﻟﻜل ‪ 5000‬ﻗﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻭﻨﺩ ‪/‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺭﺒﻊ‬

‫‪10.95‬‬ ‫‪4.38‬‬ ‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪10.05‬‬ ‫‪4.02‬‬ ‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪278.25‬‬ ‫‪111.3‬‬ ‫ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻟﻜل ﻋﺎﺌﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪317.5‬‬ ‫‪127‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬

‫‪387.5‬‬ ‫‪155‬‬ ‫ﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪44.25‬‬ ‫‪17.7‬‬ ‫ﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬

‫‪360‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ )ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺩﻡ ﺃﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ( ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﺤﺩ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻜﻭﺍﻡ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺒﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﺭﺤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻤﺹ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻘﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻷﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺒﻘﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺴﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩ ﻭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 1‬ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :1‬ﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺃﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻗﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺨﺼﻭﺼ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺍﺌﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀل ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻤﺹ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ‪ 50‬ﻜﻎ‪/‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺹ‪ .‬ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻤﺹ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ‬

‫‪361‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻨﺴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 50.000‬ﻁﻥ‪/‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ % 20-10‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 10000-5000‬ﻁﻥ‪/‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪.% 18‬‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻤﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻜﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﻤﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﻄﺤﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﺮب‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﺎد اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪kg/m‬‬ ‫‪Gew.-%‬‬ ‫‪Gew.-%‬‬ ‫‪Gew.-%‬‬
‫‪0,70-0,79‬‬ ‫‪1200‬‬ ‫‪3-6‬‬ ‫‪4-5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0,60-0,65‬‬ ‫‪950‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪10-14‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0,60-0,65‬‬ ‫‪1050‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8-12‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪0,50-,060‬‬ ‫‪650‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20-25‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 3‬ﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺼل ﻗﻁﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ‪ 8‬ﻤﻡ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ % 75‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ) ﺃﻗل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ‪ 8‬ﻤﻡ( ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺃﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ % 18‬ﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺒﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪362‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪100‬‬

‫‪80‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫‪%‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪22‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫‪02‬‬
‫‪06‬‬
‫‪09‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪71‬‬

‫‪.2‬‬

‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪11‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪0.‬‬
‫‪0.‬‬
‫‪0.‬‬
‫‪0.‬‬
‫‪0.‬‬
‫)‪D (mm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ‬

‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺤﻥ‬

‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻁﺤﻥ ﻟﻸﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻁﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﻗﺒل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺸﻴﻥ ﻟﻸﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 6‬ﺴﻡ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﺭﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ‬

‫ﺒﻌﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻁﺤﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﺩﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﺘﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻠﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎل ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎل ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ ‪ 6‬ﺴﻡ‪ .‬ﺘﺨﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 6‬ﺴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻨﻘل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫‪363‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﻭ ﺃﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺴﻡ ﻓﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻺﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎل‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻁﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 2‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ :3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻡ‬

‫ﻭ ﻜﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ % 20-10‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺭﺍﺒﻴل ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻁﺭ ‪ 8‬ﻤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ :4‬ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‬

‫‪364‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫‪Newmark-Hall‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁـﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫‪ Newmark-Hall‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﺘـﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻷﻴﺔ ﻫﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻷﻱ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ‪ VB.NET‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻸﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪ [1] ،Newmark-Hall‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴـﺔ ﺒﻨـﺴﺏ ﺘﺨﺎﻤـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ‪ ζ = 0, 2, 5, 10%‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻭﺭﻗـﺔ ﺭﺴـﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻭﻏﺎﺭﻴﺘﻤﻴـــــﺔ ﺭﺒﺎﻋﻴـــــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـــــﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒـــــﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬـــــﺯﺓ‬
‫‪ EL -CENTRO‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1940‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺃﻜﺎﺩﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﺴﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﻤﻊ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ ،[1‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﺘﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪365‬‬
 ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬‬
‫)‪ (SDOF‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ )ﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪ -‬ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺠـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫)‪ (MDOF‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ )ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﺸـﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻷﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺒﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺫﻱ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ‪ SDOF‬ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺨﻁﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴـﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ T‬ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﺍﺘﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ ،f‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺸﻜل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻜـل ﻤﻨﺤﻨـﻲ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﻨﺴﺏ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤـﺩ ﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴـﺔ ﻤﻌﻅـﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﻐﻠﻑ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺫﻭ ﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ 84.1%‬ﺃﻭ ‪.[1] 50%‬‬
‫ﺸﻐل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﻭﻗـﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ‪،Newmark-Hall‬‬
‫]‪ [3‬ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻌﻅـﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ )‪ (Direct Integration Method‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ ﻁـﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤـل ﻤﻌﻬـﺎ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ( ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬

‫‪366‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﻭﺍﺼل ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،∆t‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺸﻜل ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺨـﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴـﺔ ﻤﺘـﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻗـﻴﻡ ﺜﺎﺒﺘـﺔ = ‪∆t‬‬
‫‪ ،constant‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﻪ‪.[2] ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻀﻭﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﺎﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻗل ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁـﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫‪ ، Newmark-Hall‬ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﻐﺭﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﺠﻬﺩﹰﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark-Hall‬ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺒـﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺒﺄﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻫﻅﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺩﻋﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ Demo‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﺔ ﻭﻨﺸﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻻ ﻨﻜـﻭﻥ ﻓﻘـﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ )‪ ،(SDOF‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark-Hall‬ﻭﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻷﻜﺜـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،[1] ،‬ﻭﺴﻨﺭﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻏﺎﺭﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻹﻅﻬـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺎﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ‪ ،SA‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪ SV‬ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ‪ (SD‬ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪367‬‬
 ‫‪ 1-3‬ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‪[1, 2] :‬‬
‫ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻱ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄ‬
‫ﺫﻭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ )‪:(SDOF‬‬
‫‪Mu&&t + Cu& t + Ku t = Ft‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ K‬ﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ C ،‬ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪ M ،‬ﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻔﺭﺽ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺴﻡ ﺒﻔﻭﺍﺼل ﺯﻤﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ‪ ∆t‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺨﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﺭﻴﺽ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ t − ti‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ t − ti‬‬
‫‪F (t ) = ⎜1 −‬‬ ‫⎜ ‪⎟.Fi +‬‬ ‫‪⎟ Fi +1‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪∆t‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ ∆t‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ti £ t £ ti +1‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻓﻭﺍﺼل ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪. t i = i ∗ ∆t‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ti £ t £ ti +1‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ t − ti‬‬ ‫‪t − ti‬‬
‫‪m. &y& + c. y& + k . y = ⎜1 −‬‬ ‫( ‪⎟.Fi +‬‬ ‫‪) Fi +1‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪∆t‬‬ ‫‪∆t‬‬
‫‪ :Fi‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ‪.i‬‬
‫‪ :Fi+1‬ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ‪.i+1‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:[4] ،‬‬
‫) ‪ξw (t −ti‬‬
‫‪y =e‬‬ ‫) ‪.[C i . cos ω D (t − t i ) + Di Sin ω D (t − t i )] + Bi + Ai (t − t i‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬
‫) ‪ξ.ω.(t−ti‬‬
‫‪y& = e‬‬ ‫)‪.[(ωD.Di −ξ.ω.Ci ) cosωD(t −ti ) −(ωD.Ci +ξ.ω.Di ).SinωD(t −ti )] + Ai (5‬‬
‫‪ω D = ω. 1 − ξ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(6‬‬
‫‪ξ = C / C cr‬‬ ‫)‪(7‬‬
‫‪ω = k /m‬‬ ‫)‪(8‬‬
‫‪C cr = 2. km‬‬ ‫)‪(9‬‬
‫‪ Bi , Di , Ci , Ai‬ﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ‪ Bi , Ai‬ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪368‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪Fi +1 − Fi‬‬
‫= ‪Ai‬‬ ‫)‪(11‬‬
‫‪k .∆t‬‬
‫‪F − C. Ai‬‬
‫‪Bi = i‬‬ ‫)‪(12‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y& i , yi‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ‪ i‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ‪Di , Ci‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪C i = Yi − Bi‬‬ ‫)‪(13‬‬
‫‪Y& − A + ξ .ω.C‬‬
‫= ‪Di‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫)‪(14‬‬
‫‪ωD‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (4‬ﻭ )‪ (5‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ‪ t i + ∆t‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘـﺎل ‪yi +1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ‪ y& i +1‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.[C i cos ω D .∆t + Di sin ω D .∆t ] + Bi + Ai . ∆t‬‬
‫‪ξω .∆t‬‬
‫‪y i +1 = e‬‬ ‫)‪(15‬‬
‫‪ξ.ω.∆t‬‬
‫‪y&i+1 =e‬‬ ‫‪.[Di .(ωD.cosωD.∆t −ξ.ω.SinωD.∆t) −Ci .(ξ.ω.cos.ωD.∆t +ωD.SinωD.∆t)]+Ai‬‬ ‫)‪(16‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ‪ t i + ∆t‬ﺒـﺎﻟﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫‪ y& i +1 , yi +1‬ﻤــﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌــﺎﺩﻟﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (15‬ﻭ )‪ (16‬ﻓــﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟــﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻀــﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻜــﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪. t = t i + ∆t‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪&y&i +1‬‬ ‫) ‪(Fi +1 − C. y& i +1 − k . y i +1‬‬ ‫)‪(17‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪ 2-3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪:[1- 3] ،‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ground‬‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﻫﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ) ‪(t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻋﺩﺩﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ground‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ) ‪(t‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ T n‬ﻭﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪ ξ‬ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﺎ ﺫﻭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫‪.SDOF‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪ground‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ) ‪ y (t‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ) ‪(t‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪.Direct Integration Method‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ y max‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻷﻋﻅﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺘﻘﺎل ) ‪. y (t‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻹﺤﺩﺍﺜﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪369‬‬
 ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2π‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ 2π‬‬
‫‪SD = y max ,‬‬ ‫= ‪SV‬‬ ‫‪.SD ,‬‬ ‫⎜⎜ = ‪SA‬‬ ‫)‪⎟⎟ . SD (18‬‬
‫‪Tn‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ Tn‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻨﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ )ﺏ( ﺇﻟﻰ )ﺝ( ﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻭﺍﺴـﻊ‬
‫‪ Tn = 0,02 sec → 50 sec‬ﻭﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪. C‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺭﺴﻡ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ )ﺏ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ )ﺡ(‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ – ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺒﺭﺴﻡ ﻗﻴﻡ‬
‫‪ SV‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ‪ ، Tn‬ﻭﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ – ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﻨﺭﺴﻡ ﻗﻴﻡ ‪SA‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﺭ ‪. Tn‬‬
‫‪ 3-3‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪ Newmark-Hall‬ﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪:[1, 3] ،‬‬
‫ﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫ﻨﺭﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ‪y go‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ‪ y go‬ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ‪ ( y go‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻨﺤﺩﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺩ ‪) α d , α V , α A‬ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪.[1, 3] ،1‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﺠﺩﺍﺀ ‪ y go‬ﺒﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﻴﺩ ‪ α A‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ‪ B-C‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻑ ‪.SA‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ -‬ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﺠﺩﺍﺀ ‪ y go‬ﻤﻊ ‪ α V‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ‪ C-D‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻔﺔ ‪.SV‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﺠﺩﺍﺀ ‪ y go‬ﻤﻊ ‪ α d‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ‪ D-E‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ‪.SD‬‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫ﺡ‪ -‬ﻨﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ‪ A = y go‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ ، T A‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‬
‫‪ D = y go‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪. T E‬‬
‫ﺥ‪ -‬ﻨﻜﻤل ﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﺒﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺼل ‪.A-B, E-F‬‬

‫‪370‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :1‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ‪.[1, 3] ،‬‬

‫ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﻀﺨﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻀﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨـﺎﻤﺩ‪5%‬‬
‫‪αd‬‬ ‫‪αv‬‬ ‫‪αa‬‬ ‫‪αd‬‬ ‫‪αv‬‬ ‫‪αa‬‬
‫‪2.73‬‬ ‫‪3.38‬‬ ‫‪4.38‬‬ ‫‪3.21‬‬ ‫‪2.31‬‬ ‫‪1.82‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2.42‬‬ ‫‪2.92‬‬ ‫‪3.66‬‬ ‫‪2.74‬‬ ‫‪2.03‬‬ ‫‪1.63‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2.05‬‬ ‫‪2.30‬‬ ‫‪2.71‬‬ ‫‪2.12‬‬ ‫‪1.63‬‬ ‫‪1.39‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1.69‬‬ ‫‪1.84‬‬ ‫‪1.99‬‬ ‫‪1.64‬‬ ‫‪1.37‬‬ ‫‪1.20‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :1‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ )‪.[3] ،(Newmark-Hall‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺒﻠﻐﺔ ‪:VB.NET‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺤﺎﺴـﻭﺒﻲ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻐـﺔ ‪VB.NET‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺴـﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨـﺎﻤﺞ‬
‫‪ SPECAD‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪) Spectral :SPEC‬ﻁﻴﻔﻲ(‪) Actual :A ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻲ(‪) Design :D ،‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪371‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﺔ ﻭﻨـﺸﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻻ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1-4‬ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪:VB. NET‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ VB.NET‬ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ Visual Basic‬ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫـﺎ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﺎﺸﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻟﺤﻘـﺕ ﺒــﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫‪ VB.Net‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤـﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ‪،‬‬
‫]‪.[5‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ VB‬ﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ‪ VB.Net‬ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻬل ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨـﺎﻤﺞ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺯﺓ ﺘـﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻤﻨﺤﻙ ﺘﺤﻜﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺼﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ ،run time‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺒﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻀﻐﻁﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺘـﺭﺠﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ compiler‬ﻓﻜل ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ‪ VB.Net‬ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ‪ VB‬ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ‪.[5] ،VC++‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺇﻥ ‪ VB.Net‬ﻤﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤـل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﻔﻬـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﺌﻨـﺎﺕ ‪object oriented‬‬
‫ـﺼﻭﺹ ‪Strings‬‬
‫ـﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪ Integers‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨـ‬
‫ـﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋـ‬
‫‪ ،programming‬ﻟﺩﺭﺠـ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ‪ Arrays‬ﻗﺩ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼـﺭ ﺨـﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻭﻭﺴـﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺠﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ‪ADO.Net‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺀ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘـﺎﺕ ﻗﻭﺍﻋـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﺄﻗل ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.[5] ،‬‬
‫‪ 2-4‬ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪:SPECAD‬‬
‫ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺫﻭ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ SDOF‬ﺒﺸﻜل ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ‪) SD‬ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺃﻋﻅﻤﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻴـﻑ‬
‫ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ‪) SV‬ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﻔﺔ ﺃﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪) SA‬ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻤﻁﻠﻕ( ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬

‫‪372‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻷﻱ ﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺫﻭ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺯﻤﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل ﺍﻟﺘـﻭﺍﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺠـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ 3-4‬ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻲ )‪.fo (cps‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺘﺭ )‪.∆f (cps‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ )‪.ff (cps‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪.ζ‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻲ ‪ ∆t‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﻜﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪ g‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪. SD, SV , SA‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺭﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪o‬‬

‫‪373‬‬
 ‫‪ 4-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪:SPECAD‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪.SPECAD‬‬

‫‪374‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1-5‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪:EL-Centro‬‬
‫‪ 1-1-5‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪:EL-Centro‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒـﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬـﺯﺓ ‪ EL-Centro‬ﻋـﺎﻡ ‪1940‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 3‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪ ζ = 0, 2, 5, 10%‬ﻭﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺜﻼﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﻏﺎﺭﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﺒﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫‪ ،4‬ﻭﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ .6‬ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 5‬ﻭﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ‪ [1] ،Chopra‬ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪&y&g / g‬‬

‫‪&y&g = 0.319 g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :3‬ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬﺯﺓ‪ EL-Centro‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.[2] ،1940‬‬

‫‪ 1-1-1-5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺃﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 4‬ﻤﻊ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ‪ Chopra [1] ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل ‪5‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.ζ = 0, 5, 10% :‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺼـﺤﺔ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪SD SPECAD − SD[ Chopra‬‬
‫= ‪% Diff‬‬ ‫‪* 100‬‬ ‫)‪(19‬‬
‫] ‪SD[Chopra‬‬

‫‪375‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :4‬ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ EL-Centro‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪1940‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ‪ ζ = 0, 2, 5, 10%‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :5‬ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ EL-Centro‬ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1940‬ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺃﺠل ‪ ζ = 0, 2, 5, 10%‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‪.Chopra [1] ،‬‬

‫‪376‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :2‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 4‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 5‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ‬
‫‪. ζ= 5 %‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )‪SD (inch‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪%‬‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ)‪T (Sec‬‬
‫‪Diff‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ [2‬ﻭ]‪Chopra [1‬‬
‫‪SPECAD‬‬
‫‪3.61‬‬ ‫‪0.0588‬‬ ‫‪0.061‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪8.81‬‬ ‫‪0.75‬‬ ‫‪0.684‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬
‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪2.52‬‬ ‫‪2.26‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪7.00‬‬ ‫‪4.2‬‬ ‫‪4.49‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7.00‬‬ ‫‪10.08‬‬ ‫‪10.76‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3.00‬‬ ‫‪10.1‬‬ ‫‪10.37‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 4‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 5‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ‬
‫‪. ζ= 0 %‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )‪SD (inch‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪%‬‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ)‪T (Sec‬‬
‫‪Diff‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ [2‬ﻭ ]‪Chopra [1‬‬
‫‪SPECAD‬‬
‫‪6.55‬‬ ‫‪0.168‬‬ ‫‪0.157‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪5.86‬‬ ‫‪1.108‬‬ ‫‪1.177‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬
‫‪4.35‬‬ ‫‪3.36‬‬ ‫‪3.214‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪9.29‬‬ ‫‪6.72‬‬ ‫‪7.409‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0..01‬‬ ‫‪21.84‬‬ ‫‪21.853‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6.44‬‬ ‫‪16.8‬‬ ‫‪15.718‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 4‬ﻤﻥ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 5‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪.ζ= 10 %‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )‪SD (inch‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪%‬‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ)‪T (Sec‬‬
‫‪Diff‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ [2‬ﻭ ]‪Chopra [1‬‬
‫‪SPECAD‬‬
‫‪1.36‬‬ ‫‪0.0588‬‬ ‫‪0.058‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪7.70‬‬ ‫‪0.524‬‬ ‫‪0.568‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬
‫‪5.41‬‬ ‫‪1.68‬‬ ‫‪1.776‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪6.80‬‬ ‫‪2.89‬‬ ‫‪3.101‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7.98‬‬ ‫‪8.40‬‬ ‫‪9.128‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪8.82‬‬ ‫‪8.875‬‬ ‫‪9.694‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪377‬‬
 ‫‪ 2-1-5‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪:EL-Centro‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ EL-Centro‬ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫‪y go = 0.319g‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ‪ ،3-3‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤـﻲ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪y go = 8.40 in‬‬ ‫‪y go = 13.40 in / sec‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﻘـﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺭﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ 1‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤـﺩ ‪ξ=5%‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪ α A = 1.39‬ﻭ ‪ α V = 1.63‬ﻭ ‪ α d = 2.12‬ﺜﻡ ﻨﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﺭﺴـﻡ ﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻥ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ‪.3-3‬‬

‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ‬
‫‪ ξ=5%‬ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻠﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ :6‬ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ El-Centro‬ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪،ζ= 5 %‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪.SPECAD‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪ SPECAD‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 6‬ﻤـﻊ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠـﻊ‪[1] ،‬‬
‫‪ Chopra‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 7‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪= 0, 5,:‬‬
‫‪ .ζ 10%‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬

‫‪378‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌـﻭﻱ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪.(19‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‪ :7‬ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ‪ N-S‬ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ El-Centro‬ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ )‪ ،(5%‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪.[1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 6‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪ 7‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ ‪.ζ= 5 %‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ )‪SD (inch‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ‪%‬‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ)‪T (Sec‬‬
‫‪Diff‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪Chopra [1‬‬
‫‪SPECAD‬‬
‫‪10.71‬‬ ‫‪0.0336‬‬ ‫‪0.03‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪0.70‬‬ ‫‪0.504‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬ ‫‪0.3‬‬
‫‪0.81‬‬ ‫‪1.008‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪2.82‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5.00‬‬ ‫‪8.40‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪8.00‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪379‬‬
 ‫‪ 2-6‬ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺸﺭﺡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠـﻲ ﻭﻁﻴـﻑ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺯﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺸﺭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻲ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ VB.NET‬ﻟﺘﻁـﻭﻴﺭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻊ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ‪ [1] ،Chopra‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻫـﺯﺓ ‪EL-Centro‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻭﺤﻅ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺯﺓ ‪ EL-Centro‬ﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪%0.01‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %10.71‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻨﺴﺏ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ [1‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪.SPECAD‬‬
‫ﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴـﺙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ )‪ (Direct Integration Method‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜـﺯﻱ ‪(Central‬‬
‫)‪ Difference Method‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪ [1‬ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠـﻊ ]‪ ، [1‬ﻭﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺃﻁﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ SPECAD‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻜـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪380‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Reference
1. CHOPRA A.K., 2005- Dynamics of Structures, Theory and
Applications to Earthquake Engineering, Second Edition, Berkeley,
California, 884.
2. KAADAN A., 2002- Dynamics of Structures, Theory and Analysis,
Aleppo University Publications, 523.
3. The Professional Journal of the Earthquake Engineering Research
Institute, 1999- Publication Procedures for Earthquake Spectra
Version 1.3.1, 14.
4. EBLING R.M.; GREEN, R.A., U.S. Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety
Board; FRENCH, S.E. University of Tennessee at Martin, 1997-
Accuracy of Response of Single-Degree-of Freedom Systems to
Ground Motion, 92.
5. www.vbnetworld.com, NET2005, Microsoft, USA.
6. KAADAN A., 2005- Advanced Dynamic of Structures, Graduate
Program-Structural Department, Faculty of Civil Engineering, Aleppo
University.

381
 A NEW TECHNIQUE

FOR STRENGTHENING BEAMS WITH CFRP

LAMINATES
H. M. ALLAM
Assoc. Prof. R.C.Department, H.B.R.C.

ABSTRACT: In recent years, fiber–reinforced polymer (FRP) plates

have been increasingly used to strengthen deficient reinforced concrete
structures due to their superior properties. A key issue in the design of an
effective retrofitting solution using externally bonded plates is the end
anchorage strength (1). A simplified technique for strengthening
reinforced concrete beams by CFRP laminates is proposed in this study.
This technique is based on eliminating the risk of peeling failure of
laminates or delimitation between FRP, adhesive material, and concrete.
This technique also deceases the procedures of applying the laminates to
the tension side of the beam. An experimental and analytical study for
evaluating this technique is carried out. In this study nine reinforced
concrete rectangular full-scale beams were cast and tested after
strengthening with CFRP Laminates. The experimental program contains
two groups. The first group contains five specimens. The fist specimen
was the reference beam (BR) which was tested without strengthening.
The second specimen was strengthened by applying CFRP laminate along
all its tension side (B1), while the third specimen (B2) was strengthened
by using the proposed technique. The fourth and fifth specimens (B3, B4)
were strengthened by the end block technique but with a strip 400, 1100
clear lengths respectively. In the second group the main reinforcement of
the beams were cut at different position to clarify the effectiveness of
using this technique to overcome deficient in reinforcement at different
sections. This group contains specimen (B5) at which the reinforcement
was cut at two points of maximum moment, (B6) at which the
reinforcement were cut completely at the center of the specimen, (B7)
where the reinforcement were cut off at two points near the supports and
(B8) where the reinforcement were cut off near the section of maximum
shear. An analytical approach based on the equilibrium of the applied
forced on the end block to get its suitable length which ensure that the
failure will happened by rupture of the laminates was carried out. Also a
computer program was used and the material properties were modified to

382
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

get the theoretical behavior of the specimens and compared the results
with the experimental results. Based on the present experimental work,
the results clearly showed the efficiency of this technique in enhancing
the ultimate strain and strength of the strengthened beams.
Keywords: beams; strengthening; carbon fiber-reinforced polymer
(CFRP).

INTRODUCTION
The in situ enhancement of reinforced concrete structures in flexure using
bonded plates of tensile strength material is a cost – effective , minimally
disruptive technique for improving structural performance(2). Steel plates
were used in early documented applications (Flerming 1967; Sommerard
1997) of the plate bonding technique, but unidirectional fiber reinforced
polymer (FRP) plates are now far more popular due to their higher
strengths, better corrosion resistance , and far greater ease of
transportation and handling.(7) A key issue in the design of an effective
retrofitting solution using externally bonded plates is the end anchorage
strength, and substantial research has been carried out on this issue. There
are three interface surfaces in this method where the failure can occurred
at one of them. The first surface lies between the FRP and the epoxy
layer. The second one lies between the epoxy layer and the covercrete ,
while the third one lies between the covercrete and the concrete cross
section confined by stirrups. J.F Chen and J.G.Teng (3) have collected the
available test data from the literature , and stated that the most common
failure of this system occurs due to crack propagation parallel to the
bonded plate near or along the adhesive/concrete interface, staring from
the critically stressed position toward the anchorage end of the plate. The
possible failure modes in the theory for an FRP bonded to concrete,
although they may be mixed in an actual failure are: -
1- Concrete failure 2- Plate tensile failure
including FRP rupture
3- Adhesive failure 4-FRP delimitation for FRP-
to-concrete joints
5- Concrete-to-adhesive interfacial failure 6- Plate-to-adhesive
interfacial failure
The data in the literature show that the most experimental joints failed in
the concrete a few millimeters beneath the concrete / adhesive interface
(Van Gemert 1980; Maeda et al. 1997)

383
The most common mode of failure is the end peel mode. The end peel
mode , shown in Fig. (1) starts at the ends of the plates and propagates
inwards along the beam. Inclined and horizontal cracks form in the
covercrate causing it to break away from the beam while remaining firmly
attached to the plate(4). This mode has been investigated experimentally
and analytically by many researchers (Jones et al. 1988; Roberts 1989;
Oehlers and Moran 1990; Zhang et al. 1995 ; Brosens and Van Gemert
1997, Saadatmanesh and Malek 1997; Rabinovich and Frostig 2000).
Some researches have concerned by fixing the laminates to the beam by
mechanical anchorage (2). At this study the main idea is to decrease or
eliminate the possibility of peel failure mode.

Fig. (1) The end peel mode

RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The objective of this study was to conduct a preliminary investigation into
feasibility of strengthening reinforced concrete beams in flexure using the
end block anchorage system, and also use this technique to overcome
reinforcement deficiencies or reinforcement cutoff along the beam in the
critical sections. Based on failure criteria for bonded systems, a goal of
the study was to have the composite strip remain attached to the beam at
least until the concrete failed in compression or rapture of the CFRP strip
to obtain a pseudo ductile failure mode. This technique also reduce the
repair effort to strengthen a beam.

EXPERIMENTAL WORK

Details of test specimens

Nine rectangular, under reinforced concrete beams were cast with
150*250mm cross section, 2800 mm total span length, and 2600 mm
clear span. Each beam has a bottom reinforcement of 2 Φ 12 high grade
steel, top reinforcement 2Φ10 normal mild steel, and stirrups Φ 8@ 150

384
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

mm. A concrete mix with a characteristic strength of 25 Mpa was used.

Six control cube specimens were cast for each beam, cured at the same
condition , and tested at the time of testing the beam.
The beams were divided into two groups. The first group contained five
specimens and concerned with the applicability of using this technique.
This group contains beam (BR) which was the reference beam and was
tested without strengthening. The second specimen (B1) was strengthened
with CFRP strip with a cross section 50*1.2 mm at tension face as per the
instructions provided by the manufacturer. The third specimen (B2) was
strengthened as (B1) but with the new technique which will be explained
later. The fourth and fifth specimens were strengthened by the end block
technique but with a strip 400, 1100 clear lengths respectively to study the
effect of laminate length on the behavior of the strengthened beam . The
details of the reinforcement of the first group were shown in Fig. (2).
250

150
250

150
250

150
250

150
250

150

Fig (2) Reinforcement Details of the First Group

The second group contained four specimens and concerned with the
advantages of using this technique to overcome reinforcement
deficiencies or cutoff reinforcement along the beam at critical sections.

385
This group contains specimen (B5) at which the reinforcement was cut at
two points of maximum moment, (B6) at which the reinforcement were
cut completely at the center of the specimen, (B7) where the
reinforcement were cut at two points near the supports, and (B8) where
the reinforcement were cut near the section of maximum shear. Bottom
reinforcement 2Φ6 normal mild steel were placed at the section of
reinforcement cut off to save the instruments against the sudden failure
due to the CFRP rupture. The details of the reinforcement of the second
group were shown in Fig. (3).
250

150
250

150
250

150
250

150

Fig (3) Reinforcement Details of the Second Group

Creation of end blocks for the tested beams
As mentioned in the literature (1-7) that the most common failure of
beams strengthened by CFRP plates occurs due to crack propagation
parallel to the bonded plate near or along the adhesive/concrete interface.
So the main idea of this research is to make the connection between the
FRP and the beam through a strong surface with adequate bond strength.
A rectangular block with length equal to the development length between
the CFRP and the epoxy (Ld) , width equal to the beam width , and depth

386
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

equal to twice the cover thickness plus the diameter of the main
reinforcement has been created at the two ends of the laminates. Choosing
these dimensions enable this end block to transfer the stress from the
CFRP strip to the main reinforcement of the beam without any risk of
peeling. These blocks have been made from epoxy. Fine gravel and
coarse sand have been added to minimize the amount of epoxy and
increase the bond strength between the CFRP laminates and the surface of
the end block. Fig.(4) shows the details of the end block.

C
C

C
Fig. ( 4) Details of the end block
Design of the end block
The end block in this technique is exposed to the following loads:-
1- The tensile force in the CFRP strip = A f * f r
Where:-
A f = the area of the FRP strip
f r = the rupture strength of the FRP strip
2- The compression force at the surface of the concrete at face (1) =
fcr * b * h
Where:-
fcr = the bearing strength of the concrete due to the compression of
the block
b = the breadth of the block
h = the depth of the block = 2C+diameter of the main
reinforcement
3- The bond resistance between the block and the concrete of the
beam along face (2) = Ld * b * f bu

387
 Where:-
f bu = the bond strength between the concrete and the block
Ld = the length of the block
4- The tensile and compressive resistance of the main reinforcement
of the beam that the block intersected = As * f y
Where:-
As = the cross sectional area of the steel that intersected by the end
block
f y = the yield strength of the main reinforcement intersected by
the block
5- The shear resistance of the stirrups of the beam that the block
intersected = 0.60 Ast * f yt
Where:-
Ast = the cross sectional area of the stirrups that intersected by the
end block
f yt = the yield strength of the stirrups intersected by the block
from equilibrium of the above forces , the following
equation can be obtained A f * f r = fcr * b * h+ Ld * b
* f bu+ As * f y+ 0.60 Ast * f yt .......(1)
The length of the end block is calculated from the equilibrium of the
above forces
On the other hand the length of the end block is calculated from the bond
resistance that required to bond the strip to the epoxy resin which is equal
to Ld * bond strength between the FRP and the end block material (f bue ) *
b strip.
A f * f r = Ld * f bue * b
strip....................................................(2)

Fig. (5) Shows the forces that acting on the end block. The save end block
length was the longer length from equation (1) or (2). The length of the
end block in this study was 300 mm length (Ld) which is suitable to fix
one strip of CFRP to the main reinforcement of the specimens.
There is a moment on the end block due to the eccentricity between the
line of appliction of the forces in the lingitudenal direction but it can be
carried by the stirrups in the vertical direction.

388
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig.(5) the forces acting on the end block.

Fig.(6) Creation of the end block

Fig.(7) The end block after removing the concrete

389
Application of FRP Laminates
The CFRP strips were bonded to the tested beams as per the instructions
provided by the manufacturer for (B1) and to the end block zone only for
all the other beams from B2 to B8. The properties of CFRP strips were
indicated in table (1).

Table (1) properties of CFRP wrapping*

DESIGN THICKNESS 1.20 MM
TENSILE STRENGTH 3500 N/MM2
TENSILE E-MODULUS 230000 N/MM2
FABRIC WIDTH 50 MM
ELONGATION AT BREAK 1.50%
* MANUFACTURER'S DATA

Specimens Preparation
The reinforcement of the specimens of the first group were prepared and
the locations of the end blocks were filled with foam during casting the
specimens. After more than 28 days the foam layer was removed , the
surface was roughened and the end blocks were cast using epoxy morter
with sand and fine gravel as a filler materials to minimuize the amount of
epoxy. The dimentions of the end block were 300mm length, 150 mm
width, and 50 mm depth.
For preparing the second group ,the reinforcements were cutt off at the
required sections and a light reinforement consisted of 2Φ6 were instulled
to prevent sudden failure after the stirps reaches its repture strength to
save the instruments after failure.
Instrumentations and Test Procedure
Three linear variable transducers (LVDT) with 100 mm gage length were
attached vertically under the points of application of the loads and at the
midsection of the beam to measure the vertical deflection each load
increment. An electrical strain gage was attached to the CFRP strip
surface to measure the strains. The load was recorded against the vertical
deflection and axial stains of CFRP at each load increment continuously
by data acquisition system. A hydraulic jack of 500 KN loading capacity
was used for testing specimens. Specimens were loaded under a
displacement control mode with constant rate of 2.0 mm/min. Fig. (8)
Shows the test set up.

390
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig. (8) Test set up

TEST RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Failure modes
Failure mode of the first group
There are three basic modes of failure noticed from testing the first group.
The first mode occurred to the reference beam (BR) which failed as
expected in flexure with extensive yielding of the tension reinforcement
followed by crushing of the concrete in the compression zone.
The second mode of failure was occurred to the specimen (B1) which was
strengthened by bonding the CFRP strip by the traditional method where
the strip was bonded along the beam span. The failure occurred by end
peeling which started at the end of the strip and propagated inwards along
the beam. Inclined and horizontal cracks in the covercrete causing it to
break away from the beam while remaining firmly attached to the strip.
This mode of failure has been investigated experimentally and
analytically by many researchers ( Jones et al. 1988; Roberts 1989;
rabinovich and Frostig 2000). This mode of failure is the traditional mode
for the beams strengthened by CFRP except for the cases where the
laminates were fixed at its ends by varies arrangements (Anthony et al.
2001; H. Latif 2002).
The third mode of failure occurred by rupture of the CFRP laminates. The
strip was cut into two parts away from the end block zones. This mode
was occurred to (B2) where the strip was bonded to the end block only.
From this mode of failure it can be noticed that the bond between the strip

391
and the block is sufficient and the end block was fixed strongly to the
tension reinforcement of the beam. This mode is the proposed failure
mode which enables the CFRP laminates to reach its rupture strength.
The specimen (B3) –the distance between the end block was 400 mm
clear length - failed by flexure failure as BR but the mid part of the beam
had almost no cracks and the failure occurred by two cracks just after the
end block zone.
The specimen (B4) –the distance between the end block was 1100 mm
clear length - failed by rupture of the CFRP strip as B2. Figure (9) shows
the cracking patterns of the first group.

Fig.(9) The crack pattern of the first group

Failure modes of the second group

The main mode of failure of the second group was by CFRP rupture as
specimen (B2) in the first group. The failure crack was initiated at the
section where the reinforcements were cut. After cut off the strip the
beams were broken into two parts. This mode was occurred in all beams
except B8 where the reinforcement was cut at one section near the
support. This beam was failed by flexure failure almost as the reference
beam (BR). Figure (10) shows the cracking patterns of the second group.

392
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig.(10) The crack pattern of the second group

From testing the specimens it can be noticed that using the end block
system decreases the risk of end peeling failure.

Load – Deflection behavior of the tested beams

The fist group
Because the reference beam (BR) is under reinforced so its behavior was
very ductile as shown in fig. (11) where the deflection increased as the
applied load increased until the beam reached its yield strength then the
deflection increased with slight increase in the load due to the strain
hardening of the tension reinforcement.
For specimen B1 which was strengthened by the traditional method the
deflection increased as the load increased until the CFRP laminate has
peeling failure then the load was dropped with approximately the same
deflection then the beam behaved as the reference beam.
For specimen B2 which was strengthened by the end block the deflection
increased as the load increased until the CFRP laminate has rapture
failure then the load was dropped with approximately the same deflection
then the beam behaved as the reference beam.

393
For specimen B3, which was strengthened by the end block with a clear
strip length of 400 mm, the deflection increased as the load increased. It
was observed that the middle part of the beam was not cracked. And the
failure crack appeared at the end of the block. The beam showed a ductile
behavior.
Specimen B4 which was strengthened by the end block with a clear strip
length of 1100 mm showed the same behavior as B2 but with smaller
applied load. figure (11) shows the load deflection curves of the first
group

3.5

2.5
Load*10( KN)

1.5

0.5

0
0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100
Deflection (mm)
Fig ( 11 ) load – Deflection Curves of the First Group

Table (3) shows the test results of the first group. From this table it can be
noticed that using the end block method increase the ultimate load of the
beam and also the deflection at yield. So using this technique enables the
beam to be more ductile and increase the efficiency of the CFRP
laminates.

394
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table 3 Test Results of the specimens

SPECIMEN PU (PU/PU (∆Y / ∆Y
∆Y (MM)
S (KN) BR)% BR)%
BR 18.6 8.0 100% 100%
B1 30 17.0 161.3% 212.5%
B2 37 24.0 199.0% 300.0%
B3 23 14.0 123.6% 175.0%
B4 29 21.0 156.0% 262.5%

The second group

All the specimens of the second group were behaved as B2 until the
CFRP laminates had cut then the load decreased suddenly to a low levels
due to the cut off of the main reinforcement and the failure crack was
located at the reinforcement cut off except B8 which behaved as the
reference beam BR. Figure (12) shows the load deflection curves of the
second group

3.5

2.5
BR

2 B8
Load *10 (KN)

B7
1.5

B5
1
B6

0.5

0
0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 -70 -80 -90 -100
Deflection (mm)

Fig ( 12 ) load – Deflection Curves of the Second Group

395
ANALYTICAL STUDY
Non-Linear Analysis of Composite FRP Concrete Sections
In this research, the accurate non-linear behavior of composite FRP
concrete sections subjected to uniaxial bending moment is simulated
using a numerical analysis.
The cross sections are composed of three different materials having
arbitrary stress-strain curves and cross sections, symmetrical with respect
to the vertical centroidal axis. These materials are concrete, steel ,and
CFRP laminates.
Actual shapes of the stress-strain curves as obtained from experimental
work were used in analyzing the composite sections. Fig ( 13 ) shows
the sress – strain relation ships of the concrete , longitudenal steel and
CFRP laminates respectively.
Bending moment-curvature relationships are defined accurately in a
numerical procedure. A computer program called ASAD (8) has been
used to analyze these composite sections using a non-linear numerical
analysis to model the non-linear materials properties.
A comparison has been made between the behavior of composite beam
using CFRP laminates and the refernce beam obtained from the
thioretical analysis and the test results.
Basic Assumptions
- The section is symmetrical about a vertical centroidal axis.
- The stress-strain diagram for each material is random and defined
numerically.
- The maximum allowable compressive strain for concrete is 0.003.
- The maximum allowable tensile strain for steel and FRP is 0.015.
- Plain sections remain plain after deformation.
- No slip between FRP and concrete is allowed up to failure, which
means full composite action is assumed up to failure.

396
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Fig ( 13 ) sress – strain relation ship of the materials

Figure (14) shows the experimental and thioretical results of the reference
beam (BR) , specimen B1 which was strengthened by the traditional
method , and specimen B2 which was strengthened by the new technique
using the end block. from this figure it can be noticed that there is a good
agreement between the thiotertical and experimental results for the
strengthened beams until peeling failure has been occurred to B1 , or
CFRP repture for B2.

3.5

2.5
Load (ton)

1.5 BR th

B2 th
1 BR exp

B1 exp
0.5
B2 exp

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Deflection (m m )

Fig ( 14 ) laod – Deflection Curves of the Thioretical and

experimental results

397
CONCLUSIONS
The present study shows that CFRP strips can successfully be
used for strengthening beams to increase the carrying capacity and
the ductility. Based of the test results of this study it can be drawn
that:
1- Bonding the FRP laminated only to the end block improve the carrying
capacity of the tested beams compared with bonding the laminates to the
entire surface of the specimens.
2- The proposed technique saves the effort in surface preparation, material
cost without appreciable effects on the carrying capacity and ductility of
the tested beams.
3- CFRP laminates can be used successfully to overcome deficient in
reinforcement at different sections without the risk of end peeling failure
by using the end block technique.
4- The analytical models gave good agreement with the experimental
results.

REFERENCES
1- Latif H" New Steel Anchoraging System for CFRP Strips" Structural
Composites for Infrastructure Applications, December 2002, Aswan, Egypt.
2- Salah O., Latif H., and Korany Y." Application of CFRP Strips in Repairing
Reinforced concrete Beams" First work shop on composites in the middle east,
Cairo, 2001,pp 519-638.
3- Chen J.F., Teng J.G “Anchorage Strength Models for FRP and Steel Plates
Bonded to Concrete” ACI journal of structural Engineering, July 2001, pp.784-
791.
4- Wendel M. Sebastian “Significance of Midspan Debonding Failure in FRP-
Plated Concrete Beams” ACI journal of structural Engineering, July 2001,
pp.792-798.
5- Anthony J. Lamanna, Lawrence C. Bank, and David W. Scott “Flexural
Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Beams Using Fasteners and Fiber-
reinforced Polymer Strips” ACI journal of structural Engineering, May-June
2001, pp.368-376.
6- C. Allen Ross, David M. Jerome, Joseph W. Tedesco, and Mary L. Hughes
“Strengthening of Reinforced Concrete Beams with Externally Bonded
Composite Laminates” ACI journal of structural Engineering, March-April
1999, pp.212-220.
7- Neale K., and Labossiere P. “State –of-the –art on Retrofitting and
Strengthening by Continuous Fiber in Canada” the Third Int. Symp. On Non
Metallic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structure, 1997, pp.25-39.
8- Fadel, A. M., (1987) “The Structural Non-Linear Behavior of Plane Frames
Using the Generalized Non-Linear Composite Material Properties” M.SC.
Thesis, Cairo University.

398
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﻨﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻊ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻜﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺍﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻁﺤﺔ )ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ( ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺯﺍل‬
‫ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺈﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺯﺍل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺼﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺒل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻲ ﺒﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻺﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺎل ﻭﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺠﻌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺘﺸﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺭﻤﺔ ﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺵ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺜل ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻴﻥ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﺏ ﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻫﺩﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﻭﻨﺒﻬﺕ‬

‫‪399‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺤﺎﺯﻤﺔ ﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪-1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﻅ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺸﻬﺩﺘﻪ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺒل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺤﺠﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺈﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪1997‬ﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻨﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ )ﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺘﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ ،(.‬ﻭﺤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻭﻓﺭﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﺒﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﺒﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﺒﺭﺝ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﺘل ﻭﺒﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺘﺢ )‪ 23‬ﻁﺎﺒﻕ( ﻭﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻹﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ )‪26‬ﻁﺎﺒﻕ(‪ . ...‬ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﺭﺤل ﺘﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ]‪ .[5 ،1‬ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﺨﺭﻴﺠﻭ ﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل‪ ،‬ﻗﺒل ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﺤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻟﻠﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﺎﺘﺫﺓ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﻔﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻜﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ]‪ .[2 ،1‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻲ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‬

‫‪400‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨﻴﺔ‪ .[6 ،4] ،‬ﺘﻜﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ‬
‫ﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺍﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻜﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻠﺤﻅ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻁﺤﺔ )‪ (Flat slab‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﻟﺴﻤﻙ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺸﻴﻭﻉ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻁﻊ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻨﺩﺭ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻏﺔ )ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ( ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺒﺈﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﺈﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻫﻲ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺴﻁﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻭﺘﺒﻌﹸﺎ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺠﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ )ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ‪50‬‬
‫ﺴﻨﺔ( ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺭﺯﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺠﺩﻭل )‪.[6،8] ،(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻟﻜل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻑ ﻟﻜل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻭﺸﻜل )‪ .(2‬ﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻫﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻭﻓﺭﹰﺍ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ )‪37-‬‬
‫‪ (48%‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺘﻡ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪.[8] ،‬‬

‫‪401‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺩﻭل ‪ :1‬ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻭﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﻫﻭﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ‬ ‫)‪(SG‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ(‬ ‫‪240mm‬‬
‫)‪(SG‬‬ ‫)‪(ton‬‬ ‫) ‪(m‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫)‪(SG‬‬ ‫)ﻋﺩﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪1851321‬‬ ‫‪629821‬‬ ‫‪1221500‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪168‬‬ ‫‪1745‬‬ ‫ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺴﻁﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫‪2012932‬‬ ‫‪944732‬‬ ‫‪1068200‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪137‬‬ ‫‪1523‬‬
‫ﻤﺼﻤﺘﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪1350532‬‬ ‫‪236232‬‬ ‫‪1114300‬‬ ‫‪25300‬‬ ‫‪132‬‬ ‫‪680‬‬ ‫ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﻭﺭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪1 $ Dollar = 2.25 GS‬‬ ‫)‪ :(SG‬ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ل ﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺘﻠﻴﻴﺱ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ )‪20-‬‬
‫‪ ،(30mm‬ﺃﻀﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻭﺯﻥ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻍ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ ،(50%‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗل ﺴﻤﻙ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (200mm‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻍ )‪ ،(100mm‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ﻁﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﺴﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺤﻭل ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻓﻼ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ،(3‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ‬
‫ﺴﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺼﺏ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬

‫‪402‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺼﺏ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁﺔ ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﺎﺼل ﺼﺏ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻹﺼﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤل‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺤﺘﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﺠﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺏ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺏ‪ .‬ﻨﻨﻭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺒﺨﻁﻭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺸﺂﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻲ ﺒﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻠﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻺﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭل ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل‪ .‬ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل‬
‫ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺎل ﻭﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﺭﻭﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ‬
‫– ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪ -‬ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ – ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ (...‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺒﺈﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3‬ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1-3‬ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻨﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ .‬ﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺜﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺘﻲ ﺭﺒﻙ ﻭﻋﻁﺒﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻬﻤﺎ )‪ (12%‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ )‪ (300000ton‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (2000000ton‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻌﻅﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺨﻼل ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﻤﺘﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺇﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻤﻨﺕ ﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (300$Dollar/ton‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﺴﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2-3‬ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ )ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻭﺼل ﺴﻌﺭ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﻥ ﻤﺤﻠﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ )‪ (1000$Dollar‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪403‬‬
‫)‪ (500$Dollar‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ )‪ .(600$Dollar‬ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ )‪(80000ton‬‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ )‪ (100000ton‬ﺴﻨﻭﻴﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3-3‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺇﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﺈﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻭﺒﺭﻤﺎﺭﻜﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻭﻓﺭﹰﺍ ﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﹰﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺕ ﺃﻭﺇﻨﻬﺎﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪-1-4‬ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ )ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ‪ 13m‬ﻭﻁﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫‪:[6] ،(30m‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪2000‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺴﻘﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻤل ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺸﻴﻨﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻋﻤل ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Strip footing‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻁﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻁﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻠﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺩﺙ ﺇﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺁﻨﺫﺍﻙ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺭﺼﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺨﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻨﺎﺅﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﻋﺩ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Isolated foundations‬ﻭﺸﻴﻨﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2-4‬ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﻜل)‪ ،(4‬ﺸﻜل )‪:[3] ،(5‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ )‪ ،(1800m2‬ﺇﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ )‪،(4m‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﺴﻁﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻹﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﺄﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻅ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺘﺠﻭﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪404‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪-‬ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻭﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺭﺍﻭﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ )‪،(1.11-1.92‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(2‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺘﻀﻤﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻀﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪ (fy=420N/mm2‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ )‪.(fy=250/mm2‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ )‪ ،(270%‬ﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(3‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﺠﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺩﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫*ﺃﻏﻔل ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺎل ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺤﻤل ﺍﻹﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﺤﻤﺎل ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ )‪ (50%‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺤﺠﺎﻡ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﻗل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫*ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺨﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ )‪ (50%‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺠﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻗﺏ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺇﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺠﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻗﺏ‬
‫ل ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻋﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻗﺹ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ) ‪ (50%‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(σall=160kN/m2‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺤﺔ )‪.(σall=200kN/m2‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻠل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻀﻠﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺠﻨﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺸﻤﺎل ﺠﻨﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪405‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺩﺓ )‪ (C1‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪C1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ‬
‫‪250*45‬‬ ‫‪250*45‬‬ ‫‪250*45‬‬ ‫‪250*45‬‬ ‫‪250*45‬‬ ‫‪b*h‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﻨﻔﺫ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪Existing‬‬
‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪b*h‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ‬
‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪10Ø16‬‬ ‫‪10Ø16‬‬ ‫‪10Ø16‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫‪Designed‬‬
‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪250*50‬‬ ‫‪300*55‬‬ ‫‪300*60‬‬ ‫‪350*70‬‬ ‫‪b*h‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﻨﺎﺘﺞ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪8Ø16‬‬ ‫‪10Ø16‬‬ ‫‪10Ø16‬‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫‪Redesigne‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪1457‬‬ ‫‪1457‬‬ ‫‪1457‬‬ ‫‪1457‬‬ ‫‪1457‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ) ‪Existing‬‬
‫‪(Capacity‬‬
‫)‪(kN‬‬
‫‪1611‬‬ ‫‪1611‬‬ ‫‪1961‬‬ ‫‪2222‬‬ ‫‪2791‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫) ‪Redesigned‬‬
‫‪(kN) (Capacity‬‬
‫‪1.11‬‬ ‫‪1.11‬‬ ‫‪1.35‬‬ ‫‪1.53‬‬ ‫‪1.92‬‬ ‫‪(Redesigned‬‬
‫‪Capacity/Existing‬‬
‫)‪Capacity‬‬

‫‪406‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ )‪ (F1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪F1‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺇﺘﺠﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻁ )‪(m‬‬
‫) ‪(m‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫)‪(m‬‬
‫‪5.76‬‬ ‫‪Ø16@150e.w.‬‬ ‫‪0.600‬‬ ‫‪2.400*2.400‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ‪Existing‬‬
‫‪5.76‬‬ ‫‪Ø16@150e.w.‬‬ ‫‪0.600‬‬ ‫‪2.400*2.400‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ‪Designed‬‬
‫‪15.60‬‬ ‫‪Ø16@100e.w.‬‬ ‫‪0.650‬‬ ‫‪3.950*3.950‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫‪Redesigned‬‬
‫‪2.71%‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪Redesigned/Existing‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﻜﺘﺴﺏ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺘﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺴﺘﻐﻠﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ‪.‬‬
‫‪-5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ل ﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺨﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺎل ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫‪-‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺠﺭﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻜﻭﺩ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﻼﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺃﺴﻭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﻭﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪407‬‬
 ‫‪-‬ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﺴﻘﺎﻴﺔ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻨﺎﺥ‬
‫ﺤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻭﺘﺫﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﻨﻘل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪-6‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪:‬‬
‫]‪ [1‬ﻤﺩﺜﺭ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ‪ :‬ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪-‬‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ‪2004 ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [2‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ‪-‬ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺤﺴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺴﺒل‬
‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ‪2006 ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [3‬ﺃﺒﻭﺒﻜﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻫﺎﺏ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺩﺍﷲ ﺨﻭﺠﻠﻲ‪ -‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺼﻴﺎﻡ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪ -‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،44‬ﺹ‪ ،70-57‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ‪2005‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [4‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻲ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ ‪2003‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [5‬ﺭﻓﻌﺕ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺴﻼﻡ ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﺼﺭ‪2004 ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [6‬ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪ -‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻁﻭﻡ‪2006 ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [7‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ ‪ :‬ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﺩﻋﺔ – ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺭﻱ – ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ – ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﺯﻴﺭﺍﻥ ‪2008‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [8‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ‪ :‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ – ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ – ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫)‪ – (1‬ﺹ ‪ ، 45-25‬ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ – ﺃﻴﻠﻭل ‪2004‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪408‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪ :(1‬ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻟﻜل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﻜل )‪ :(2‬ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ‪ +‬ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﻟﻜل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‪.‬‬

‫‪409‬‬
‫ﺸﻜل ‪ :3‬ﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ‬

‫‪410‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺸﻜل ‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺩﺓ‬

‫‪411‬‬
‫ﺸﻜل ‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻀﻲ ﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺎﻁ‬

‫‪412‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

BEHAVIOUR OF ELASTICITY MODULUS

DUE TO PLASTIC DEFORMATION
A.G. SHCHERBO
POLOTSK STATE UNIVERSITY, BELARUS

WE CONSIDER the existing solutions to the problem of dependence of the

metal elasticity modulus on plastic deformation to be inadequate since the
actual behaviour of elasticity modulus has not been investigated thus far.
The paper reports the experimental research on the actual steel elasticity
modulus varying due to plastic deformation, all the measurements being
as accurate as possible. Methods of elasticity modulus determination were
developed. Both Young's modulus and the shear modulus were found to
reduce by up to 10%. When plastic deformation of an inverse sign is
applied to the material subjected previously to plastic strain, partial
restoration of the elasticity modulus values takes place.

Goal of the research and methodology

This paper investigates Young's and shear modulus (E and G,
respectively) which depend on plastic deformations which appear at
simple stretching and shearing. The tests were carried out using special
equipment where loading was applied by means of suitable weights. The
deformations were measured with the aid of the extensometers which
made it possible to register absolute longitudinal deformations of 1м
amounting to relative deformation of 0.5×10-4. The minimum relative
shear deformations were 0.3×10-4.
The samples in the form of tubular specimens made of steel
1X18H10T with the outside diameter of 12 mm and wall thickness of 0.4
mm, and tubular specimens made of Steel 10 with the outside diameter 10
mm and wall thickness 0.6 mm, were preliminarily subjected to
recrystallization tempering.
Tests were carried out on all 15 samples. Most of them were
preliminarily twisted plastically, since in this case the cross-sections
remain stable during plastic deformation. This prevents additional errors
in elasticity modulus calculation.
The graphs are drawn in σ i − ∈i coordinates. For stretching, these
coordinates were S `1 = σ and ∈1 = ε , respectively; for twisting shearing

413
S 2 = τ 3 and ∈2 = γ 3 ( σ and τ actual stresses; ε and γ –
conventional deformations).
To fulfill the task set in this paper, it was necessary to apply methods
that would allow to define the elasticity modulus with the least possible
errors.

Experimental analyses
Figure 1 presents a typical deformation curve at unloading and
repeated loading for the steel sample 1X18H10T, preliminarily subjected
to 160×10-4 of plastic shearing deformation.

FIG. 1. σ i − ε i , curve at initial unloading (1) and repeated loading (2)

If all the deformation due to unloading or repeated loading in this case
these happened to be equal is to be regarded as the base for calculating
the value of the G modulus,50then it will be 100 45% lower
150than
∈2 the
×10 −initial
4

modulus value, but, already after the first repeated unloading, the explicit
deformation value turned out to be 25-30% lower than that at initial
unloading. This circumstance provided the basis for using such an
elasticity modulus value calculation technique, according to which the
samples underwent several cycles of unloading-loading in the course of
which the plastic deformations disappeared "fizzled away" in this range of
stress change, and unloading-loading curves practically merged in one

414
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

line. But, sometimes a rather narrow loop due to inner friction still
remained. In such cases the loop breadth was to be subtracted from the
whole unloading or loading deformation .
Figure 2 presents the tests results of a steel sample 1X18H10T that
underwent plastic deformation with the intensity of 100×10-4 by means of
twisting. Light dots correspond to the unloading curve, and shaded dots – to
the first loading curve. The initial shearing modulus was 8.07×104 МРа. The
modulus calculated by the whole deformation on the first unloading was
5.41×104 MPa, i.e., it decreased by 32%. The modulus calculated at the first
loading within the stress range from 60 to 140 MPa was 6.875×104 MPa.
This means a decrease by 15% as compared to the initial one. Then, within
the intensity range from 60 to 140 MPa, 4 cycles of loading-unloading were
carried out. Figure 2 presents the fourth cycle ( A В line). We see that there is
no hysteresis loop, the loading curve (semi-black dots) and the unloading
curve (black dots) merge into one straight line and, therefore, the loading and
unloading deformations can be considered as elastic. The elasticity modulus
has decreased by 5% as compared to the initial one and is equal to 7.65×104
MPa.

FIG. 2. Results of the experiment on the elasticity modulus definition within

tension variation range of 80 MPa. The AB line corresponds to the fourth cycle:
black dots–unloading, semi-black–loading.

To investigate the elasticity modulus variation depending on the

deformation diagram height at unloading and repeated loading (the papers

415 ∈2 ×10 −4
[1, 2] claim that elastic unloading does not obey the linear law and,
therefore, the elasticity modulus changes at the process of unloading) an
experiment was made, the results of which are presented in Fig. 3. The
sample (G0 = 8.37×104 MPa) in which the plastic deformation of the
intensity of 100×10-4 was achieved by twisting was almost completely
unloaded: from S 2 = 240 MPa to S 2 = 20 MPa (light dots correspond to
the unloading line) and then loaded again to S 2 = 140 MPa (p.A.). The
approximate modulus value G decreased by 30% as compared to the
initial modulus G 0 calculated from the unloading deformation, and by
11% if the modulus was obtained from the deformation corresponding to
the second loading (within the tension range from 20 to 140 MPa). Then,
starting from point A, several cycles of unloading-loading were carried
out within the stress variation range of 80 MPa (from S 2 = 60 MPa to
S 2 = 140 MPa). In Fig. 3 (the 4-th cycle is presented) black dots stand for
unloading, and semi-black – for loading. It can be seen that the
unloading-loading lines (AB) almost merged: the hysteresis loop breadth
was only 0.3×10-4. The modulus G decreased below the initial value by
4.5% and become equal to 7.98×104 MPa.

FIG. 3. Graphs illustrating invariation of the elasticity modulus value

along the σ i − ∈i line. AB and CD – loading-unloading line
corresponding to the fourth cycle.

416
∈2 ×10 −4
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Then the sample was unloaded to S 2 = 20 MPa and afterwards, loaded

again to S = 220 MPa (shaded dots correspond to the loading line). Then 4
cycles were carried out from point С by means of unloading-loading within
the stress variation range of S = 80 MPa. The unloading-loading line
corresponding to the fourth cycle is denoted in the figure 3 by CD. It can be
seen that the dots practically overlap. The elasticity modulus G = 7.97×104
MPa turned out to be equal (with the accuracy of 0.01) to the elasticity
modulus which was found within the stress variation range 60-140 MPa.
Thus, no change of the modulus G depending on the height of the
unloading diagram was delivered. This phenomenon was described in the
papers [3, 4, 6].
Hence, in order to clarify whether the elasticity modulus value, defined in
this way, would not depend on stress variation amplitude within which it has
been calculated, a special experiment was made. For the sample subject to
initial plastic shear deformation of the intensity of 240×10-4 the shear
modulus was defined at stress changes amplitude of 80 MPa. It turned out to
be equal to 7.6×104 MPa. Then the same sample was subjected to four cycles
of unloading-loading within the stress variation amplitude of 160 MPa, i.e., 2
times as much as in the previous test. The results of this experiment are
shown in Fig. 4.

FIG. 4. Results of the experiment on the elasticity modulus definition within

tension variation range of 160 MPa. The unloading line does not coincide with
the loading line. Loop breadth –0.0051%.

417
 The fourth cycle of unloading-loading is shown. The black dots stand for
unloading, the semi-black dots for loading, the hysteresis loop breadth
being. 0.5×10-4. In order to evaluate the elasticity modulus from
deformations which correspond to loading and unloading (they were
equal), the loop breadth was subtracted. The elasticity modulus turned out
to be equal to 7.69×104 MPa, i.e., practically equal to that obtained from
the unloading cycle with stress amplitude 2 times less (the difference is
1%).
Testing of all other samples gave similar results: elasticity modulus
values (both G and E) decreased at plastic deformation. The results of
these experiments for ten samples are presented in Table 1.

Table 1.

Sample numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Material st. 10 st. 10 st. 10 steel 1X18H10T
Plastic Stretch
deformatio ing 300 150 98 – – – – – – –
n ∈i .10-4 Shear – – — 160 140 120 150 110 90 150
Modulus ДE 10 6.8 5 4 6.5 – – – – –
value
ДG — 7.7 — 8 4.5 6 7.5 5 6.7 4.7
decrease, %

The data given in Table 1 do not allow for any conclusions concerning
the dependence of the decrease of elasticity modulus on the value of
plastic deformation imparted to the samples. But the tests performed on
three samples gave the convincing evidence that if plastic deformation is
imparted in consecutive stages with time intervals between these stages of
5-6 hours, then every new "portion" of plastic deformation is followed by
a decrease of the elasticity modulus. Using an example to illustrate this
result, let us present one of these 3 tests.
The sample was initially plastically twisted to a deformation of
intensity of 97×10-4. The elasticity modulus G was then decreased by
4.5% as compared to the initial one. Then, after keeping it under loading
for 5 hours, the sample was given the additional plastic shear deformation
of 143×10-4 after which the modulus decreased by another 4.2%. The
whole shear modulus reduction amounted to about 8.7%.
The results of two other tests were quite analogous what can be seen
from Table 2.

418
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table 2.

1-st 2-nd 3-d

defor- modulus defor- modulus defor- modulus whole
decrease mation
Sample mation decrease mation decrease deforma
increme increme
numbers increme value increme value tion
nt nt nt nt
ДG, % ДG, %
′ ′′ ДG, % ′′′
∆ ∈2 , ∆ ∈2 , ∆ ∈2 ,
11 97.10-4 4.5 143.10-4 8.7 – – 240.10-4
12 100.10-4 4.0 128.10-4 10.0 – – 228.10-4
13 97.10-4 3.0 70.10-4 4.0 81.10-4 10 248.10-4

Several tests were carried out to investigate the behaviour of the G

value which decreases following initial plastic deformation, i.e., plastic
deformation of the opposite sign. Figure 5

FIG. 5. Results of the experiment on how the elasticity modulus behaves when it
is reduced by initial plastic deformation, secondary plastic deformation of the
opposite sign, a – S2 – ∈2 curve at initial loading after reversal, b – unloading
curves (light dots) and secondary loading (shaded dots) after reversal. The AB
line corresponds to the fourth unloading-loading cycle.

419
presents the results of tests made on the sample (G0 = 8.37×104 MPa)
which was subject to initial plastic shear deformation of intensity of
240.10-4 (after which the shear modulus became equal to 7 . 6 ×104 MPa
i.e. decreased by 9%), and then, after the period of time sufficient to stop
the creep, twisted in the opposite direction by a value equal to 120×10-4 of
the plastic deformation. It can be seen from the figure that, contrary to the
results described in [1, 2], there is no straight portion on the deformation
diagram corresponding to twisting the sample in the opposite direction
(Fig. 5a). It was also not found on the diagrams of three other samples
tested. Therefore, speaking about the definition of initial shear modulus
does not make sense at this point. Then the sample was unloaded from a
stressed state corresponding from point С (Fig. 5b) to S 2 = – 20 MPa (p.
D on Fig. 5b) and loaded again to point A (shaded dots), corresponding to
S 2 = –180 MPa. Then four cycles of unloading-loading were carried out
from point A, the tension variation being 80 MPa. The shear modulus
was defined by the fourth cycle (straight line AB at Fig. 5b) where
unloading and loading signs coincided, and the modulus turned out to be
7.9×104 MPa. It increased by 4% a compared to the modulus evaluated
when the sample was subjected to plastic deformation in the initial
direction.
Another sample with the initial shear modulus of G 0 = 8.15·104 MPa
underwent the plastic shear deformation of 250×10-4. The modulus,
calculated according to the method mentioned above, decreased to
7.53×104 MPa (i.e. by 7.6%); then the sample underwent the opposite
sign plastic deformation of 230.10-4. Further on we denned the modulus in
the way described above to be equal to 7.75×104 MPa. It increased by
3%.
The analogous effect of partial restoration of elasticity modulus after
the sample undergoes plastic deformation of opposite sign was supported
by tests made on other samples.

Results
The results obtained allow to draw the following conclusions:
1. The elasticity modulus E and G of metals after being subject to
plastic deformation of intensity 1-10% decrease. The decrease in all cases
did not exceed 10% as compared to the initial modulus values. We
couldn't establish any rule of modulus variation dependence on plastic
deformation imparted to the samples.
2. The elasticity modulus value does not vary along the σ i − ∈i line,
both at unloading and loading.

420
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

3. When the initially deformed sample undergoes plastic deformation,

opposite sign partial restoration of the elasticity modulus occurs.

POLOTSK, BELORUS
April, 2009

References
1. A. M. ZHUKOW, Some peculiarities of the neutral loading curve, Izv.
Sc. Acad. USSR, ОТ Sc., 8, 1958.
2. A. M. ZHUKOW, Some peculiarities of metals' behaviour at
elasticoplastic deformation, In: The Questions of Plasticity Theory,
Moscow 1961.
3. J. L. JAGN, O. A. SHISHMAREV, Some results of elastic state limits
research of nickel samples being stretched plastically, The Report of Sc.
Acad. USSR, 119, 1, 1958.
4. G. AIWI, The tension-deformation and flow surface for alluminium
alloys, Mechanics, Collection of Review and Translations of Foreign
Periodicals, Foreign Languages Publishing House, N 3/373, 1962.
5. J. I. JAGN, O. A. SHISHMAREV, The research of plastic deformation of
metal pipes samples with thin walls at simultaneous stretching and
twisting, The Works Laboratory, 10, 1958.
6. O. A. SHISHMAREV, Effect of the third invariant of stress deviator on
the plastic deformation of metals for certain looding paths, 15-th Polish
Solid Mechanics Conference abstracts, Zakopane 1973.
7.A.G. SHCHERBO, On the Usage of the Experimental Research
Work Results of the Principles of the Plasticity Theory in the
course of «The Mechenics of Materials», Congress «Mechenic – 07»,
Belarus, Minsk, 2007.

421
422
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫‪423‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪424‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺼﻑ ﺩﻴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺘﻨﻤﻭﻱ ﻻ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﺒﺘﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻓﺎﻋل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺩﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺃﺴﻤﺎﻻ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻹﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﺓ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺩﻭل ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﺘﻘﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺽ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺘﻬﻤﻴﺸﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻔﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﺨﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺜﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺘﺠﻬﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻜﺭﻜﻴﺯﺓ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺸﻴﻁ ﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻲ ﻭﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺴﺠﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻋﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻘﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺤﻠﻘﺎﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺜﻐﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻜﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪425‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺇﺴﻬﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺘﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺜﺎﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻭﻴﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻴﺢ ﺤﺸﺩ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺨﻁﻁ ﺨﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻏﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻗﻔﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺒ ‪‬ﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻜﹼل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻭﺍﻜﺒﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺭﺠﻭﺓ‪ /‬ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺭﺘﻜﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯﻏﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺸﺒﻪ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻗﻁﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻌﻴﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﻄﻠﻊ ﲟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﲣﺼﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﻤﺔ ﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪426‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﹸﺘﺘﹼﺒﻊ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺒﺜﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫‪ 2007/7/17‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻗﺎل‪ " :‬ﺘﻭﺠﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻨﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺠﻭﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻏﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﺎﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺒﺩﺍﻉ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻭﺍﺀﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﺭﺹ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪427‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻜﺜﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﻘﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻭﺍﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻹﺴﻌﺎﻑ ﻭﺒﺄﻱ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺘﻨﻤﻭﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﻜﻤﺎل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺨﻁﻁ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ )ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل( ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪428‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺸﺒﻴﻜﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻘﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ) ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ( ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒل ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺒﻁﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻴﺯ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒل ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺭﺒﻁﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪429‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒل ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺠﻐﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﻭﻴﺸﻜل ﺠﺯﺀﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻜﺎﻟﺘﻌﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒل‬
‫ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﻴﺸﻜل ﺠﺯﺀﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﺽ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪430‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒل‬
‫ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻀﺎﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺒﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺭﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻗﺩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﺭ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻐﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪431‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺘﻐﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﺎﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻷﺴﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﻘل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﺌﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ )ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﺒﺭ( ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺴﻜﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺒﻁ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﺨﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻯ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﺘﻭﻁﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ) ﺍﻟﻌﺯل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ‪(...،‬‬

‫‪432‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻗﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻀﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻵﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﺌﻴﺎ ﺒﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺭﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﺽ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺤﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪433‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻨﻅﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‬

‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ‪ :‬ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻓﻴﻬﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻷﻱ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻷﻓﻀل‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻀﺎﺭﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺸﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻠﺤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺴﻨﻘﺩﻡ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻟﺤل ﺇﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤل ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺤـل ﻤـﻥ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻔﻌل ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤل ﺍﻷﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﺴـﻠﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺼﻌﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺀ ﺃﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﹸﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻨﻅﺭ‬
‫)ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﻘل ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪434‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻨﺴﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺤل )ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل( ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺈﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﻴﺎ ٍﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋـﻥ ﺤﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﺽ ﺘﻤﺎﻤـﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺭﺭ ﻏﻴـﺭ ﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻁﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗـﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺠـﺄ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺃﻗل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺭﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻭﺠﻬـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺩﻋﻭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ " ﺍﻷﻓﻀل" ﺤﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺤل ﺃﻓـﻀل ﻴﺭﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁ ٍ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺯﺍل ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒل ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻏﻴـﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺘﺼﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻜﺎﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ … ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﻤﺜـل ﻜﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌـﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﺜﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﺜﺎﺙ ﻤﻨﺯﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻠﻔﺯﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﺭﻭﺽ ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻨﺎﻗـﺼﺔ ﻤـﺎ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺴﻌﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ " ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل" ﻤﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺜل ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ‪ -‬ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ‪ -‬ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ‪ -‬ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪435‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺱ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤـﺩﺍﺭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ‪...،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻅﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺍﺭﺱ …ﺍﻟﺦ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ‪ :‬ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺭﺸﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‪... ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ) ﺃﻭ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ( ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻭﻤـﻥ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻨﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ‬
‫ل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺱ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻘﻪ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻬـﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺼـﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺭﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺘﻭﻀـﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻬـﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫)‪ (A‬ﻭﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‪ m‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤ‪‬ﻌﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ‪ ،A‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل ﻫـﻲ ‪a1, a2, :‬‬
‫‪.a3,……am‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻟﻔﻌل ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺤـﺩﻭﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻴـﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬

‫‪436‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ n‬ﻭﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ‪ . c1, c2, c3,……cn :‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ‬
‫‪.CR‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ o‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﺩﻴـﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘـﻀﻤﻥ ﻭﺤـﺩﺓ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺼﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ aij‬ﻴﻤﺜل ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺩﻴﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫)ﻋﻼﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺴﺭﻋﺔ…( ﺃﻭ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺎ )ﺠﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺊ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺠﻤﻴل …( ﻟﻠﺤـل ‪ai‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪،cj‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ A‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﹸﻤﺜل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﻁـﺭﻕ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺓ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ "‪ ،"Profile Method‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﺼﺎﻋﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻜـل ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺒﺨـﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻜﺴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﻴﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻭﻓﻕ ﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺨﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺭﺴﻴﺢ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺤﻠﻭل )ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ‪ ( A,B,C,D,E‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘـﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻬـﺎ ﺒﺜﻼﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻭﻜـﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻨﻌﻜـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪437‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪I‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪II‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪III‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪/‬ﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪270‬‬ ‫‪82000‬‬ ‫‪%20‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪40000‬‬ ‫‪%15‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪80000‬‬ ‫‪%3‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬ ‫‪%14‬‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪230‬‬ ‫‪30000‬‬ ‫‪%10‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪(1‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﺘﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﺘﻤﺜﻴﻼ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎ‬

‫‪…… E‬‬
‫‪.-.-..-.- D‬‬
‫‪.-.-.-.-. C‬‬
‫‪---- B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ –‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪438‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻤﺜل ‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻤﻔﻀل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ b‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻜﺱ‪ a ،‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻤﺘﻌﺎﺩﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻥ ‪ a‬ﻭ ‪ b‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻨﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻤﻔﻀل ﻗﻁﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫‪:aPb‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫‪:aIb‬‬

‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫‪: a NC b‬‬

‫ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤل ‪ a‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫‪: a Pf b‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ :‬ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻓﺭﻕ ‪q‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴل )‪ (p‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ) ‪ ،(p >q‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻓـﺭﻕ ‪ q‬ﺘـﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻷﺨـﺫ ﺒﻌـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻤﻭﺜﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪a I b ≡ |U(a)-U(b)| ≤ ≤ q‬‬
‫< )‪U(b)+q < U(a‬‬ ‫‪If‬‬ ‫‪a Pf b‬‬
‫‪U(b)+p‬‬
‫‪U(a) > U(b)+p‬‬ ‫‪If‬‬ ‫‪aPb‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ )‪ U(a)،U(b‬ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل )‪ (a ,b‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ )‪ (Pf‬ﻋﻥ ﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻜﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻥ ﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻌﻲ‪ P‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻓﺭﻕ ‪ . I‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﺭﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫‪q=0‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪P=0‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ )ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪: ( I‬‬

‫‪q≠ 0‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪P≠ 0‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺯﻴﻑ )ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪: ( IV‬‬

‫‪q≠0‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪P=0‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻲ )ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪: ( II‬‬

‫‪q=0‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪P≠0‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺴﺒﻕ )ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪: ( III‬‬

‫‪439‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺘﺒﺎﺕ ‪ p‬ﻭ ‪ q‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻗﺒﻭل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺌـﺔ ﻟﻴـﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﺘﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﻓﺭﻕ ‪ q‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺁﻻﻑ ﻟﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ U(a‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ .U(b‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ q‬ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺘﺎﻥ ‪ p‬ﻭ‬
‫ل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤ ٍﺩ ﺃﺩﻨـﻰ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ( ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤـﺔ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ‪:( Pα‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺭﺠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺤـﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﺃﻗل ﻜﻠﻤـﺎ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤل ﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻀـﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻤﺭﺸﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺯ )ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ‪:( Pβ‬‬

‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ A‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻜﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﺨﻴﺹ ﻤﺭﺽ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻁﺒﻴﺏ ﻤﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ )ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ‪:( Pγ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺈﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ‪ A‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺃ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻜﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻜـل‬
‫ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ :‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫‪440‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ )ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ‪:( Pδ‬‬

‫ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺒﺈﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺼﻑ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻜل ﺤل ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻜل ﺤل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺯﺍﻴـﺎ ﻭﻋﻴـﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩﺍ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤل‬

‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ‪Weight Methods :‬‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺤل ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺩﻤﺞ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﺒﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﻌـﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺘﺜﻘﻴل ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ )ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ )‪ (p1, p2, p3‬ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ) ‪c1, c2,‬‬
‫‪ (c3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ‪ c‬ﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪C= p1 c1+ p2 c2+ p3 c3‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﻴﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻴﻅﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴـﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﻌل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻨﺫﻜﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻴﻔﻀل ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻁﺒﻌـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺤﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪441‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﺩ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺤل ﺒﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺩﻤﺞ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺤل ﺴﻲﺀ ﺠﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﺍ ٍ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﺤل ‪ D‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺨﻁـﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﺭﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺞ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭ ‪ c‬ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻤﻌـﺎﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺘﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﺡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،300‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟـﺭﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ) ‪ ( 300-c1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺠﻌل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺘﻌﻅﻴﻡ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻨﻪ ‪ 2000‬ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪ /‬ﻟﻠﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩ‪‬ﻤﺔ ) ‪.( p2=2000 D/work‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ‪ :‬ﻭﺯﻨﻪ ‪ /3/‬ﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﻕ ﺃﻱ‬
‫‪.p3=3 MD/%‬‬

‫ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(2‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،C‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،A‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،D‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،B‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪E‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪III‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪II‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪I‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪A‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪164‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪254‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪175‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪C‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪289‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪D‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬ ‫‪192‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪E‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(2‬‬

‫‪442‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ 0‬ﻭ‪Normalisation : (1‬‬

‫ﻟﺭﺩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ ( 0-1‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻁﺭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺤل ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ‪ ai‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪vi = ai / max ai‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪vi = (ai − min ai ) / (max ai − min ai‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪vi = ai / ∑ i ai‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﻭل‬
‫‪p3=1,‬‬ ‫)‪ ،(3‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﹼﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤـﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪.p2=3, p1=1‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،A‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،C‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ ،B‬ﺍﻟﺨـﻁ‬
‫‪ ،D‬ﺜ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ E‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻤـﻥ ﻋﻴـﻭﺏ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺫﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪III‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪II‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪I‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪A‬‬ ‫‪0.166‬‬ ‫‪0.317‬‬ ‫‪0.323‬‬ ‫‪1.428‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.179‬‬ ‫‪0.152‬‬ ‫‪0.242‬‬ ‫‪0.877‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.248‬‬ ‫‪0.305‬‬ ‫‪0.048‬‬ ‫‪1.211‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪D‬‬ ‫‪0.213‬‬ ‫‪0.115‬‬ ‫‪0.226‬‬ ‫‪0.784‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪E‬‬ ‫‪0.194‬‬ ‫‪0.115‬‬ ‫‪0.161‬‬ ‫‪0.700‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(3‬‬

‫‪443‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺇﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺨـﻼل ﻜـل ﻤﺭﺍﺤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ً‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺤﺫﻑ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺤل ﺍﻨﻪ ﻓﻌـﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻻ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺤل ﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﻁ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁـﻭﻁ ﻏﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺍﻗﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺘﺤﻭﻱ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺘﺘـﺄﺜﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁ ٌﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺤل‪ b‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺤل ‪ a‬ﺃﻨﻪ ‪‬ﻤﺴ‪‬ﻴ ﹶ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺤل ‪.b‬‬

‫ﻁ ٌﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ D‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻨـﻪ ﻭﻓـﻕ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪ E‬ﻤﺴ‪‬ﻴ ﹶ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ) ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ (‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺴ‪‬ﻴﻁﹶﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﺴﻔل ﺍﻟﺤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ‪‬ﺴﻴﻁِﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪. E‬‬

‫ً‪ -2‬ﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻜل ﺤل ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺭﻴﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪444‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1968‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻁـﺭﺡ ‪ Roy‬ﻁـﺭﻕ ‪) ELECTRE‬‬
‫‪ ( ELECTRE = Elimination et Choix Traduisant la Réalité‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻨـﻲ ﻁـﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺫﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺫ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤـﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﺒـﺎﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺨﺎﺼ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌـﺔ ﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻜﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤـﻰ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﻌـﺩ ﺩﻤـﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒل ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻟﻜل ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺩﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬

‫‪ ELECTRE I‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪( I‬‬ ‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ )‪(α‬‬
‫‪ ELECTRE IS‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺯﻴﻔﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪( IV‬‬
‫‪ ELECTRE TRI‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺯﻴﻔﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪( IV‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺯ )‪(β‬‬
‫‪ PROMETHEE I and II‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺯﻴﻔﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل‬
‫‪( IV‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺃ ) ‪(γ‬‬
‫‪ ELECTRE II‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ‪( I‬‬
‫‪ ELECTRE III and IV‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺯﻴﻔﺔ )ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫‪( IV‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ )‪(δ‬‬

‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ )‪: (ELECTRE I‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ )‪ ) (A‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ‬
‫‪ N‬ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ A‬ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ *‪) N‬ﻤﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ(‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻔﻀل ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ‪ S‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪445‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ‪ S‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ ) ‪ a‬ﻭ‪ ( b‬ﻤﻥ ‪ ،A‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻘـﻭل "‪a‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ " b‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤـل ‪b‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴـﺒﺔ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ a‬ﺃﺴﻭﺃ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ ،b‬ﻭ ﻨﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪ ،(a S b‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺯﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺁﻥ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻤﺅﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓـﻕ ﻭﻤﺅﺸـﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨـﺎﻓﺭ ﻭﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ )‪ C(a,b‬ﻴﻘﻴﺱ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ "‪ a‬ﻴﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪." b‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻤﺅﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ )‪ D(a,b‬ﻴﻘﻴﺱ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫}) ‪M + (a , b ) = {j ∈ CR when Uj(a ) > Uj(b‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻠﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫}) ‪M = (a , b ) = {j ∈ CR when Uj(a ) = Uj(b‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ a‬ﺃﺴﻭﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪b‬‬ ‫}) ‪M − (a , b ) = {j ∈ CR when Uj(a ) < Uj(b‬‬

‫‪P + (a , b ) = ∑ p j‬‬ ‫) ‪∀ j ∈ M + (a , b‬‬

‫‪P = (a , b ) = ∑ p j‬‬ ‫) ‪∀ j ∈ M = (a , b‬‬
‫‪P − (a , b ) = ∑ p j‬‬ ‫) ‪∀ j ∈ M − (a , b‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻀﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪P = P + (a , b ) + P = (a , b ) + P − (a , b‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪C (a , b ) = P + (a , b ) + P = (a , b ) / P‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪D (a , b ) = 0‬‬ ‫‪If‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪(a , b ) = Φ‬‬
‫‪−‬‬

‫}) ‪(1 / δ j ) max j {Uj (b ) − Uj (a‬‬ ‫‪If‬‬ ‫) ‪j ∈ M − (a , b‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ δj‬ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻉ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ j‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ،C(a,b)=1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺃﻜﻴﺩ ﻭ‪ a‬ﻴﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ : b‬ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﻭﻕ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴـﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ C(a,b‬ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ D(a,b‬ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﻜﻠﻤـﺎ ﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬

‫‪446‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ل ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗـﺎﺕ })‪{Uj(b)-Uj(a‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ )‪ D(a,b‬ﻻﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺘـﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺠﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﺸﻜل ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﺼـﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ‬
‫‪.ELECTRE I‬‬

‫ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺤﻴﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪ c1‬ﻭﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ‪ ،d1‬ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﻭﻕ ‪ S‬ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪ a‬ﻭ‪b‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪a S b if C(a,b) >= c1 and if D(a,b) <=d1‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ‪ S‬ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺴﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺒﻨﻘـﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﻤﺜـل ﺍﻷﺴـﻬﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ( ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ‪ N‬ﻤﺅﻟﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ‪ c1‬ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ d1‬ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﻏﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻬﻡ ﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﺒل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻭﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ) ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ( ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻴﻨﺼﺢ ﺒﺸﻜ ٍ‬
‫ﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺤﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪: ELECTRE I‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺤل ‪ E‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل)‪ ، ( 1‬ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 0‬ﻭ‪ 1‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ) ’‪ ( C1’,C2’,C3‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪C1’=(270-C1) / 270‬‬
‫‪C2’=C2 / 82000‬‬
‫‪C3’=C3 / 500‬‬

‫‪447‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ – ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ( 4‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪A‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0.40‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.07‬‬ ‫‪0.49‬‬ ‫‪0.30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.33‬‬ ‫‪0.97‬‬ ‫‪0.06‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ‪D‬‬ ‫‪0.22‬‬ ‫‪0.37‬‬ ‫‪0.28‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪( 4‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪c1‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫‪p1= 1‬‬

‫‪c2‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫‪p2= 3‬‬

‫‪c3‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫‪p3= 1‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ( 5‬ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫)‪ ( 6‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪:‬‬
‫)‪.( δ1=δ2=δ3=1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪( 5‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0.8‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬

‫‪448‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0.07‬‬ ‫‪0.33 0.22‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪0.51‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0.48 0.15‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪0.34‬‬ ‫‪0.24‬‬ ‫‪+ 0.22‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪0.63‬‬ ‫‪0.12‬‬ ‫‪0.60‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪( 6‬‬

‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ( 6‬ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤـﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﺈﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻡ ﻤﺘﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺘﺒﺎﺕ ‪ c1‬ﻭ ‪ .d1‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ d1 =0 -1‬ﻭ ‪: c1=1‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل )‪ (a,b‬ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﻗﺎﻋـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﻭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺴﻬﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴل ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫} {=*‪N‬‬ ‫}‪N={A, B, C, D‬‬
‫‪ d1 =0.15 -2‬ﻭ ‪ : c1=0.8‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ASB‬‬
‫‪BSD‬‬
‫‪ d1 =0.25 -3‬ﻭ ‪ : c1=0.7‬ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ASB‬‬ ‫‪ASD‬‬
‫‪BSD‬‬
‫‪CSB‬‬ ‫‪CSD‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻡ )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪449‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪: ELECTRE II‬‬

‫ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺃ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻤـﻥ ﻁـﺭﻕ ﺤـل‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ELECTRE I‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤ ٍﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪C(a,b)=(P+(a,b)+P=(a,b))/P‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ﻓﻴ ‪‬ﻌﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﻭ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﻻﺠﺘﻨـﺎﺏ ﻤـﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻔﻴﺭ‬
‫)‪: ((Codage‬‬
‫)‪Dj(a,b)={Uj(b)-(Uj(a‬‬ ‫)‪For j ∈ M-(a,b‬‬
‫)‪Dj(a,b)=0 For j ∈ M+(a,b) or M=(a,b‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺩﺃﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻜل ﺯﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ‪ SF‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻴﻑ‬
‫‪ ،Sf‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺒﺜﻼﺙ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺕ ‪ c1, c2, c3,‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪1>c1>c2>c3>=0‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺸـﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﻘﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪C(a,b)>= ci (i=1,2,3‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ) ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻨﻔﺭﺽ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪M+(a,b) / M-(a,b)>=1‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ j‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺘﺒﺘﲔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫)‪d1(j) and d2(j‬‬

‫)‪where d1(j)<d2(j‬‬

‫‪450‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺈﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ )ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻴـﺔ( ﻭﻴﻌﺒـﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ‪ SF‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ‪ Sf‬ﻓﻬﻲ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪a SF b‬‬ ‫)‪if C(a,b)>=c1and M+(a,b)/M-(a,b)>=1and Uj(b)-Uj(a)<=d2(j‬‬ ‫‪∀j∈CR‬‬

‫)‪And/or if C(a,b)>=c2 and M+(a,b)/M-(a,b)>=1 and Uj(b)-Uj(a)<=d1(j‬‬ ‫‪∀j∈CR‬‬

‫‪A Sf b‬‬ ‫)‪if C(a,b)>=c3 and M+(a,b)/M-(a,b)>=1and Uj(b)-Uj(a)<=d2(j‬‬ ‫‪∀j∈CR‬‬

‫‪AIb‬‬ ‫) ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ( ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪. ( 7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬ ‫→‬ ‫‪c1‬‬ ‫‪c2‬‬ ‫‪c3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ‬ ‫‪SF‬‬ ‫‪SF‬‬ ‫‪Sf‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫)‪d1(j‬‬
‫)‪d2(j‬‬ ‫‪SF‬‬ ‫‪Sf‬‬ ‫‪Sf‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(7‬‬

‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪: ELECTRE II‬‬

‫ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ‪ SF‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ‪ Sf‬ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴـﻡ ﻗـﻭﻱ ﻭﺭﺴـﻡ‬
‫ﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ .‬ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪ :‬ﺘﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺒﻌﻜﺱ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺴـﻬﻡ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺤل ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﺩﺀ ﻟـ ‪.h=1 : h‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫‪451‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪ D‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻴﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺴﻬﻡ )ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ" ﻗـﻭﻱ ﺃﻡ‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻀﻌﻴﻑ(‪،‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻑ ‪.h‬‬

‫ﺤﺫﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺼﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(h+1‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﻕ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻨﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺭﺯﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻌـﺩ ﻋﻜـﺱ ﺇﺸـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺤل ﻤﺜﺎل ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ‪: ELECTRE II‬‬

‫ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫‪c1=0.9‬‬ ‫‪c2=0.8‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ‪c3=0.6 :‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫‪d2=60 MD‬‬ ‫‪d1=30 MD‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪:‬‬

‫‪d2=30000‬‬ ‫‪d1=15000‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪d2=10%‬‬ ‫‪d1=5%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (8‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ) .‬ﻗﻭﻱ ‪ ، SF:‬ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ‪، Sf :‬‬
‫ﻻﻴﻘﺎﺭﻥ = ‪.( I‬‬

‫‪452‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪D1‬‬ ‫‪D2‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫)‪C(ai,ak‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺝ ﺤﻠﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ‬
‫)‪(MD‬‬ ‫)ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ(‬ ‫‪%‬‬

‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪A-B‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪SF‬‬

‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪A-C‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪A-D‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪Sf‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪B-A‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪42000‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪B-C‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪40000‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪B-D‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪C-A‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪C-B‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.8‬‬ ‫‪C-D‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪D-A‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪52000‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪D-B‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬ ‫‪D-C‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪50000‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ‪8‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪D1(A,B)=20<d1=30‬‬ ‫ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺒﺄﻥ )‪ (A SF B‬ﻷﻥ ‪C(A,B)=0.8>c2 :‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪D1(A,D)=60‬‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ )‪ (A Sf B‬ﻷﻥ ‪C(A,D)=0.8 :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ A,C :‬ﻻ ﻴﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ ﻟـﺩﻴﻨﺎ ‪A,C‬‬

‫‪ B‬ﻻ ﻴﺼﻠﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺴﻬﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﺫﻑ ‪ A,C‬ﻴﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ‪ B‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺒﻘﻲ ‪D‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ( ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪D :‬‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪B :‬‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ‪ C :‬ﻭ ‪A‬‬

‫‪453‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜ ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪D,C‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪B‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪A‬‬

‫ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪C :‬‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪B :‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻜﻭﺱ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ :‬ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ‪A :‬‬
‫ﻭ‪D‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﹸﺘﻤ‪‬ﺜل ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺘ ٍﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﻜﺈﺤـﺩﺍﺜﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻭﺴﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪[BRANS & al 86] : J.P. BRANS, Ph. VINCKE, B. MARESCHAL- How‬‬

‫‪to select and how to rank projects: the PROMETHEE method, European‬‬
‫‪Journal of Operations Research, 24, p228-238, North Holland, 1986.‬‬

‫‪[MANGIN 98 a]: MANGIN‬‬ ‫‪J. C.: Aide à la décision et choix‬‬

‫‪multicritères, Cours du DEA, ESIGEC 1998.‬‬

‫‪[MARTEL 88]: Martel J.-M., Aide Multicritère à la décision, Document‬‬

‫‪interne, Département d’opérations et Systèmes de Décision. Université‬‬
‫‪Laval, septembre 1988.‬‬

‫‪454‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

[MAYSTRE et al 94] : MAZYSTRE L. Y. Pictet, J. Simos, J: Méthodes

multicritères ELECTRE, Presses polytechniques et universitaires de suisse
romande LAUSANNE 1994.

[MOUSSEAU 93]: V. MOUSSEAU, Problème lies à l’évaluation de

l’importance relative des critères en aide multicritère à la décision. Thèse
de Doc. Université Paris-Dauphine, 1993.

[POMEROL & BARBA 93]: J. C. POMEROL, S. BARBA-ROMERO -

Choix multicritère dans l'entreprise, Collection Informatique, HERMES,
PARIS, 391 pages,1993.

[ROY 85] ROY B. : Méthodologie multicritères d’aide à la décision,

ECONOMICA PARIS 1985.

[ROY & BOUYSSOU 93] : B. ROY, D. BOUYSSOU - Aide

multicritère à la décision: méthodes et cas, ECONOMICA, PARIS, 690
pages,1993.

[SCHARLIG 85] : A. SCHARLIG - Décider sur plusieurs critères,

panorama de l'aide à la décision multicritère, Presses polytechniques et
universitaires romandes - LAUSANNE, 1985.

[SCHARLIG 96] : A. SCHARLIG - Pratiquer ELECTRE et

PROMETHEE, un complément à décider sur plusieurs critères, Presses
polytechniques et universitaires romandes - LAUSANNE, 173
pages,1996.

[SENECHAL & TAHON 98] : O. Sénéchal, C. Tahon – A

methodology for integrating economic criteria in design and production
management decisions. Int. J. Production Economics 56-57 (1998) 557-
574.

[STEUER 86]: R. STEUER - Multiple criteria optimisation: theory,

computation and application, John WILEY, NEW-YORK,1986.

[VINCKE 89] : Ph. VINCKE - L'aide multicritère à la décision,

Collection Statistique et Mathématiques appliquées, Editions de
l'Université de Bruxelles, 179 pages,1989.

455
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺹ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﺘﺨـﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ‬
‫)‪ (CYCLONE‬ﻴﺤﺎﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺤﻘﻠﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻻﺤﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺏ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓـﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ %3‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻭ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻗـﺔ ﻤﻤـﺜﻼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃﻅﻬـﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭ ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‪-‬ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‪-‬ﺍﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫‪456‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻜﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ]‪. [1‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺒﻭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺴـﺎﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺕ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻁﻔﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﺫﺍ ﺍﺘﺠﻬﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻬـﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺍﻤﺜل ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺸﺠﻌﺎ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻁـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤـﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻟﻔﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ [2] .1973‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ) ‪Cyclic Operation‬‬
‫‪ (Networks‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ )‪ (CYCLONE‬ﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺸﻴﻭﻋﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﻠﺔ )ﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻁﺔ )ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤـﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤـﻭﺫﺝ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺎﻜﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗـﻊ ﻟﻔﻌﻠـﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭ ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻭﺼﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀل ﺘﺼﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ]‪ ، [3‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﺤـﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺎﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪.[2] % 20‬‬

‫‪457‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ %79‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺩﻗـﺔ ﺘـﺼل ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ .[3] % 75‬ﻜﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻭﺍﻓل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺤﻔﺭ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺎﻋﺩﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺨﺘﻠـﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ]‪ .[1‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ]‪ [5‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻤﻥ ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺤﻔﺭ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋـﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻬـﻭ ﺯﻤـﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻅـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺒﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺔ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻌـﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴـل ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻟـﻲ ﺒﻤﺠـﺭﺩ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ )‪ 7-1‬ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ( ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )‪ (2006-2007‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻤـﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴـﺔ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻜﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل ﺃﻤﺜﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻜﺄﺤـﺩ ﺍﻟـﻨﻅﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪458‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺘـﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻﺤﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨﻬﺠﺎ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺸـﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ )‪ (CYCLONE‬ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤـﺔ ﻟﻌﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﺎﻻﺴـﻡ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ )‪(CYCLONE‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺠﻭﺭﺠﻴـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺕ ﺇﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ " ﻫﺎﻟﻔﻥ"]‪ [2‬ﻭ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀـﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(1‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ﺒﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﻠﺜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻌـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﺩﺃﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻗﺒل ﺘﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻁﻴل ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴـﺭ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺄﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺩﺃﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴـﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺒﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻑ ‪ ، Q‬ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺨﺎل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻜﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭ ﻫـﻭ ﺒـﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻠﻌـﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪459‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ )‪(CYCLONE‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺒﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺘﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺒﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻴﻤﺜل‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻭﻗﻔﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ ﻻﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ )‪.(CYCLONE‬‬

‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪-‬‬
‫‪:(-1‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ .2‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ‪ .3‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻤﺜل ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪-7-5-4-1‬‬
‫‪ 13-14-15-11-10-9‬ﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻤﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪ ،2-12-11‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ‬

‫‪460‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ‪ 12-11-10-9-7-6-5‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻹﻨﺯﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻨﻘﺎﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﻭﺍﻤل‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﺍل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﻜﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‪ :‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺠﻌل‬
‫ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻗل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ‪3‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ ‪400‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺠﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺯﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻠﺌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺠﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻴﺤﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻴﻤﺜل ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻭﻀﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻑ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺠﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺤﺒل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪3‬‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺤﺒل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺠﺎﻫﺯﺓ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪8‬‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻑ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪461‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻭ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﺒل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﺼل ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﻭ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ‪16‬‬ ‫ﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 15‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬ ‫ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻑ‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻭ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ )‪ (Generation phase‬ﻭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﻟﻴـﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ )‪ (Advance phase‬ﺘﺩﺨل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻘﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤـﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﻟـﻴﻌﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴـﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜل )‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪462‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻫل ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻻﻥ‬

‫‪yes‬‬

‫ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻫل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ رﻗﻢ‬

‫‪no‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪة ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮة‬
‫ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫‪yes‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺪة‬
‫‪no‬‬ ‫ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﻔﺮوض‬
‫‪D=K‬‬

‫‪EET=TNOW+D‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪة اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺔ=‪D‬‬

‫ﺘﺴﺠﻴل‪EET‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺤﺩﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻟﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪TNOW:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺩﺓ‪K:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪D:‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ اﻻﺑﻜﺮ زﻣﻨﻴﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻﺣﺪاث اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﻤﻥ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪EET:‬‬
‫وﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎت اﻟﻰ‪EET‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻮارد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ) ‪Daniel W. Halpin‬ﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(192‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬

‫‪463‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ )ﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ( ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤـﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻜﺯﻤﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻨﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﻠـﻎ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫﺓ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 500‬ﻋﻴﻨﺔ )ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﻤﺩﺓ ﻜل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ )ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ 14‬ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪12‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪10‬‬
‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪125‬‬ ‫‪110‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺘﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‬

‫‪464‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺨﺎل ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺨﺎل ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺯﺃﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل )‪ (ACTIVITY DATA‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺄﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪ ،(PREDECESSORS , SUCCESSORS‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻨﻲ )‪ (QUEUE DATA‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻜﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻤﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺨﺎل ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫ﺨﺭﺝ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺭﺝ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﺯﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺭﺝ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻭ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (ACT‬ﻭ ﺯﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺩﺌﻬﺎ )‪ (SET‬ﻭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺌﻬﺎ )‪ (EET‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ )‪ (Generation phase‬ﻜﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ )‪ (Advance phase‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪465‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﻤﻠﻑ ﺨﺭﺝ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ )‪ (Generation phase‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ )‪(Advance phase‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﺤﻭل ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻤﺜل ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺯﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ )‪ .(AVERAGE‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪.(5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ‬

‫‪466‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﻴﺤﻭﻱ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﺜل ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﻤـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺤـﺕ ﻋﻨـﻭﺍﻥ ﺨـﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪. (activity output‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻡ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ‪ Q‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺠﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤـﺔ ‪14‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻠﻎ )‪ (14‬ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ‪14‬‬
‫ﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ )‪ (transport and dump‬ﻫﻭ ‪ 99‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪(6‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ‪ 14‬ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ )‪ (99*14=1386‬ﺒﻠﻭﻜـﺔ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ‬
‫ﺒﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪467‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﻤﺩﺓ ﻜل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪.(3‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺒﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻤﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ 50‬ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ( ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﺒـﺎﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻌﻴـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ %30‬ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻭ ﺘﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ 80‬ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﺩﺓ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻭ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل )‪4‬ﻭ‪5‬ﻭ‪(6‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺘﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺭﺼﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـﺯﻤﻥ )‪4‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ(‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (4‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ )ﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺘﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬

‫‪4.53‬‬ ‫‪322‬‬ ‫‪336‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪6.97‬‬ ‫‪602‬‬ ‫‪644‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2.86‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪1008‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪3.19‬‬ ‫‪1316‬‬ ‫‪1358‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪468‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (5‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ )ﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺘﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪4.17‬‬ ‫‪322‬‬ ‫‪336‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪16.28‬‬ ‫‪602‬‬ ‫‪700‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪12.58‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪1106‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5.32‬‬ ‫‪1316‬‬ ‫‪1386‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (6‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ )ﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺘﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬ ‫)ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬
‫‪13.04‬‬ ‫‪322‬‬ ‫‪364‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪16.28‬‬ ‫‪602‬‬ ‫‪742‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪23.25‬‬ ‫‪980‬‬ ‫‪1134‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪14.89‬‬ ‫‪1316‬‬ ‫‪1512‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻫـﻭ ﺍﻷﻗـﺭﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ ‪ %3‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭ ﺘﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺤﺫﻑ ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (7‬ﺸﻜﻼ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﺘـﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜـﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ‬

‫‪469‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪1600‬‬
‫‪1400‬‬
‫‪1200‬‬
‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﺑﻠوآﺔ‬

‫‪800‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪400‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫اﻟزﻣن )ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‬

‫ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻟﺣدود )ﻣﺛﻠﺛﻲ(‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻟﺣدود )طﺑﻳﻌﻲ(‬

‫ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻟﺣدود )ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ(‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻌدد اﻟﺣدود )اﻟورﺷﺔ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (7‬ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ )‪ (CYCLONE‬ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ % 20.61‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻘل ﻭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺃﻅﻬـﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل) ‪(7‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (7‬ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻕ‬

‫‪140‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ )ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪1078‬‬ ‫‪1190‬‬ ‫‪1288‬‬ ‫‪1330‬‬ ‫‪1330‬‬ ‫‪1344 1385‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫*‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬
‫‪1078‬‬ ‫‪1204‬‬ ‫‪1372‬‬ ‫‪1596‬‬ ‫‪1890‬‬ ‫‪2282‬‬ ‫‪2450‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1.17‬‬ ‫‪6.52‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪42.11‬‬ ‫‪71.58‬‬ ‫‪76.9‬‬ ‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ‪%‬‬

‫* ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ) ﺒﻠﻭﻜﺔ(‬

‫‪470‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨـﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﺃﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻌﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓـﺔ ﺒﺎﺴـﻡ )‪ ، (CYCLONE‬ﺘـﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺘﺠﺭﻴـﺏ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴل ﺃﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %3‬ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻤﺜل ﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺴﺒل ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﻴﻁﺭﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﻁﻭﺍﺒـﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﺭﺃ ﺃﻱ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﺤﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩﺍ ﻜﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺤﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻻﻤﺜل‪.‬‬

‫‪471‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬
1. FOAD, F. ; THOMAS, L. "Simulation Verifies Queuing Program
for Selecting Loader-Truck Fleets". Journal of Construction
Engineering and Management, ASCE, Vol. 120, No. 2, 1994, 386-
401.

2. HALPIN W.; WOODHEAD, Ronald W. Design of Construction

and process Operations, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
Ins,NEW YORK,1976.

3. HALPIN, W; TAREK, M. Simulation of Bored Pile Construction,

proceeding of winter simulation Conference, NEW YORK,
2001,1495-1503.

4. PHOTIOS, G. Discrete Event Simulation System Reference

Manual, UMCEE Report, University of MICHIGAN, No. 89-
11,(1990), 3-25.

5. SMITH, D.; OSBORNE, R. ; FORDER, C. Analysis of Earth

Moving Systems using Discrete-Event Simulation, Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE.Vol 121, No.
4,1996, 338-396.

472
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺎﺘﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺘﺎﺜﻴﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل‬
‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻯ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﻴﻬـﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﻜﻔﻭﺀ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻱ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺴـﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻋﻘـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟـﺔ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻭ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‪ .(2004 ،‬ﻴـﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﻭﺤﺠﻤﻪ ﻭﺸﻜل ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺒﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﺎﻻﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘـﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺤﺠﻤﻪ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻨﻲ‪.(1995 ،‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺎﺘﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪473‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‪(2004،‬‬

‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ( ﺒﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺜـل ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺎﺘﻲ ﺸﺭﺤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺴـﺎﺱ ﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻨـﺴﻴﻕ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﻤﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺙ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗـﺩ ﻤﻌـﻪ ﺒﻌﻘـﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺎﺘﻲ ﺸﺭﺤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻜـﻭﺍﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻤﺎﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻴﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻗﺩ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻭﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻨﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﺴـﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻱ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬

‫‪ 1-2‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺠﻭﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺎﻫﻴل ﻋﺎﻡ) ‪Barrie,‬‬
‫‪ (1981‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺘﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬـﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺒﺎﻜﺭﺍ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﻏﻭﻟﺩﻫﺎﺒﺭ‪ .(1982 ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﺴـﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻭﺫﻱ ﻤﺭﺍﺤـل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻤﺘﻼﻙ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺍﻭ ﻟﻜل ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﻴﺘﺎﻟﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻤﻌﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯﻩ‪ .‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺎﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﻬﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.(1984 ،‬‬

‫‪474‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺘﺎﺨﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻻﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻻ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﺍﻗل ﺴﻌﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠـﺔ ﻭﺤـﺼﻭل‬
‫ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻻﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻻﻱ ﺸﺊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻀﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﻭﻴﻘﻠل ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻀﺎﻓﺎﺕ )‪ . (Ahuja,1976‬ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺴـﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺼﺭ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﻼﻨـﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻜل ﻤﻘﺎﻭل ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺤـﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻤﻭﺭ ﺒﻴﺩ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻻﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ )‪ (Ahuja,1976‬ﻭﻴﻨﻘل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺒﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺩﺨﻼ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺠﺯﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻭﻤﺠﺎﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﺠﺯﺍﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2-2‬ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪(Fast Track) :‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠـﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﻭﺍﺯﻱ ‪Phased Design‬‬
‫‪ . /Construction‬ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺒﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻭﺭ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺎل ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻜـﺏ‬
‫ﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﺨل‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻻﻴﻌﻁﻲ‬
‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺘﺘﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘـﺼﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒـﺩﺀ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )ﻏﻭﻟﺩﻫﺎﺒﺭ ‪. (1982،‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﻌل ﻤﻨـﻪ ﺍﺴـﻠﻭﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻔﻴﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻁﺒﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ‪(Turner ,1989) .‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤـل ﻭﺍﻻﺠـﺯﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻜﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺫﻭ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗـﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫‪475‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺩﺍﺨﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻐﺫﻴﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴ ﹼﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺠﺯﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ) ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‪(2004 ،‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﺘﺸﺎﺒﻙ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴـﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻻﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﺠﺯﺍﺌـﻪ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺭﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ )‪( McNulty, 1982‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﻨﺠـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫) ‪ ( Fisk , 1982‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻭﺘﺤﺠﻴﻡ ﺍﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻓﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘـﻀﺨﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔـﺔ ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻻﻴﺨﻠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻤﺘﻼﻙ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺔ ﻋـﻥ ﻜﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻻﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺤﻘﻠﻲ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻤل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻱ ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠـﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﻰ ﺘﻌـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻻﺠل ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗل ﻭﻗﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻻﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻻﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻜﺜـﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺍﺒﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪(Turner ,1989) .‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1-3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ) ‪( Competitive Contract‬‬

‫ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﺎﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻁﺎ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺒـﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓـﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻭﻁﺎﺕ )‪ (Haplin, 1998‬ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1-1-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻻﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪( Lump - Sum Contract ) :‬‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻗﻁﻌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻱ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ )‪، (Barrie, 1981‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫‪476‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻠـﻪ )‪. (Kavanagh, 1978‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﻬـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺎﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻻﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻋﻁﺎﺀﻩ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻗل ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻟـﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ‪. (Adrain, 1973).‬ﻭﺘﻨﺤـﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺼل ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻴﻴﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺼـﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ )‪ (Ahuja,1976‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻤﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ .‬ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﺜﻨـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ )‪(Seeley, 1984‬‬

‫‪2-1-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﻌﺎﺭ ) ‪( Unit – Price Contract‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﺨـﻼل ﺯﻤـﻥ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ )ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‪ ، (2004،‬ﻭﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﻭﺴـﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﺤﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ )‪(Ahuja,1976‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺤـﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺨﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻴل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺯﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﻜـﺭ ﻭﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺠل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ )‪ .(Hendrickson ,1989‬ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻗﺒل ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ‬

‫‪477‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪3-1-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ )‪Bill of Quantities and Rates Contract ( BOQ‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗـﻊ ﻭﻤـﺴﻌﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻤﻔﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻘـﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل )‪(Ahuja,1976‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺎﺴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﻤـﺴﺎﻭﺌﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﻭﺠـﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻲ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺘـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻨـﻭﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ )‪(Adrain, 1973‬‬

‫‪ 4-1-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ‪Target Contract :‬‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻤﻨﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻜﻬـﺩﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼـل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻤﻥ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻌﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺠﻭﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺸﻜل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻜﺒﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻗل ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻤﻨـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘـﺎﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻤـﻴﻥ ﻟﻬـﺩﻑ ﺼـﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل‬
‫)‪(Haplin,1998) (Twort,1995‬‬

‫‪ 2-3‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺤـﺩﺩ ﻭﺘﻌـﻭﻴﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻴﺔ ﺼـﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺭﻯ )‪ .(Barrie, 1981‬ﻭﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺨﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل )‪(Glough, 1972‬‬
‫ﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻬﺩ ﻤﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺠﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒـﺭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﺠـﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺒﺎﺡ ‪ .‬ﻴﺤﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺠﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﻤﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﻴـﺭ ﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪(Ahuja,1976).‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﺒﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺘﻐﻴﻴـﺭﺍﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ )‪ . (Seeley, 1984‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻻﻴﺭﻏـﺏ ﺒﻜـﺸﻔﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺤﺭﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺤﺠـﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺒﻁ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺴﺠل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﻠﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻭﺘﺒـﺫﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬

‫‪478‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﺭﺩﺉ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺱ ﻻﺨـﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎﻋﻘﺩ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﺩ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺍﺠﻭﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺎﺸـﻜﺎل‬
‫ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻨﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺒﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻨﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺴﻘﻑ ﺴﻌﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺨﻴﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻨﺯﻟﻕ )‪(Blanchard.1976‬‬

‫‪ 3-3‬ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺍﻭ ﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ 1-3-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ) ‪( Turnkey Contract‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻭﺒﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻻﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﺩﺍﻩ ﻨﻅﻴﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻁﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺠﺫﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺼﻠﻲ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل )ﺤﻠﻤﻲ ‪ .(1991 ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﺘـﺎﺯ ﺒﺘـﺩﺍﺨل‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ .‬ﺍﻤﺎ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻜﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺠﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ )‪ (Ahuja,1976‬ﻭﻴـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ) ‪ ( Design - Build Contracts‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺸﻜل ﺍﺨﺭ ﻴﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺒﻤﻬﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻤﻘﻁﻭﻉ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺩﻭل ﻜﻤﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻴﺔ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻗﻭﻱ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻭﻴﻌﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺼـﻴﻎ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻻﻴﻼﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ )‪(Haplin, 1998‬‬

‫‪ 2-3-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩ ) ‪( Joint Venture Contract‬‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﻨﺸﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻋﻘﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﻟﺘﻭﻀـﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﻭﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ .(1984 ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺸﺎﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 4-3-3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ) ‪(Construction Management Contract‬‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻀـﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺒﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻤﺎﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‬

‫‪479‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺠـﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ .(1984 ،‬ﺍﻥ ﻭﻅﻴﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﻗـﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﺎﺜﺭ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺘﻪ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻁﻭل ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺃﻤﻨﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻘـﺎﻭل ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺌﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺸﻐﺎل ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺒـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﻠـﻑ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺘﻌﻘﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻭﺅﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻼﺨﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺅﺴﺱ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﻤـﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻼﺌﻤـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻋـﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺠﺩﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻤﺎﺸﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪480‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻌل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻻﺤﺩ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻋـﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺜـﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﺒـل ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺤـﺩﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻀﻭﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﺎﺜﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ )‪. ( Marks,1985‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﺎﺜﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﻡ ﺍﻴﻀﺎﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ )‪ .(4‬ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ )‪. ( Thompson,1981‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺅﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠـﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺯ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻬﻡ ﺠﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻜﺎﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻻﻀـﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻨـﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻭﻁﺎ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻁﻠـﺏ ﺴـﻴﻁﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﻀـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻠﺒﺩﺀ ﻤﺒﻜﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﺡ ﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻭﺽ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻗﺒل ﺒـﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻴﻌﺭﻀـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺤﺩ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺘﺄﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻤﺴﺢ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺤﺙ ﻜﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠـﻲ)‪(30‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﺩﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺩﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺭﺏ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻤﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻭﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪481‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺅ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺘﻭﺴـﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﻭﺘـﺼﻤﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﺘـﺩﻋﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﺴـﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻤﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ‪ 50‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ )‪(42‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻫﻤل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌـﺩﺩ‬
‫)‪ (38‬ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻑ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﻀﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﻤﺜل ﺠﻬـﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬـﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺤﺎل ﺍﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﻤـﺎل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺩﺭﺠـﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺤﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺩﺨﻼ ﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬

‫‪ 1-6‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺠﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻐﻴـﺔ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻜﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1-1-6‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ) ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ( ‪-:‬‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻔﻀل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ )ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ( ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﻴﻭﻋﺎ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺩﺍﻭﻟـﻪ )‬
‫‪ (%97,4‬ﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ( ﺒﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪(% 36,8‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻤـﻼﺕ ﺇﻋـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺜﻡ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ )ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ( ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ )‪ . ( % 34,2‬ﺜﻡ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴـﺎﻟﻴﺏ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺭﻏﺏ )‪ (% 18,4‬ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭ) ‪ ( % 10,5‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﺩ ) ‪ ( % 44,7‬ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻓﻕ )‪ (% 31,6‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅ ﺇﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﻭﻴـﺔ ﻗـﺩ‬

‫‪482‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ )‪ (%100‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺘﺄﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺸﻤﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﻋﻤﺎل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﻀل ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻜﻁﺭﻑ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻱ‬

‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺕ‬

‫‪34,2‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪97,4‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5,3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﺠﻭﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪36,8‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫‪2,6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪ -‬ﺃﺠﻭﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺴﻘﻑ ﺴﻌﺭﻱ‬
‫‪18,4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪10,5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪31,6‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪44,7‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺃﻭ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺃﻭ ) ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ (‬ ‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ (‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2>-0‬‬ ‫ﻀﻌﻴﻑ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4>-2‬‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6>-4‬‬ ‫ﺠﻴﺩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8>-6‬‬ ‫ﺠﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10 > - 8‬‬ ‫ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪483‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ 2-1-6‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل‬
‫ﺍﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻜل ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻷﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻗﻤﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤﺼل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (7.17‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﺎﺩل ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ )ﺠﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ( ﻟﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ )‪ (8-6‬ﻭﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﺩ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ )ﺠﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ( ﻜﺤﺩ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻭل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤـل ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺩل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻗل ﻤﻥ )‪ (6‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺇﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻱ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴـﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤـل ﻤﻌﻬـﺎ ﺒـﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻻﺒﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻨﻁﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺤﻭﺭﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗـﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺏ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺤﺩ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺘﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺤﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻭﻩ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻗﺒل ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﺴـﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻋـﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻴﻐﺘﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺸـﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺠﺩﺍﻭﻟـﻪ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻤﺎﺸﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻌل ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﺴﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺒـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻁﻭﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺘﻜـﻭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺒـﻁ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺼـﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺸﺭﺓ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻬـﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪ .‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﺒﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤـل‬

‫‪484‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺜـل ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻻﻴﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺠﻴـﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ ) < ‪ ، ( 6‬ﻟﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﻤﺠﺎﻤﻴﻊ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺠﻴـﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ‬
‫)> ‪ (6‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺄﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1-7‬ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻱ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻓﻪ ‪ .‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻔﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻔـﻀﻴل‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﻓﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻓﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻭﺤﺠـﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘـﺯل‬
‫ﻭﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺘـﻡ ﺍﻫﻤـﺎل ﻋﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ‪ .‬ﺘﺅﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺴﻌﺭ ﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺘﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺠﺯ ﺩﻗﻴﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻬﻡ ﺠﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺘﺤﺕ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻤـﻭل‬
‫ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻭﻗـﺕ ﻜـﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻭﻤـﻥ ﺍﺠـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ‪ .‬ﻨﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺜـﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺒل ﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘـﻭﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻴﻨﺤﻭ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓـﻕ ﺍﻷﺴـﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺸﻐﺎل ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫل ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻭﻤﺎ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ؟‬

‫‪485‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻟﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻠـﻰ )‪(%70‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (%100‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻪ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻴﺎﻫﺎ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ (%70‬ﻭﺒﻌﻜﺴﻪ ﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ )‪(%30‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺌﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻫﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺌﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫)‪ (%70‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻻﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ (%70‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻜﺒﺭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻲ ؟‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺒﺭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻨﺢ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻻﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ (%70‬ﻓـﻲ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﻪ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺤﻴـﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ (%70‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺘﺘﻌﻠـﻕ ﺒﺒﺭﻤﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -12‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪. (%70‬‬
‫‪ -13‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ؟‬

‫‪486‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒـﺴﺒﺏ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺇﻜﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻻﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪. (%70‬‬
‫‪ -14‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﻜل ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻘل )‪ (%70‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -15‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -16‬ﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺤﺠـﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‬
‫‪ -17‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺘﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -18‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺘـﻭﻓﺭﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -19‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -20‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ؟‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‬
‫‪ -21‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ؟‬
‫ﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -22‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺼﻴﻎ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺤﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺩل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ )‪ ، (%65‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺤـﺼل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺩل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (%30‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻤﻴﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪487‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ –8‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻀﻌﻑ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺘﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻫﻤﺎل ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺘﺎﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺎﺜﺭﺍ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻀﺨﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﻼ ﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤل‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻼﺌﻤﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻻ ﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗـﺩ ﺘﻨﺤـﺼﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺒـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺘﻴﺔ ﻜﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺒﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﻋﻤل‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻭﺤﺩ ﻟﺘﺒﻭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻻﺤﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺩﻟﻴل ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺍﻭﺴﻊ ﻭﻭﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺸﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻼﺌﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺯﺍﺌﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺘﺠﻬﻴﺯ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ‪.‬‬

‫‪488‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

:(REFERENCES) : ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬-11
1- Ahuja, H.N.( Construction Performance Control By Net Work ) John wily
,Inc ,U.S.A. 1976
2- Adrain. James J. (Quantitative Methods in Construction Management) 1st Ed.
, American , Elesevier Publishing , Inc , U. S. A. , 1973
3- Barrie, D. S. ( Direction in managing construction ) John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
USA, 1981
4- Blanchard. Benjamin . S. “ Engineering Organization and Management "
Prentice Hall, Inc, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, U.S.A, 1976
5- Fisk, E.R.(Construction Project Adminstration) 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons,
Inc,USA, 1982
6- Glough. Richard H. (Construction Project Management) First Ed. , John wily
& Sons , Inc , U. S. A. 1972
7- Haplin, D. W. & Wood Head, R. W. ( Construction management ) Second Ed.
, John Wiley & Sons,Inc, U.S.A . 1998
8- Hendrickson , C.& Au, Tung ( Project Management for
Construction )1st Ed., Rentice Hall , Inc , Abivision Of Simon &
Schuster Englewood Cliffs , New Jersey ,U.S.A. 1989
9- Kavanagh, T. C. & Muller, F. & Obrien, J. J. ( Construction Management
Aprofessional Aooroach ) McGraw – Hill Book Co. , Inc , USA , 1978
10- Marks, R. J. & Marks, R. J. E & Jackson, R. ( Aspects of Civil Engineering
Contract Procedure ) Third Ed. , Pergamon Press Ltd . , Wheaton & Co., Ltd.,
Exeter , G.B. , 1985
11- McNulty, A. P. ( Management of Small Construction Projects ) McGraw -
Hill Book Co. , U.S.A. , 1982
12- Twort.A.G. & Rees .J. Gorder ( Civil Engineering: Supervision and
Management)Third Ed. ,Edward Arnnold ,Ltd ,G. B. London , 1995
13- Thompson, P. ( Organization and Economics of Construction ) McGraw-Hill
Book Co. , U.K. Limited , England , 1981
14- Seely, Ivor ( Quantity Surveying Practice) 1st Ed., Macmillan
Publishers, G.B., 1984
15- Stone, William C. & Carino, N. J. ( Investigation of East Chicago Ramp
Collapse ) ASCE , Management Journal 0f Construction Engineering And
Management , USA , Vol. 110 , No. 1 , MAR. , 1984
16- Turner. D.F.( Building Contract Disputes Their Avoidance and Resolution )
Longman Scientific &Technical , Longman Group , U.K. Limited , U.K. ,
1989

‫ ﺠﻤﺎل ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ) ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ( ﺩﺍﺭ ﺠﻭﻥ‬.‫ ﺩ‬. ‫ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ & ﻨﻭﺍﺭﺓ‬.‫ ﺩ‬. ‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‬-17
1984 ، ‫ ﺍﻨﻜﻠﺘﺭﺍ‬، ‫ﻭﺍﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺒﻨﺎﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

489
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -18‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻨﻲ ‪ .‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺠﻲ ) ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫( ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺭ ) ﻨﺩﻭﺓ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻔﺔ ( ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪1995 .‬‬
‫‪ -19‬ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ ‪ .‬ﺤﺎﺘﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ )ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻤـﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ( ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ -20‬ﺤﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺩ ) ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ( ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘـﺏ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪1991/‬‬
‫‪ -21‬ﻏﻭﻟﺩ ﻫﺎﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﺴﺘﺎﻨﻠﻲ & ﺠﻬﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﺸﺎﻨﺩﺭﺍﻙ & ﻤﺎﺴﻴﺭﻭ ‪ .‬ﻤﺎﻨﻭﻴﻠﻠﻲ ) ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ (‬
‫ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻴﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻨﻴﺱ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ & ﺠﻤﺠﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺎﻤﺭ ‪ .‬ﻁ‪ . 1‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺠﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻨﻜﻠﺘﺭﺍ‬

‫‪490‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪491‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪492‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

LABORATORY INVESTIGATION ON STRESS

CONCENTRATION BETWEEN STONE COLUMNS
AND SURROUNDING SOFT CLAYS

Dr. Mohammed Y. Fattah(1) Dr. Kais T. Shlash(2)

Dr. Maki J. Mohammed Al-Waily(3)
(1) Assistant Professor, Building and Construction Eng. Dept., University
of Technology, Iraq.
(2) Professor, Building and Construction Eng. Dept., University of
Technology, Iraq.
(3) Lecturer, Al-Musaib Technical Institute, Babylon governorate, Iraq.

Abstract
In this work, laboratory experiments have been carried out to study the value of
the stress concentration ratio, n, which is defined as the ratio of vertical stress
acting on the stone column to that acting on the surrounding soil.
A laboratory setup was manufactured in which two proving rings are
used to measure the total load applied to the soil-stone column system and
the individual load carried directly by the stone column. The foundation steel
plates have 220 mm diameter and 5 mm thickness. These plates contain 1, 2,
3 and 4 holes, respectively. The spacing between all holes equals twice the
stone column diameter (D), center to center.
Stone columns made of crushed stone were installed in very soft clays
having undrained shear strength ranging between 6 and 12 kPa. Two ratios of
the length to diameter (L/D) were tried, namely (L/D=6 and 8).
The testing program consists of 24 tests on single, two, three and four
columns to study the stress concentration ratio and the bearing improvement
ratio, (qtreared / quntreated) of stone columns.
The experimental tests showed that the stone columns with (L/D = 8)
provided a stress concentration ratio n (1.4, 2.4, 2.9 and 3.2) for the soil having a
shear strength cu = 6 kPa, treated with single, two, three and four columns,
respectively. The values of n where decreased to (1.2, 2.2, 2.5 and 2.7) when the
(L/D= 6). The values of n increase when the shear strength of the treated soil
was increased to (9 kPa and 12 kPa).
Regression analysis was made to get a relationship for predicting the
stress concentration ratio. The observed data are 24 values of stress
concentration ratio n for 24 models of the soil treated with (single, two, three
and four) columns at three shear strengths of the soil (6 kPa, 9kPa, 12 kPa) and
with either (L/D) ratio, (L/D=6 and L/D=8).

493
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Keywords: Stone columns, group, stress concentration, laboratory model,

soft clay.

Introduction:
Many methods for ground modification and improvement are available around
the world now, including dewatering, compaction, preloading with and without
vertical drains, grouting, deep mixing, deep densification and soil reinforcement
are among those. Many of these techniques, such as dewatering, compaction,
preloading and grouting, have been used for many years. However, there have
been rapid advances in the areas of deep densification (vibro-compaction, deep
dynamic compaction, compaction piles, and explosive densification), jet and
compaction grouting, deep mixing, and vibro-replacement and vibro-
displacement in recent years. These methods have become practical and
economical alternatives for many ground improvement applications, (Raman,
2005).
Of many techniques of ground improvement, stone column has gained
lots of popularity since it has been properly documented in the middle of the last
century. As in most new ground improvement techniques that were developed in
different countries, experience has preceded the development of theory and
comprehensive guidelines. The stone column technique of ground treatment has
proven successful in:
(1) improving slope stability of both embankments and natural slopes,
(2) increasing bearing capacity,
(3) reducing total and differential settlements,
(4) reducing the liquefaction potential of sands, and
(5) increasing the time rate of settlement.
Stone columns are used to support structures overlying both very soft to
firm cohesive soils and also loose silty sands having greater than about 15
percent fines, (Barksdale and Bachus, 1983).

Stress Concentration
When the composite ground of stone columns surrounded by soil is loaded,
studies have shown that concentration of stress occurs within the stone column
accompanied by reduction in stress in the less stiff surrounding clayey soil
(Bergado et al., 1996). This is due to the approximately same vertical
settlement of the granular material and the surrounding soil.
Because of the higher stiffness, stress concentrates on the column
material and causes a difference in vertical stress within the column and in the
surrounding soil. Such a disparity or stress concentration is also evident from
the results of the analysis. The stress distribution is generally defined in terms
of a stress concentration ratio, n, as:

494
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

σs
n=
σc
………………………………………………..(1)
where: σs :stress in the column.
σc :stress in the surrounding soil.
The area replacement ratio, (ar), representing the area of the clay
foundation (Ac) replaced by a stone column (As) is given by (Cheung, 1998):
As
ar = …………………………………………….(2)
As + Ac
where: As : cross sectional area of stone column.
Ac : area of clay per each sand column.

To give a realistic picture of the actual situation, the design of the stone
column pattern needs to take into account the stress distribution between
columns and soil.
The main objective of this work is to find an experimental base for the
value of n by manufacturing a model of single stone column with rigid
instrumented loading plates such that the total load applied to the model footing,
and the load applied to the stone column can be measured separately.

Experimental Work:
Soil Used
Soil samples were collected from a depth of 0.50 m of the ground surface of a
site in the vicinity of Al-Musaib Technical Institute in Babylon west of Iraq. The
soil was subjected to routine laboratory tests to determine its properties. These
tests include:
1- Grain size distribution (sieve analysis and hydrometer tests) according to
ASTM D422 specifications.
2-Atterberg limits (liquid and plastic limits) according to ASTM D423 and D424
specifications.
The test results show that the soil consists of 10% sand, 42 % silt, and
48 % clay as shown in Figure (1). According to the unified soil classification
system, the soil is inorganic sandy silty clay designated as (CL). Table (1) shows
the physical properties of the soil.

495
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

The natural calcium carbonate, CaCo3 (limestone), crushed stone was

used as a backfill material. The size of the crushed stone was chosen in
accordance with the guidelines suggested by Nayak (1983), where the particle
size is about (1/6 to 1/7) of the diameter of stone columns. The minimum
particle size is 4 mm and the maximum particle size is 10 mm.

Table (1): Physical properties of the treated soil.

Property Value
Liquid limit (LL) 44%
Plastic limit (PL) 22%
Plasticity index (PI) 22%
Specific gravity (GS) 2.72
% Passing sieve No. 200 90%
Sand content 10%
Silt content 42%
Clay content < 0.005 mm 48%
Maximum dry unit weight kN/m3 17.8
Symbol according to Unified Soil Classification System CL

The Test Setup

1. Steel Container
The model tests were carried out in a test tank manufactured of steel with
dimensions of 1100 mm * 1000 mm *800 mm, made of steel plates (6 mm in
thickness). The container is sufficiently rigid and exhibited no lateral
deformation during the preparation of the bed of soil and during the tests.

2. The Loading Frame

Figure (2) shows details of the complete set up which consists mainly of
steel container, loading frame, dial gauges and accessories.

3. The Foundation Plates and Accessories

Figures (3) and (4) show details of the foundation plates and accessories
used for carrying out the loading tests. The foundation consists of plate with
diameter of 220 mm and with thickness of 5 mm and having a hole in the middle
or more than a hole (2, 3 and 4) holes distributed as shown in the figures
(spacing between all columns = 2D, centre to centre of columns).

496
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Model Preparation and Testing

I. Preparation of the Bed of Soil
The bed of the soil was prepared as follows:
(1) The natural soil was first crushed with a hammer to small sizes and then
left for (24 h) for air-drying; further crushing was carried out using a
crushing machine.
(2) The air-dried soil was divided into 10 kg groups.
(3) Each group was mixed gradually and thoroughly with sufficient amount
of water corresponding approximately to the water content range of (24-
35%).
(4) After mixing with water, the soil was placed in layers inside the steel
container and each layer was tamped with a special tamping hammer of
(50 mm * 50 mm) in size. The final thickness of each layer was about 50
mm. The procedure was continued until the final thickness of the bed of
soil.
(5) After the completion of the preparation of the bed of soil, it was covered
tightly with nylon sheets and left for four days as curing period.

II. Construction of Stone Columns

At the end of curing period, the following steps were used in construction of the
stone columns (Figure 5):
(1) The top of the soil bed was levelled.
(2) The position of the stone column(s) to be placed was properly marked
with respect to the loading frame. A hollow PVC tube, with external
diameter (52 mm) and (2 mm) in thickness, coated with petroleum jelly
was inserted vertically to the required depths (40 mm in fully penetrated
stone column or L/D = 8 and 30 mm in partially penetrated stone
column or L/D = 6), [the critical length is usually about four times the
column diameter (Greenwood and Krisch, 1983)]. The tube was then
slowly withdrawn and twisted during the lifting process.
(3) The soil was removed from the tube and samples of the soil at different
depths were taken for water content measurement.
(4) The crushed stone was poured into the hole in layers and each layer was
compacted gently using a (30 mm) in diameter tamping rod. The unit
weight of the compacted crushed stone was measured to be 16.3 kN/m3.

Model Testing Procedure

The model tests were carried out according to the testing program as follows:
(1) Calibrating the proving rings used in testing program by applying a
various known static loads on it and recorded the readings of dial
gauges. This procedure was repeated for many times to get more
accurate readings.

497
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

(2) The footing assembly (220 mm diameter) consists of two plates (1 and
2 in Figure 2), one of them on the stone column(s) and the other on the
surrounding soil. These plates were placed in position so that the
center of the footing coincides with the center of the hydraulic jack.

Figure (3): Foundation plates and accessories.

(3) Two proving rings (3 and 4 in Figure 2) with accuracy of (0.01

mm/division) were set such that the total load applied to the model
footing, and the load applied to the stone column can be measured
alone.
(4) Three dial gauges (5, 6 and 7 in Figure 2) with accuracy of
(0.01 mm/division) were fixed in position to measure the settlements
of both plates.
(5) Loads were then applied through a loading disk in the form of load
increments.
(6) During each load increment, the readings of the two dial gauges
corresponding to two proving rings (1 and 2 in Figure 2) were
recorded.
(7) The dial gauge readings (5, 6 and 7 in Figure 2) were recorded at the
end of the period of each load increment.
(8) Each load increment was left for 2.5 minutes.
(9) The load increments were continued until the total settlement reached
50 mm (100% of the stone column diameter).
(10) For comparison purposes, the loading tests were performed in
container for untreated soil only.
Figure (6) presents a stone column model after completion of the tests.

498
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Figure (5): Four columns before construction. Figure (6): Two

columns (stone only),
L/D=8, after test.

Presentation of Results and Discussion

In this paper, 24 model tests are conducted according to the testing program to
examine the behaviour of each case. The cases include single stone column and
groups of columns consisting of two, three and four columns. All figures are
presented to account for the stress concentration ratio n and the “bearing
improvement ratio” (q treated / q untreated).
In the stage of bearing analysis, the obtained bearing capacity ratio
(q/cu) representing the obtained bearing capacity to the undrained shear strength
of the natural soil is plotted versus the settlement ratio (S/B); settlement of the
footing to its diameter.
The bearing improvement ratio (qtreatd/quntrated) attained by stone columns
is calculated at the same value of settlement under applied stress for both
models, untreated soil and treated soil with stone columns.

Definition of Failure
Most researchers consider the stone column behave as a pile. Therefore, the
criteria proposed for defining the failure load of the pile can be adopted for stone
columns. There are many approaches proposed to define the ultimate bearing
capacity and failure of stone column. The most important five of them are:-
(1) De Beer (1967) proposal (as reported by Winterkorn and Fang, 1975).
The bearing capacity is taken at break point of two interesting straight
lines of different slopes after plotting the load-settlement relationship in
log-log plot. This break point represents failure. Terzaghi (1947)
proposal, where failure was defined as the load corresponding to 10% of
the model footing width (or pile diameter). This proposal was adopted
by Zakaria (2001).
(2) Tangent proposal, in which definition of failure based on the
intersection of the two tangents of load-settlement curve. The first

499
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

tangent to the initial part of the curve while the second is tangent to the
lower flatter portion of the curve.
(3) Hughes and Withers (1974) proposal. The ultimate load carrying
capacity (true failure, equals to 26 times the undrained cohesion of the
clay) was reached at vertical displacement of 58% of the stone column
diameter. Al-Mosawe et al., (1985) found that the ultimate load carrying
capacity was reached at a vertical displacement of 60% of the diameter
of the stone column.
(4) Rao et al., (1997) proposal. The capacity is taken as the load
corresponding to a settlement equal to 0.1 times the diameter of the
stone column.

Figures (7) to (10) present the bearing ratio, settlement relationships for
the case of single stone with (L/D = 8) constructed in very soft clay with shear
strength, cu=6 kPa. In these figures, the pervious proposed criteria for definition
of failure were used. In Figure (11) a new criterion was proposed in which the
bearing ratio (failure) is defined when the settlement reaches 50% of the
diameter of the stone column or 11% of the diameter of the model footing, (the
least value of the two), (Al-Waily, 2007).
A comparison between Figures (7) to (11) and Figure (12), which plots
the shape of load-settlement for the case of local shear failure (Das, 1999),
reveals that the treated and untreated clays showed local shear failure in spite of
improvement by stone columns.
After examining the previous proposals and by inspection of the
behaviour of the stress-settlement relation for the untreated and treated soil in
the present work, it was found that this behaviour indicates that the settlement
increases in a low rate with the increase of stress until the settlement equals
approximately half the diameter of stone column diameter. After that, the
increase in settlement was in steeper rate. The new proposal was that, the failure
point is defined when the settlement reaches 50% of the diameter of the stone
column or 11% of the diameter of the model footing. This definition is
compatible with Terzaghi (1947), Hughes and Withers (1974) and Al-Mosawe et
al., (1985).

Improvement of Stress Concentration Ratio

The stress concentration ratio is calculated during the incremental loading
applied up to a final value. The variation of stress concentration ratio n
versus stress increments is determined. The stress concentration ratio n
versus the bearing ratio in soil treated with single, two, three and four
columns for three soil conditions (cu=6, 9 and 12 kPa) and for stone column
with L/D= 8 and 6.

500
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Stress Concentration Ratio n at Various Shear Strengths and Various

(L/D) Ratios
Figures (13) to (18) show the relationship between the stress concentration
ratio n and bearing ratio (q/cu) for twenty four model tests of soil treated with
single stone column and group of (2, 3 and 4) stone columns. In these
figures, the stone columns are constructed in very soft clays having three
shear strengths (cu=6, 9 and 12 kPa). Two values of the length to diameter
ratio are maintained (L/D = 6) and (L/D = 8). These figures showed the same
general tendency, that the stress concentration ratio n reached a peak value at
a point located approximately at q/cu=2 then the behaviour becomes in two
ways:
1-The value of n was reduced gradually with increasing the bearing ratio (q/cu)
in treated soil with 6 kPa shear strength .
2- The value of n was reduced suddenly with increasing the bearing ratio (q/cu)
in treated soil with 9 or 12 kPa shear strength.
After that, the n reached a plateau at the end of test in both conditions. It can
be noticed that the value of n was increased when the number of stone
columns was increased. The n values are (1.2, 2.2, 2.5 and 2.7) in soil having
shear strength of 6 kPa, treated with single, two, three and four stone columns
(L/D= 6) respectively (Figure 13).
Also, it can be noticed that the values of n increase with increasing the (L/D)
ratio. The n values at failure point are (1.4, 2.4, 2.9 and 3.2) for soil of shear
strength of 6 kPa, treated with single, two, three and four stone column stone
columns at (L/D=8) (Figure 20). The stress concentration ratio values are
(2.5, 2.6 and 3.4) at three shear strength values (6, 9 and 12 kPa), respectively
for soil treated with three stone columns with (L/D = 6) (Figures 13 to 15)
and the n values are increased to (2.9, 3.1 and 3.8) for soil treated with three
stone column at (L/D = 8) (Figures 16 to 18).
Theses figures also demonstrate that, the n was increased generally with
increasing in the shear strength of the treated soil, this behaviour is clear
when the shear strength of 6 kPa was increased to 12 kPa. The n values are
(2, 2.1 and 2.6) for soil treated with two stone columns (L/D = 8) at the three
different shear strengths (Figures 16 to 18). The results obtained from these
figures are accessible in table (2).
The results obtained from Figures (13) to (18) are in agreement with
[Aboshi et al., 1979; Greenwood and Kirsch; 1983; Mitchell and Huber,
1985; Barksdale, 1987; Juran and Guermazi, 1988; Bergado et al., 1996;
Kirsch and Sondermann, 2002)]. However Stewart and Fahey (1994) from
laboratory study reported contradicting relationship.

501
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Bearing Improvement Ratio

Figures (19, 21, 23, 25, 27 and 29) relate the bearing ratio (q/cu) with the
deformation ratio (S/B) for untreated soil and soil treated with single, two,
three and four stone columns having (L/D) ratio of 6 and 8, respectively. The
surrounding soil was prepared at undrained shear strength of (cu = 6 kPa, 9
kPa and 12 kPa), respectively. These models were tested 24 hours after
preparation. The figures demonstrate that the stone column in all bearing
ratios shows significant difference in the behaviour corresponding to (S/B)
ratio.

Table (2): The stress concentration ratio (n) values for soil treated with stone
columns.
(Stone) column L/D = 6

Single Two Three Four

column columns columns columns
cu=6 1.2 2.2 2.5 2.7
kPa
cu=9 1.5 2.3 2.6 2.7
kPa
cu=12 1.6 2.8 3.4 3
kPa
(Stone) column L/D = 8

Single Two Three Four

column columns columns columns
cu=6 1.4 2.4 2.9 3.2
kPa
cu=9 1.5 2.6 3.1 3.6
kPa
cu=12 1.8 3.1 3.8 3.6
kPa

The figures also indicate that when the shear strength of the soil decreases,
the effect of stone column becomes more visible and a clear increase in (q/cu)
ratio is noticed. This behaviour is attributed to the truth that the calculation of
stresses is dependent on the stress applied on the soil replaced from the zone
of stone column only, disregarding the stress applied to the soil surrounding
the column. Thus the effect of improvement seemed clearly in the treated soil
of low shear strength.
The bearing improvement ratio achieved by stone columns is presented
by the relationship between the ratio (qtreated / quntreated ) and the (S/B) ratio. It
can be noticed from (qtreated / quntreated ) in Figures (20, 22, 24, 26, 28 and 30)
that the bearing improvement ratio (qtreated / quntreated ) ranges from 1.20 to

502
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

2.18 for the soil having (cu = 6 kPa) treated with single stone column with
(L/D = 6) and with four stone columns of (L/D = 6) respectively at
S/B=11% (Figure 20). The ratio (qtreated / quntreated ) ranges from 1.18 to 1.88
for soil having (cu = 9 kPa) treated with single stone column of (L/D = 6) and
with four stone columns of (L/D = 6), respectively (Figure 22).
The ratio (qtreated / quntreated ) ranges from 1.19 to 1.62 for soil having (cu=12
kPa) treated with single stone column with (L/D = 6) and with four stone
columns (L/D = 6), respectively (Figure 24).
It can be concluded from the previous values that the bearing improvement
ratio is increased with increasing the number of stone columns by a
percentage ranges between (20%) and (100%). The results obtained from
Figures (20, 22, 24, 26, 28 and 30) are presented briefly in table (3).

Table (3): Bearing improvement ratio for the soil treated with stone columns.
(Stone) column L/D = 6

Single Two Three Four

column columns columns columns
cu=6 1.20 1.58 1.80 2.18
kPa
cu=9 1.18 1.39 1.73 1.88
kPa
cu=12 1.19 1.23 1.57 1.62
kPa
(Stone) column L/D = 8

Single Two Three Four

column columns columns columns
cu=6 1.25 1.70 1.94 2.28
kPa
cu=9 1.19 1.51 1.80 2.00
kPa
cu=12 1.13 1.48 1.70 1.80
kPa

Regression Analysis
Regression analysis is used for explaining or modelling the relationship between
a single variable Y, called the response, predicted, estimated, or dependent
variable, and one or more predictor, explanatory or independent variables, x1, ...
xk.. When k=l, it is called simple regression but when k >1, it is called multiple
regression.

503
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

The most important use of the technique is to find the best predictive model with
a minimum number of independent variables.
The coefficient of determination (R2) reflects the overall accuracy of any
predictive model (Abdi, 2003).
The various elements of multiple linear regression equation can be
illustrated from the general form of the following equation (Abdi, 2003):
Ŷ = b o + b 1 x 1 + b 2 x 2 + b 3 x 3 + .... + b k x k
.......................................(3)

where:
:predicted value of the dependent variable.
Ŷ
x1, x2, ..., xk :independent variables (predictors).
b0 :intercept coefficient (constant), or the value of the
dependent variable when the independent variables are zero.
b1, b2, ..., bk :partial regression coefficients of the independent variables.
k :number of independent variables included in regression
equation.
Stepwise method
Kinnear and Gray (1995) explained the multiple regression analysis as a type to
develop a prediction equation relating a dependent variable to more than two
predictors (or independent) variables, and calibrating a prediction equation. This
method includes serial steps related with F-statistic to select which of the
available independent variables will be included in the final regression equation.
By stepwise regression method, the program STATISTICA is free to
choose the best model with the suitable confidence for test (F-test) (lower than
5% for intering, and greater than 1% to remove the variable). Then, the
independent variables are added to the predictive equation at serial steps, starting
with an independent variable which has the highest value of correlation with
dependent variable. The process of adding continues to maximize the total
variation at each step.
At each step, and by the same time, the variables that are included in the
equation are checked to see if they are still statistically significant, so that, a
variable without longer significant is deleted.

Observed Data
The observed data are 24 values of stress concentration ratio n for 24 models
of the soil treated with (single, two, three and four) crushed stone columns at
three shear strengths of the soil (6 kPa, 9kPa, 12 kPa) and with either (L/D)
ratio, (L/D=6 and L/D=8).

504
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Statistical Models for Stress Concentration

First Model (Standard Multiple Regression)
By the aid of the program STATISTICA (Version 5.5A) the results of the
regression analysis can be used to establish the relationship between the
stress concentration ratio n as a dependent variable and the [shear strength
(cu), number of columns (No. of col.), (L/D) ratio, the bearing capacity of
the treated soil (q) and the settlement reduction ratio (Sr)] as a most
significant independent variables. To choose the appropriate model, table (5)
displays more details about (R, R2, adjusted R2 and the standard error of
estimate).
The predicted model was:

n = -0.496 - 0.007*cu+0.057*No .of Cols.+ 0.085*L/D+0.014*q–0.470*Sr.

………………………………………………….(4)

Second Model (Standard Multiple Regression-Zero Intercept)

In this model, the shear strength (cu), number of columns (No. of col.), (L/D)
ratio, the bearing capacity of the treated soil (q) and the settlement reduction
ratio (Sr) are the most significant independent variables. Table (5) displays more
details about (R, R2, adj.R2 and the standard error of estimate).
The model predicted the following equation:

n =0.014*cu+0.041* No. of Cosl.+0.069*(L/D) +0.036*q – 0.937*Sr

…….(5)

Third Model (Stepwise Multiple Regression)

This analysis was based on the statistical approach using stepwise multiple
regression analysis method to establish a relationship between n and the most
significant independent variables (L/D and q). The stepwise method reduces the
number of variables initially present to those that are actually significant. The
model predicted the relationship as:

n= -0.302+.0304*q+0.0736*(L/D) …………………………...
(6)

505
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Summary of Statistical Models for Stress Concentration Ratio n

Tables (4) and (5) show the summary of the statistical models for stress
concentration ratio n.

Table (4): Stress concentration ratio models.

Mod Stress concentration ratio n
el
1 n = -0.496 - 0.007*cu+0.057*No .of Cos.l + 0.085*L/D+0.014*q
– 0.470*Sr
2 n =0.014*cu+0.041* No. of Cols.+0.069*(L/D) +0.036*q – 0.937*Sr
3 n= -.302+.0304*q+0.0736*(L/D)

Table (5): Summary of statistical models of stress concentration ratio n.

Model R R2 Adjusted Std. Error
R2 of the
Estimate

1 0.930 0.866 0.828 0.311

2 0.995 0.990 0.987 0.305
3 0.930 0.864 0.843 0.297

Conclusions
The following points are drawn from the tests:
(1) The value of stress concentration ratio n increases with increasing the
shear strength of the treated soil.
(2) The crushed stone columns with (L/D = 8) provided a stress
concentration ratio n (1.4, 2.4, 2.9 and 3.2) for the soil having a shear
strength, cu = 6 kPa, treated with single, two, three and four columns,
respectively. The values of n were decreased to (1.2, 2.2, 2.5 and 2.7)
when (L/D= 6).
(3) The value of the bearing improvement ratio decreases with increasing
the shear strength of the treated soil.
(4) The crushed stone columns with (L/D = 8) provided an increase in the
bearing improvement ratio (qtreated/quntreated ) of (1.25, 1.7, 1.94 and
2.28) for the soil of shear strength (cu=6 kPa) treated with single, two,
three and four columns, respectively. The values of (qtreated/quntreated ) are
decreased to (1.20, 1.58, 1.80 and 2.18) when (L/D= 6).

506
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

(5) Three equations for predicting the stress concentration ratio from
regression analysis. The following equation showed the largest
coefficient of correlation:

n =0.014*cu+0.041* No. of Cols.+0.069*(L/D) +0.036*q – 0.937*Sr

References
1. Abdi, H., (2003), "Partial Regression Coefficients", The University
of Texas at Dallas, from Internet, website
(www.utdallas.edu/~herve/abdi-rec-pretty.pdf).
2. Aboshi, H., Ichimoto, E., Enoki, M. and Harada, K., (1979), “The
Compozer: a Method to Improve Characteristics of Soft Clays by
Inclusion of Large Diameter Sand Columns”, Proceedings
International Conference on Soil Reinforcement; Reinforced Earth
and other Techniques, Vol. 1, Paris, PP. 211 – 216.
3. Al-Mosawe, M.J., Abbass. A.J. and Majieed, A.H., (1985),
“Prediction of Ultimate Capacity of a Single and Groups of Stone
Columns”, Iraqi Conference on Engineering, ICE 85, Vol.1,
Baghdad, Iraq, P.P. 61-68.
4. Al-Waily, M.J., (2007), "Stress Concentration Ratio of Model Stone
Columns Improved by Additives", Ph.D. Thesis, University of
Technology, Building and Construction Engineering Department,
Iraq, P.140.
5. Barksdale, R.D., (1987), "State of the Art for Design and
Construction of Sand Compaction Piles", Technical Report - US
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.
6. Barksdale, R. D. and Bachus, R. C., (1983), “Design and
Construction of Stone Columns, Volume I”, Report Prepared for the
Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of
Transportation. P.P. 239.
7. Bergado, D.T., Anderson, L.R., Miura, N., and Balasubramaniam,
A.S., (1996), "Soft Ground Improvement in Lowland and Other
Environments", ASCE Press, USA, 186-232.
8. Cheung, K. C., (1998), " Geogrid Reinforced Light Weight
Embankment on Stone Columns", Roading Geotechnics, 98. New
Zealand, From Internet, Website (www.peters-
cheung.co.nz/published_papers.html).

507
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

9. Das, B. M., (1999), “Shallow Foundations, Bearing Capacity and

Settlement”, CRC Press LLC. U. S. A.
10. De Beer, E. E., (1967), “ Proefondervindelijke bijdrge tot de studie van
het gransdraagvermogen van zand onder funderingen op staal; Bepaling
von der vormfactor sb”, Annales des, Annales des Travaux Publics de
Belgique, 68, No.6, pp.481-506; 69, No.1, pp.41-88; No.4, pp.321-360;
No.5, pp.396-442, No.6, pp.495-522.
11. Greenwood, D.A. and Kirsch, K., (1983), “Specialist Ground
Treatment by Vibratory and Dynamic Methods – State of the Art”,
Advances in Piling and Ground Treatment for Foundations,
Institution of Civil Engineers, London, England, P.P. 17-45
12. Hughes, J. M. O., and Withers, N. J., (1974), “Reinforcing of Soft
Cohesive Soils With Stone Columns”, Ground Engineering, Vol. 7,
No. 3, May, pp. 42 – 49.
13. Juran, I., and Guermazi, A. (1988), “Settlement Response of Soft
Soils Reinforced by Compacted Sand Columns”, Journal of
Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 114, No. 8, PP. 930 – 943.
14. Kinner, P. R., and Gray, C. D., (1995), "SPSS for Windows Made
Simple", LEA Publishers, U.S.A.
15. Kirsch, F., and Sondermann, W. , (2002) “Ground Improvement
and its Numerical Analysis”. From Internet Website
(www.grk802.tu-raunschweig.de/forschung/fteilprojekte.htm)
16. Mitchell, J. K., and Huber, T. R., (1985), “Performance of a Stone
Column Foundation”, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE,
Vol. 111, No. 2, P.P. 205 – 223.
17. Nayak, N.V., (1983), “Recent Advances in Ground Improvements
by Stone Column”, Proceedings of Indian Geotechnical Conference,
Madras, IGC-83.
18. Raman, S., (2005), “Comparison of Predicted Settlement Behaviour
to the Field Measurement of Stone Column Improved Ground”,
M.Sc. Thesis, University of Technology, Malaysia, from
Internet, website (http://www.efka.utm.my/ thesis/ default2. asp)
19. Rao, S.N., Reddy, K.M., and Kumar, P.H., (1997), “Studies on
Group of Stone Columns in Soft Clay”, Geotechnical Engineering,
Journal of Southeast Asian Geotechnical Society, Vol.28,
December, P.P. 165-181.
20. Stewart, D. P., and Fahey, M., (1994),”An Investigation of the
Reinforcing Effect of Stone Columns in Soft Clay “, Vertical and
Horizontal Deformations of Foundation and Embankments,

508
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Proceedings of Settlement 94, American Society of Civil Engineers,

New York , pp.513-524 .
21. WinterKorn, H. F., and Fany, H.Y., (1975), “Foundation
Engineering Handbook”, First edition, Published by Van Nostrand
Reinhold Company, New York .
22. Zakariya, W.A.S. (2001), “Soil Improvement Using Stabilized and
Non-Stabilized Stone Columns with Different Reinforcement
Configuration”, Ph.D. Thesis, Building and Construction
Engineering Department, University of Technology, Iraq, P. 142.

509
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

ANALYSIS OF EMBANKMENT ON SOFT SOIL

REINFORCED WITH STONE COLUMNS

Dr. Mohammed Y. Fattah (1) Nagham M. Saidik AL-

Jamaily (2)

Soil Parameters:
The model used for the analysis of the foundation soil is modified Cam
clay (MCC). For sand embankment and the stone columns, the linear
elastic model is used. All the parameters needed in the analysis of this
problem are shown in Table (1).

10.0 m
1.2
w.T 5.0 m
1 Kerbala sand

Silty clay
wc 25 % H = 22.0 m

Figure (2): Cross section of the trial Embankment.

510
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Table (1): Material properties for the embankment and its

foundation.
Material Model Parameter Value
Modulus of elasticity 50000 kPa
(E) 0.3
,
Embankment Linear- Poisson s ratio (ν) 32o
(Sand) Elastic Angle of friction (Ø) 18.64 kN / m3
Unit weight (γ) 0
Cohesion (c) 1*10-4 m /sec
Permeability (k)

Gamma (Γ) at 2.05

P =1 kN / m 2 0.3
Silty clay Poisson,s ratio (ν) 4000 kPa
foundation MCC Modulus of elasticity 0. 1
(E) 0.2
λ 2.2
κ 19.7 kN /m3
M 3.0*10-8m /sec
Unit weight ( γ )
Permeability (k)

To improve the soft clay foundation, stone columns are used with
different lengths, diameters and distances between them in a triangular
distribution as shown in Figure (3).
The stone column material parameters are shown in table (2).

511
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Embankm Stone

Figure (3): Geometry of stone columns distribution under the

embankment.

Table (2): Stone column parameters.

Parameter Modulus of Angle of Poisson ,s Unit Cohesion Permeab
elasticity friction (φ) ratio (ν) weight (c) ility (k)
(E) (γ)

Value 80000 kPa 38o 0.3 20 kN 0 1*10-1 m

/m3 /sec

Discretization by Finite Elements:

Due to the symmetry about the center, only half of the cross section of
the embankment is modelhed. The finite element mesh of the
embankment on soft clay and the boundary conditions are shown in
Figure (4). The mesh is extended to a depth of (22 m) which represents 4
times the embankment height. Eight-node isoparametric elements are
used to model both the soil solids deformation and pore water pressure.
The displacements of the bottom foundation boundary are constrained in
vertical direction and unconstrained horizontally. The vertical boundaries
are unconstrained in the vertical direction and fully constrained
horizontally, (Al-Jamaily, 2007). The water table was assumed to be at
the ground surface. Two sections and two nodes are selected to present
the results. These are sections (V1-V1), (H1-H1), node A and node B.

512
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Results and Discussions:

I. Effect of stone column length:
A. During construction:-
Figures (5), (6), (7) and (8) show the vertical displacement with time for
node (A) which lies along the center line. These figures present the
vertical displacement which occurs in soft clay when using stone columns
with different lengths. The settlement will be reduced in the improved soil
with stone columns generally and with increasing of stone columns length
especially. The reduction ratio in settlement is calculated by:

max. settlement in improved soil − max. settlement in unimproved soil

settlement reduction ratio =
max. settlement in unimproved soil

The maximum reduction in settlement will occur when using stone

column with a length equal to (14) m as shown in Figure (9), where (L
/H) represents the ratio between the stone column's length and the soft
clay layer thickness.

B. After construction:
Figures (10), (11) and (12) show the vertical displacement along section
(V1-V1), at the end of construction, after 200 days and after 400 days,
respectively.
The settlement is reduced by using stone columns clearly and the greater
reduction in settlement occurs when using stone column with (14) m
length.
It can be concluded from these figures that the settlement increases
markedly after construction and that most of the consolidation settlement
takes place within 200 days.
Figures (13), (14) and (15) show the vertical displacement at the base of
embankment along section (H1-H1), at the end of construction, after 200
days and after 400 days, respectively.

II. Effect of stone column's diameter:

To study the effect of increasing the stone column's diameter, stone
columns with (14) m length and different diameters are used in this part
of study (0.5, 0.75, 1.0 and 1.5 m). The spacing between them is kept at
(2 m).

513
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

A. During construction:
Figures (16), (17), (18) and (19) show that the vertical settlement is
decreased during the process of improving the foundation soil with stone
columns having different diameters. Figure (20) shows that the maximum
reduction ratio in settlement occurs when using stone columns with a
diameter equals to 1.0 m (L/D =14), when the stone column's diameter is
further increased to (1.5 m), the settlement increases slightly.
Therefore it is economical to consider the diameter of 1.0 m as
optimum of the stone columns of this case.

B. After construction:
Figures (21), (22) and (23) show the variation of the vertical displacement
along section (V1-V1) at the end of construction, after 200 days and after
400 day, respectively.
A considerable reduction in vertical displacement is noticed when
using stone columns. For example, when using stone columns of (1.0 m)
diameter, about (75%) reduction in settlement can be obtained at the end
of construction. This reduction is decreased to about (70%) after 200
days.
Figures (24), (25) and (26) present the settlement at the base of the
embankment along section (H1-H1). It can be seen that when the
foundation soil is not improved, a large settlement takes place below the
embankment body due to concentration of stresses within this zone. This
settlement increases to more than (1.4 m) after 200 days of construction.
When the foundation soil is improved with stone columns, the following
advantages are obtained:
1. A decrease in the differential settlement below the embankment takes
place.
2. A reduction in the settlement is apparent, for example, when the stone
column's diameter is (1.0 m), the maximum settlement is reduced by
about (180%) at the end of construction and (250%) after 200 days.

Conclusions:
From the parametric study carried out by two-dimensional plane strain
finite elements on the problem of embankment constructed on soft soil
reinforced with stone columns, the following conclusions can be drawn:
1. Improvement of the soft clay with stone columns leads to significate
effect in the behaviour of the soft clay, both in undrained conditions and
during consolidation stages.

514
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

2. Increasing the stone column's diameter leads to a considerable decrease

in the settlement beneath the embankment, especially below the center
line. When the embedment length of the stone column in the clay layer
(L/H) was made (0.65), a reduction in the settlement of about 67% was
obtained.
3. The maximum reduction in settlement was found to be about (67%)
when the stone column length to diameter ratio (L/D= 14). When the ratio
of (L/D) increases above this value, a small reduction is found in the
improvement of settlement due to the stone column's installation.
4. Consolidation analysis showed that the presence of stone columns
leads to a decrease in the differential settlement below the embankment.
The reduction in settlement continues during the consolidation process.
When the stone column's diameter is (1.0 m), the maximum settlement is
reduced by about (180%) at the end of construction but it is reduced by
about (250%) after 200 days.

References:
• Al-Jamaily, N. M., (2007), "Improvement of Soil with Stone
Columns Using Two-Dimensional Finite Element Method", M.Sc. thesis,
University of Kufa, Civil Engineering Department.
• Al-Saady, N.H., (1989), "Analysis of an A-6 Soil During Construction
of Road Embankment", M.Sc. thesis, University of Baghdad, Civil
Engineering Department.
• Kempfert, H.G. and Gebreselassie, B., (2006), "Excavations and
Foundations in Soft Soils", Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg,
Netherlands
• Koppula, S.D. and Morgenstern, N.R., (1972), "Consolidation of Clay
Layer in Two-Dimensions", Journal of Soil Mechanics and Foundations
Division, ASCE, Vol. 98, No.SM1, pp.79-93.
• Zienkiewicz and Taylor, (1999), "The Finite Element Method", 5th
Edition Published by Butterwoth -Heinemann.

515
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺸﻭﻗﻲ ﻤﺴﻌﺩ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺤﻴﻭﻱ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻼﺌـﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻭﺍﺌﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﻁﺒﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺒﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩ ﻜﺄﻱ ﻤﻭﺭﺩ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺘﻴﻥ ﻴﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺴﻁﺤﹰﺎ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻨﻘﺎﻁﻪ ﺨﺎﻀﻌﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ ‪:‬‬

‫‪516‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻤﺴﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﻨﺴﺏ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻜﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻨﻘﺼﺕ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻨﻘﺼﺕ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺘﺤـﺕ‬
‫ﻀﻐﻁ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺤﻔﺭﺕ ﺤﻔﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺃﻴـﻀﹰﺎ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺤـﺕ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺫﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺒﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻡ ﺼﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺒﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Hv = Ve / VL‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ) ‪ ( VL‬ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ) ‪.( Ve‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ ) ‪ ( h‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪h=−‬‬
‫‪ρ*g‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ) ‪ ( P‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ ﻭ) ‪ ( ρ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭ) ‪ ( g‬ﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻟـﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻌـﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ ﺒﻘﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )‬
‫‪ ( Ht‬ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ht = h – z‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ) ‪ ( z‬ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪517‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻨﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻘﻁﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ) ‪( z1‬‬
‫ﻭ) ‪ ( z2‬ﻭﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻅﺘﻴﻥ ) ‪ ( t‬ﻭ) ‪ ( t+dt‬ﻓـﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤـﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻨﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻅﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ) ‪ S1( z1, z2‬ﻭ‬
‫) ‪S2( z1, z2‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ) ‪ ( dt‬ﺒـﺎﻟﻔﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪∆S ( z1 , z 2 ) = S 2 ( z1 , z 2 ) − S1( z1 , z 2‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1-6‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Tensiomètre‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻋﺩ‪‬ﺍﺩ ﺯﺌﺒﻘﻲ ﻤﺎﻨﻭﻤﺘﺭﻱ ﻤﻭﺼﻭل ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻨﺼﻑ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻭﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪518‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺴﺔ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻨﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﻤﺸﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺼﺎل ﺘﺎﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ ﻫﻭ )‬
‫‪ ( h‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺎﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪: ( Ht‬‬
‫‪Ht = h – z‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻜﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺭﻭﺒﺴﻴﻜﺭﻭﻤﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻱ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-6‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﺨﺫ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻭﺯﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺇﻤﺭﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺒﻔـﺭﻥ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺘـﻪ‬
‫)‪ ( 105°C‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﻭﺯﻨﺘﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-6‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺒﺎﻁـﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﺍﺼـﻁﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﻨﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻴﻠﻌﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺈﺒﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺼﻁﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻗـﺴﻡ ﻻﻗـﻁ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪519‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻴﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﻨﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﺘﻘﺎﺱ ﻜل ‪ 10‬ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻋﺩ‪‬ﺍﺩ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﻴـﺎﺱ ﻜﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪:‬‬
‫‪Hv % = A * n + B‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ) ‪ ( A, B‬ﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﻭ) ‪ ( n‬ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪n = ---------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺩﺜﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺒﻭﺍﺴـﻁﺔ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻕ ) ‪ ( z‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺜﻼﺜـﺔ ﺃﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ﻤـﻥ ﺤـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪520‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪ ( A‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺒﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ‬
‫ﻱ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻬﻁﻭل ﺃﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻏﺯﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪ ( B‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ) ‪ ( C‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﻜﺎﻤﻠﻪ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﻔل ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﻜﺎﻤﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺭ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺴﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺴـﺎﺌل ﺁﺨـﺭ ﺨـﻼل ﻤـﺴﺎﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺭﺍﻏﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﺭ‪‬ﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺴﻲ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻴل ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﻘﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ ) ‪.( J‬‬

‫‪h‬‬
‫= ‪ J‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( Q‬ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻓﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻜﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪h‬‬
‫* ‪V = −k‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺩﻭﺒﻭﻱ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﻤـﻡ ﻗـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺴﻲ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻉ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻴـﺔ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﻤﺘﺠﺎﻨﺱ ﻭﻗﺎﺒل ﻟﻠﺭﺸﺢ ﻭﻤﻨﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪521‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪dh‬‬ ‫‪dy‬‬
‫* ‪V = −k * J = −k‬‬ ‫* ‪= −k‬‬
‫‪dl‬‬ ‫‪dx‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1-9‬ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﻭﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻨﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫=‪q‬‬ ‫) ‪∆S ( z1 , z 2‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪ 2-9‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﺤﺼل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻗـﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻤﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ )‪ k(Hv‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﻜﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ )‪ (Hv‬ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺃﻥ ) ‪ ( Ht‬ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪dHt‬‬
‫* )‪q = − k ( Hv‬‬
‫‪dz‬‬
‫‪ 3-9‬ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﺠﻤﻊ ﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪dHv d‬‬ ‫‪dh‬‬
‫])‪= [k ( Hv) * ( − 1‬‬
‫‪dt‬‬ ‫‪dz‬‬ ‫‪dz‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭﻱ ) ‪ ( h‬ﺒﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪.(Hv‬‬
‫‪ 4-9‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ‬
‫) ‪.( Ht‬‬

‫‪522‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻭﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ) ‪.( Hv‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ )‪ k(Hv‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪523‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪d‬‬
‫)‪∆S ( Z1, Z 2‬‬
‫= )‪k ( Hv‬‬ ‫‪dt‬‬
‫‪dHt‬‬
‫‪dz‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( k‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ) ‪ ( Hv‬ﻭﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ) ‪ ( Ht‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻕ ) ‪ ( Z‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻔﻮذﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ) ‪( Z = 40 cm‬‬

‫) ‪K ( cm / s‬‬

‫‪0.012‬‬

‫‪0.01‬‬

‫‪0.008‬‬

‫‪0.006‬‬

‫‪0.004‬‬

‫‪0.002‬‬

‫‪0‬‬
‫‪0.2775‬‬ ‫‪0.284‬‬ ‫‪0.2995‬‬ ‫‪0.309‬‬ ‫‪0.325‬‬

‫) ‪Hv ( cm3 / cm3‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺩﺭﻭﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ ﺠﺭﻴـﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﻭﻤﻨـﻪ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭ‬

‫‪524‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻱ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻼ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺃﻗل ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﺒﺭﻤﺤﺼﻭل ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﻔﻀﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘـﻲ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺼل ﻗﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻴﻡ ﺘﺒﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺃﻗـل‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﺤﺼﻭل ﺯﺭﺍﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ‬

‫)‪E.R.(T,Z‬‬
‫‪E.R.‬‬

‫‪0.012‬‬

‫‪0.010‬‬

‫‪0.008‬‬

‫‪0.006‬‬

‫‪0.004‬‬

‫‪0.002‬‬

‫‪0.000‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫)‪E.R.(T=0-14‬‬ ‫)‪E.R.(T=38-86‬‬ ‫)‪Z(cm‬‬

‫‪525‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺭﻁﺒﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺭﺏ ﺴـﻁﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺠﺫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﻤـﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻥ ﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﺨﻑ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻘل ﺍﻤﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺠﺫﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪526‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪527‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪528‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪529‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪530‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪531‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪532‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪533‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪534‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪535‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪536‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪537‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪538‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪539‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪540‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪541‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪542‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪543‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪544‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪545‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪546‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪547‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪548‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪549‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪550‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪551‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪552‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪553‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪554‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪555‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪556‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪557‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪558‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪559‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪560‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪561‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪562‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪563‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪564‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

Stabilization of empty underground circular storage tanks

against uplifting underground water forces
Assist. Prof. of Civil Eng.
Ala’a M. Darwish*

Department of Building and Construction Engineering,

University of Technology, Baghdad, Iraq.

Abstract
Circular swimming pools or, in general, underground tanks can be
mobilized due to two coincide factors: the first is when they are emptied
for maintenance, while the second factor is when underground water level
rises up to be close to the natural ground surface.
Under such circumstances an underground circular tank will be subjected
to a buoyancy force equal to the weight of the displaced underground
water minus the weight of the tank.
In this research eleven prototype models were tested to simulate the
mentioned case. The base diameter of each model was different than the
other, with an increment of 1cm each time. Water head required to float
each model was recorded.
Test result shows that: Stabilizing of an empty underground circular tank
can be reached by extending it’s base diameter.
Finally, the equation of calculating the required base extension was
derived.

Keywords: circular tank, swimming pool, underground tank, buoyancy,

stabilization, state of-the art design approach

1. Introduction
During a maintenance process for a circular reinforced concrete
swimming pool, it was found that there were some visible cracks along
it’s circumference. These cracks were situated exactly between the pool
walls and it’s surrounding shoulders. Moreover, after excavating few
holes in the burying soil around the pool in order to fix it’s piping system,

565
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

it was noticed that there were some movements/ disorientations in the

piping fittings which had made the maintenance process a bit more
complicated.
……………………………………………………………………………
…………………
*Email: darwishmahdy@yahoo.com

After verifying the mentioned case a complete analysis was done to find
the cause of these engineering defects. The analysis result indicated that
the pool was suffering from a noticeable amount of uplifting buoyancy
force due to the rising of the surrounding water table level.
Going through the literature of the subject, it was found that; no concern
had been paid to fix a swimming pool against uplifting pressure. This
might be due to their shallow depth, normally 2 to 4 meters, in addition to
the rare condition of the augmentation of buoyancy forces.
Taking the general case of deeper buried circular tanks (actually
cylindrical tanks), it was found that some tanks are based upon reinforced
concrete piles which can resist the calculated uplifting forces (Westbrook
1984). But,“Piles penetrating into a stratum having a confined hydrostatic
head will be subjected to uplift, possibly sufficient to raise them from
their end bearing. Seepage around piles in un-watered excavation may
reduce skin friction to less than the hydrostatic uplift”,(Chellis 1992).
While (Darwish 2008) had complained about using piled foundation for
this purpose arguing that “Even if the piles are not lifted up, they are still
subjected to repetitive high tensile stresses. These tensile stresses may be
grater than the pile’s concrete tensile strength and cracks near the pile
heads can be expected. Crack formation across the entire cross section of
a pile head will lead to an increasing tendency for corrosion of it’s
reinforcing steel. Usually, sub-soil can support an underground tank
without using any pile, because it is overburdened by the weight of the
excavated soil which is normally greater than the weight of the filled tank.
But if the tank becomes empty, during the rise of the underground water
level, such soil even if it is hard as rocky soil can do little to resist tank
floatation”.
(Darwish 2008) had also solved the problem of anchoring empty
underground storage rectangular tanks against underground- water-
induced floatation by using two parabolic profile cables passing through
the long side walls of a tank and anchored to sub-grade soil at their ends.
While this solution is appropriate for rectangular and square cross-section
underground tanks, it is not so for underground cylindrical tanks.

566
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

To study the case of unstable pools and, in general, underground circular

tanks, prototypes of a steel circular tank with variable base diameters
were used to simulate the case and to find a reasonable solution. The
solution was based upon finding a balancing weight which can counter
the net uplifting buoyancy forces. By changing the diameter of the
prototype tank base, it was found that: with each increment of base
extension there was an increase of the water head required to float the
tank. Contentment was reached that the weight of the surrounding soil
situated directly, as a ring of soil, over the tank base extension can
manage to counter the net buoyancy force tending to lift the buried tank.
In spite of the complication of each case due to the variable water head
height, the shape of the slipping surface, friction between the tank walls
and the surrounding submerged/non-submerged soil and the length of the
base extension, an equation was derived to calculate the required length
of the base extension which can stabilize any tank with an average safety
factor of +17%.

2. Experimental work
2.1 Materials
2.1.1 Transparent square plastic container having the dimensions
of 50cm×50cm
and a depth of 20cm.
2.1.2 Clean sand with the following properties:
• Specific weight = 2.61
• Dry density = 1.8 gm/cm3
• Wet density = 1.42 gm/cm3
• Submerged density = 0.42 gm/cm3
• Angle of repose = 35◦
2.1.3 Four water inlets to the container, one on each side, to
discharge a
controllable amount of water near the inner face of the
container base, see
Fig.1.
2.1.4 Four measuring stickers, one on each corner of the container.
2.1.5 A changeable base cylindrical steel pan having an outer
diameter of 20cm,
depth of 10cm, and a wall/ base thickness of 1mm. Its
weight was 732gm.

567
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

2.1.6 Variable Steel bases, all with a thickness of 1mm, were used
through the
test. Their diameters start from 20cm to 30cm with an
increment of
1cm. The first four columns of Table -1 show Notations,
diameters and weights of the pan and its different bases.
2.1.7 Two dial gauges were attached to indicate any upward
movement in the level of the buried pan.

2.2 Testing procedure

The container was filled with wet sand for half of its depth, the
cylindrical steel pan #0 was placed on the sand and then the container was
completely filled with wet sand. Water was allowed to seep slowly
through the four inlets with a rising speed of 10cm/h.This rate was chosen
to let the water surface to be at the same level allover the area of the
container and to facilitate recording the rise of water by the four
measuring stickers that were placed at the four inner sides of the
container. Zero level was fixed at 10cm above the level of the inner face
of the base. Mean value of water level was considered in the next
calculations. Two dial gauges were attached to the container walls to
measure any perpendicular movement might occur in the level of the steel
pan.
The following observations were noted:
• The cylindrical pan was stable in its place until the height of water
recorded 3.7cm. Suddenly, the pan was lifted and it continued to
rise directly with the increase of water level.
• The same test was repeated using pan #1 which had a base
extension of 1cm instead of pan#0 with no base extension to

568
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

monitor the effect of increasing the diameter of the base of a

buried tank on its stability against floating. After supplying the
container with the same rate of water through the four water inlets,
the steel pan remained stable until the level of water reached
4.3cm, then the pan started to rise and it continued to move
upward directly with the rise of water level.
• The same procedure was repeated with pans #2, #3 and #10 on
turn. The results are listed in table-1. It shows the theoretical water
head required to lift the weight of each pan with respect to the
actual recorded head of water.

Table -1 Theoretical and Actual head of water required to mobilize

each pan
Notation Base Weight Theoretical Actual
diameter (gm) head head of
(cm) (cm)∗ water (cm)
Pan #0 20 732 2.33 3.7
#1 21 758 2.41 4.3
#2 22 784 2.50 5.3
#3 23 812 2.58 6.0
#4 24 841 2.68 6.8
#5 25 871 2.77 7.5
#6 26 902 2.87 8.1
#7 27 935 3.00 8.6
#8 28 968 3.10 9.1
#9 29 1003 3.20 9.6
#10 30 1040 3.30 10.0
∗ Considering only the weight of the pan.

3. Results& comments
One of the well known principles is that: the water floating force
equals the weight of the displaced water by a submerged body. By
applying this concept to pan #0, with no base extension, it indicates that a
water level of 2.33cm is enough to push it up, but during the test the pan
remained stable when water level reached this point. Pan #0 started to
move up only when water level reached 3.7cm. The mentioned difference

569
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

means that an extra force is required to lift the empty pan. The
explanation is simply that the pan was not free to float and the extra force
was required to overcome the friction between the outer surface of the
pan’s wall and the surrounding sand, see Fig.2-a.
Repeating the same testing procedure but with pan #10, with a base of
30cm diameter, the pan remained stable until the water level reached
10cm in depth. Taking into account that the displaced water was
approximately the same for the two pans #0

570
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

and #10, in other word the required uplifting force should be very close,
but test results showed that this is not true. The main difference between
the two pans was the extended base of pan #10. This extension showed
that it was active in stabilizing pan#10 against floating. It required (10-
3.7=6.3cm) of an extra head of water to initialize its upward movement.
While pan #0 required an extra force to overcome the friction between
the outer surface of the pan’s wall and the surrounding sand, pan #10
did not require such extra force because there was no direct slipping
between the pan’s wall and the surrounding sand. Actually, the base
extension had shifted the slip surface away from the pan’s wall, see
Fig.2-b. By calculating the weight of the submerged ring of sand around
the pan which was situated directly over the base extension, a hollow
10cm high cylinder with an interior diameter of 20cm and an exterior
diameter of 30cm, it was found that it’s weight is equal to:

(15 2 − 10 2 ) × π × 10 × 0.42 = 1650 gm

While the uplifting force of the extra head of water is equal to:

10 2 × π × 6.3 = 1980 gm

571
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

By reducing the difference of weight between the two pans (1040-

732= 308gm), the net extra uplifting force will be:

1980-308= 1672gm

The difference between the weights of the surrounding submerged

sand ring and the net uplifting force is equal to:

1672-1650= 22gm

This force was required to overcome the friction between the

submerged sand particles along the slip surface. It is worth to compare
between that force and the force required to overcome the friction in the
case of pan #0 which was equal to:

102 ×π ×(3.7-2.33)= 430gm

It is clear that, pan #0 required an extra uplifting force of 430gm to

overcome friction compared to 22gm required by pan #10 for the same
purpose, that is justified due to the decrease of friction coefficient by
the effect of submerging.

During the test, the procedure was repeated using different pans with
a base extension increment of 0.5cm each time as mentioned in table-1,
pan#1 with a base extension of 0.5cm to pan#9 with a base extension of
4.5cm. The mean level of water head required to mobilize each pan was
recorded and listed in table-1.

It should be noted that these nine pans were different in boundary

conditions than pans#0&#10, while pan#0 was mobilized immediately
after overcoming the soil friction with its walls and pan#10 was
mobilized after it was surrounded completely by submerged sand, in the
case of these nine pans, see Fig.-2-c, there were the following factors
influencing their bouncy:

• Generation of a mechanical resistance for floating due to the

base extension.
• The surrounding soil was partially submerged.

572
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

• The slip surfaces were started from the end of the base
extension upwards.
• The slip surface was not identical around each pan; it came
close to the upper part of the pan’s wall from one side and
shifted away from another side. In other word no specific slip
surface angle could be defined.

A further calculation was done for each case based upon the bouncy
force minus both of the weight of the pan and the weight of the
composite, submerged& non-submerged, soil ring with a base equal
to the extension of the base. Percentage of the actual extra water
heads are shown in table-2.

Table-2 Percentage of the difference between actual/ theoretical

floating water head.
Notation Weight of Equivalent Theoretica Total Actual Head
stabilizing head l head required Water difference
soil ring (cm) (cm) head head percentage
(gm) (cm) (cm) %

Pan #0 0000 0.00 2.33 2.33 3.7 +58%

#1 0320 1.00 2.41 3.41 4.3 +26%
#2 0543 1.73 2.50 4.23 5.3 +25%
#3 0820 2.61 2.58 5.19 6.0 +16%
#4 1023 3.25 2.68 5.93 6.8 +15%
#5 1185 3.77 2.77 6.54 7.5 +15%
#6 1323 4.21 2.87 7.08 8.1 +14%
#7 1448 4.61 3.00 7.61 8.6 +13%
#8 1538 4.90 3.10 8.00 9.1 +14%
#9 1594 5.07 3.20 8.27 9.6 +16%
#10 1650 5.25 3.30 8.55 10.0 +17%

Σ=
+17%*
*Pan #0 was not included.

Excluding pan#0 with no base extension, the average actual water head
required to mobilize the rest of pans having different base extensions is

573
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

+17% greater than the theoretical required head, with a minimum of

+13% for pan#7. As mentioned earlier, this increment is required to
overcome friction forces which have different surface modes. Due to the
accuracy in calculating buoyancy forces and all the weights of the pans
and the surrounding soil rings, it could be concluded that protecting an
underground circular tank against flotation can be done by adapting a
weight of submerged/ non-submerged soil ring equal to the buoyancy
force minus the weight of the pan/ tank. According to the required weight
of the soil ring the length of the extension(x), see Fig.2-c, in any
underground tank base can be determined by the following equation. This
solution can guarantee an average safety factor of +17%:

Vγ w − w = {( r + x) 2 π − r 2π }h1γ sub + {( r + x) 2 π − r 2π }h2 γ s

Where: V = Volume of tank

γw = Density of water
w = Weight of tank
r = Outside diameter of the tank
x = Length of the tank’s base extension
h1= Underground water head measured from tank base level
γsub = Submerged soil density
h2 = Height between soil top surface and underground water
level
γs = Density of soil
The simplified form of the above equation can be written as follows:
Vγ w − w
2rx + x 2 =
π (h1γ sub + h2 γ s )

4. Conclusions

The following points can be concluded:

• Circular underground tanks are subjected to floating due to
buoyancy forces created by the rise of water table level.
• Circular underground tanks constructed in soils having high
water table levels should be stabilized against uplifting.
• Increasing the diameter of the base of an underground tank can
increase its stability against floating.

574
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

• The required increment in the radius of the base of an

underground circular tank can be safely taken equal to the
thickness of a surrounding soil ring having a submerged/ non
submerged weight, according to the highest expected
underground water level, equal to the buoyancy force minus
the weight of the tank.
• The mathematical derived equation for calculating the required
base extension x is given as follows:

Vγ w − w
2rx + x 2 =
π (h1γ sub + h2 γ s )
References

Chellis, R.D. (1992). Foundation Engineering, Chapter 7, McGraw-HILL

Book Company, USA.
Darwish, A.M. “Anchoring of empty underground tanks against
underground-water-induced floatation by using arched cable system”,
The IES Journal Part A: Civil & Structural Engineering, Vol. 1, No. 3,
The Institution of Engineers, Singapore, August 2008.
Westbrook, R. (1984). Structural Engineering Design in Practice, 1st ed,
Longman Inc., New York, USA.

575
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪576‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪577‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪578‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪579‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪580‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪581‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪582‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪583‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪584‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪585‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪586‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪587‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪588‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪589‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪590‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪591‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪592‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪593‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪594‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪595‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺤﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ – ﻤﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺯﻻﺯل ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪ (SPT‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﺜﺎل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ‬
‫)‪ (Geoslope‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺯ‪‬ﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻭﻨﻐﻤﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻁﺭﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺹ )ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻭﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻟﻨﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺒﺄ ﺭﺃﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﻼﺤﻘﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺩ ﺨﻁًﺄ ﻭ ﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻁﻭﻴل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺠﺩﺍل ﻭﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﺇﺭﺒﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺩﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺤﻘﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻋﻘﺏ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺃﻻﺴﻜﺎ )‪ 1964 (M8‬ﻭﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻨﻴﻜﺎﺘﺎ )‪1964 (M7.5‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﻟﺴﺩ ﻓﺭﻨﺎﻨﺩﻭ ﻋﻘﺏ ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺭﻨﺎﻨﺩﻭ‪ 1971‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺩ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺒ ‪‬ﺩل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ‪.‬‬

‫‪596‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﺸـﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤ ‪‬ﺭﻀﺔ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻟﺩﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫‪ ( ‬ﻤﻐﻴ‪‬ﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ )‪10-4‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻭﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﻩ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﹰﺎ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﻔﺎﺠﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻨﻌﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺨﻀﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺘﻴﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺼﻼﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺹ – ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻭﻥ – ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﺨﺎﻤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ – ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ – ﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻭﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺨﻼل ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺨل ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻤﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤـﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌل ]‪[3][2][1‬‬

‫‪597‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ – 3‬ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻥ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻫﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ]‪: [3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ]‪: [3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ )‪.(SPT‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﻭﻁﻴﺔ ) ‪.(CPT‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﺒﻴﻜﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺼﺔ )‪.(BPT‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺼﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ّﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪ (SPT‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻠﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (SPT‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫ ﻤﻥ ) ‪NCEL Report‬‬
‫‪ ، [4] (N 1862 by Youd 1993‬ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪] (Geoslope‬ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 1 – 3‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ )‪: [4] (SPT‬‬

‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﺒﺌﺭ ﺴﺒﺭ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪598‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺠﻴﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺜﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ‪[4] SPT‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪[4] (2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ )‪ (amax = 0.3g‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺸﺩﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺭﻴﺨﺘﺭ )‪. (6.5‬‬
‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ) ‪ ( 1‬ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (2‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪. (3‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪599‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ )‪ (4‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻫﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ )‪ (15‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ )‪ (CSRE‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺤﺴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (4‬ﻭﺘﺩﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪. (1‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ )‪ (CSRL‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪ (SPT‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﻭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪. (1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻤﻘﻁﻊ ﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﺒﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺭ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪[4] (SPT‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ )‪ (CSRE > CSRL‬ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜل‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ‪.‬‬

‫‪600‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫( ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪τ‬‬ ‫‪av‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪ ( 4‬ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻲ )‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ ‪ h‬ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
‫]‪[3‬‬
‫‪ – 1 – 1 – 3‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (CSRE‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪σ‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪= (110 lb / ft 3 × 50 ft ) + (120 lb / ft 3 × 10 . 5 ft ) = 1750 Lb / ft 2‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪σ′‬‬ ‫‪v0‬‬
‫‪= σ 0 − u = 1750 − (15 ft − 4 ft ) × ( 62 .41lb / ft 3 ) = 1064 Lb / ft 2‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (5‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ )‪ (rd = 0.97‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫=‬ ‫‪τ‬‬ ‫‪av‬‬

‫⎛‬
‫⎜⎜ ‪= 0 . 65‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪max‬‬
‫‪⎞⎛ σ 0‬‬
‫⎜⎟‬
‫⎞‬
‫⎟‬ ‫‪= 0 . 31‬‬
‫‪CSRE‬‬ ‫⎜⎟‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫‪σ ′‬‬ ‫‪v0‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪⎠ ⎝ σ ′v 0‬‬
‫⎟‬
‫⎠‬
‫‪d‬‬

‫ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (CSRE‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪. (1‬‬
‫‪ – 2 – 1 – 3‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (CSRL‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪ (SPT‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ )‪ ) (CSRL‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪ (CRR‬ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ )‪ ) (CSRL‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ( ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ‪ 15‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ‪ SPT‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪601‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫]‪[3‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪ (5‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫‪ – 1‬ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ( N1 )60‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ )‪ (CSRL‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪(N 1‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪N C C C C C‬‬ ‫‪spt‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ( N SPT‬ﺜﻡ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ) ) ‪= (12 blows / ft‬‬
‫ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )‪: (CN – CE – CB – CS – CR) (1‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻭل )‪ (CN‬ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 1 .37 ≤ 2 .0‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪σ′‬‬ ‫‪v0‬‬
‫‪1064‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻨﺴﻭﺏ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ )‪. (Nspt‬‬ ‫‪σ′‬‬ ‫‪v0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻱ ) ‪( atm =2000 Lb/ ft2 =14.7 Lb / in2 = 101.32 Kpa‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫]‪. [4‬‬ ‫‪σ′‬‬ ‫‪v0‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ )‪ (CE‬ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ ‪ spt‬ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪602‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ER‬‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ ER‬ﻫﻲ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻁﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻀﺕ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪. 50‬‬
‫‪ SPT‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ُﻓﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ )‪ (CB‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ )‪ : (CS‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺁﺨﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺎﺭ ( ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﹰﺎ ‪ 1.2‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ )‪ : (CR‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻁﻭل ﻗﻀﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺭ )‪ (drill rod‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪:( N1 )60‬‬
‫‪(N 1 )60‬‬ ‫‪= N SPT C N C E C B C S C R = (12 blows / ft ) × (1 . 37 ) × ( 50 / 60 ) = 13 . 6 blows / ft‬‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ( N1 )60‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻴﻑ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪((N1) 60) clean sand = (N1) 60 + (N1) 60‬‬ ‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (6‬ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫∆‬ ‫)‪(N 1‬‬‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل )‪: (5 < Fc < 35 %‬‬
‫‪∆ ( N1 )60 = 7( FC − 5) / 30 = 7(8 − 5) / 30 = (0.7)blows / f‬‬ ‫)‪(5‬‬
‫‪((N1 )60 )clea − sand = (N1 )60 + ∆(N1 )60 = 13.6 + 0.7 = (14.3)blows / ft‬‬
‫‪ – 3‬ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (CSRL‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺯﻟﺯﺍل )‪ (M = 7.5‬ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻴﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (7‬ﻨﺤﺼل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (CSRL‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺯﻟﺯﺍل )‪(M=7.5‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻴﻑ ‪:‬‬

‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪(N ) 1‬‬ ‫‪95‬‬ ‫‪14.3 1‬‬

‫= ‪100 × (CRR )M =7.5‬‬ ‫= ‪+ 1 60 −‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪− = 0.153‬‬
‫‪34 − (N1 )60‬‬ ‫‪1 .3‬‬ ‫‪2 34 − 14.3 1.3 2‬‬

‫‪603‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫]‪[4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪ ( 6‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪(N1) 60‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ FC‬ﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ) ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺌﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻭﺍﻋﻡ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.075‬ﻤﻡ‬
‫(‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (CRR‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﻌﻁﻰ )‪Magnitude Scaling ) (MSF‬‬ ‫‪– 4‬‬
‫‪: (Factor‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (CRR‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺯﻟﺯﺍل ﻤﻌﻁﻰ )‪ (MSF‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪(CSRL)or (CRR) = (CRLM =7.5 )or ((CRRM =7.5 ) × MSF = 0.17 × 1.19 = 0.20‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪ (MSF‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل )‪ (M = 6.5‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪(2‬‬
‫]‪.[5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (2‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل )‪[5] (MSF‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍل )‪(MSF‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻟﺯﺍل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺭﻴﺨﺘﺭ‬
‫‪0.89‬‬ ‫‪8.5‬‬
‫‪1.0‬‬ ‫‪7.5‬‬
‫‪1.13‬‬ ‫‪6.75‬‬
‫‪1.32‬‬ ‫‪6.0‬‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪5.25‬‬

‫‪604‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪ ( 7‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (CRR‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺯﻟﺯﺍل )‪ (M7.5‬ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻴﻑ‬
‫]‪[5‬‬

‫ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (CSRL‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻭﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ) ‪. ( 1‬‬
‫ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (Fs‬ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪CRR‬‬ ‫‪0 .2‬‬
‫‪FS LIq‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0 . 65‬‬
‫‪CSR‬‬ ‫‪0 . 31‬‬

‫‪605‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ )‪ (Fs‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ، (1‬ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﺄ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪. (4‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﺍﻋﻡ ) ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.075‬ﻤﻡ‬
‫( ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ % 35‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻵﺘﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ – 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺎﺭ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.005‬ﻤﻡ ( ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪. %15‬‬
‫‪ – 2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ) ‪. ( LL < = 35 %‬‬
‫‪ – 3‬ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ % 90‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻕ ) ‪ ( 21‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ) ‪ ( 24‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻀﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ ،% 13‬ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ % 31‬ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺩﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻪ ‪ ، % 22‬ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪. % 26‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﺈﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻋﻡ ) ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 0.005‬ﻤﻡ ( ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ )‪( % 13‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ ، % 15‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﺤﻘﻕ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﻀﺎﺭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ % 32‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺼﻐﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪35‬‬
‫‪ %‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻴﻀﹶﺎ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪ % 26‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ } ‪ ) X 0.9‬ﺤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻼﻥ ‪ {(% 1 +‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻏﺒﺭ ﻤﺤﻘﻕ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺴﻜﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﺍﻋﻡ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ % 35‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ، (3‬ﻭﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ (1‬ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل )‪ ، (1‬ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﱢﻌﺔ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪606‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (8‬ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ )‪[4] (SPT‬‬

‫‪ - 2 – 3‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪](Geoslope‬ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (9‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﻜ ‪‬ﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ )ﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ( ﻤﻊ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ )‪ (Roscoe,1953‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺄﻟﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ (6X6X2‬ﺴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺠﺩﺍﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴﻥ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﺩﺍﺭﻴﻥ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻫﺘﺯﺍﺯﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻗﺹ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ ، (1‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (10‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ ]‪.[2‬‬

‫‪607‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (9‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ )‪ ) (CSRL‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ( ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪[6] (Cyclic Strength Curve for Liquefaction‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (10‬ﺸﻜل ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻲ ﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ]‪[2‬‬

‫‪608‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ )‪ [2] (Peacock & Seed, 1968‬ﺃﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺴـﻌﺔ ﻭﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (1‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ )‪ (NL‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻥ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﹼﺏ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇ‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ]‪[2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻴﺭﻜﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻭﺭﻨﻴﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (11‬ﻭﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪ (Geoslope‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺈﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻌﺩﻴﻥ ) ﺴﻤﺎﻜﺔ ‪ 2‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ‪ 6‬ﺴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﺭ ( ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪ (SIGMA/W‬ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪ ، (Geoslope‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﻴﺤﺩﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺒﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺤ‪‬ﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺴ‪‬ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻗﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ)‪ (48‬ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻤﺭﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ‪.‬‬

‫‪609‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (11‬ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺹ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﻡ )‪[2] (Peacock & Seed, 1968‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺜ ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪ (SEEP/W‬ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ Geoslope‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ )‪ ، (100 KPa‬ﻭﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻴﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺜ ‪‬ﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ)‪ (SIGMA/W‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ )‪(600 KPa‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (12‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪ (SIGMA/W‬ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﻴﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻴﺴﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺴ‪‬ﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﹸﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻁﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻗﺹ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (13‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜل )‬
‫‪ ، ((c) 10‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (14‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ]ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[ ‪.‬‬

‫‪610‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (12‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ )ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪(SIGMA/W‬‬
‫]ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (13‬ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ‬
‫‪ Geoslope‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (( c ) 10‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ]ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[‬

‫‪611‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (14‬ﺇﺨﻀﺎﻉ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻊ ﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ (‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪(SIGMA/W‬‬
‫]ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[‬

‫‪612‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (15‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ Geoslope‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﺠﺭﻴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪(11‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ]ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ[‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻭﺒﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻲ )‪ (SEEP/W‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ) ‪. ( 15‬‬
‫ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (15‬ﻭﺼﻭل ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪‬ﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ / 500 Kpa /‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺓ ‪ / 23 /‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺫﺓ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ‪ / 24 /‬ﻭﻜﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ )‪ (Geoslope‬ﻷﻱ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل )‪ (9‬ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻭﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ Geoslope‬ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻲ ﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﺒﺎﻉ ) ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ‪ Geoslope‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻋﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪613‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫‪ – 4‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁ – ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺒﺎﺘﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻀﺔ ﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺹ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻐﻁ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﻔﺎﺠﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻡ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻨﻌﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺨﻀﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔ ‪‬ﻌﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻀﻴﺎﻋ ﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻤ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺒﺤﺒﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺤﺎﺩﺜﺔ ﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻘﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -‬ﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ )‪ (CRRL‬ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺠل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ ‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ ، % 35‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺒﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل )ﻭﻴﻔﻀ‪‬ل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻠﻴﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺥ ‪ -‬ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ -‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫ ‪ -‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ (N1)60‬ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﻲ ﺘﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻤ ‪‬ﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭ – ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘ ‪‬ﻡ ﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺠﺭﻴﺕ ﻤﺨﺒﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ )‪(Peacock‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ [2] (Seed‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﻨﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ – ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪614‬‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
IEC2009 ‫ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬:‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬

: ‫ – ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬5
1. “RECENT ADVANCES IN SOIL LIQUEFACTION ENGINEERING :
A UNIFIED AND CONSISTENT FRAMEWORK” R.B. Seed,K.O.
Cetin,R.E.S. Moss,A.M. Kammerer,J. Wu,J.M. Pestana,M.F.
Riemer,R.B. Sancio,J.D. Bray,R.E. Kayen,A. Faris. COLLEGE OF
ENGINEERING UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY.
Report NO. EERC / 2003 – 6 /. “ Earthquake Engineering Research
Center – EERC” , papers (72) .
2. “ Soil Dynamics “ Peacock & Seed . copyright /1981/ by McGraw –
Hill. Inc. Civil eng. University of Missouri-Rolla USA, (papers book
number is 426) .
3. “Discussion on Evaluation of liquefaction potential of soil “
Mahadevan Ilankatharan Term Project 281a / 12 – 01 – 2003/, papers
(16) .
4. Web site, Chapter 7 Analysis of Soil Borings for Liquefaction
Resistance Analysis of Soil Borings for Liquefaction Resistance. 7.1.
Introduction. This chapter addresses the analysis of subsurface soil
data to determine the factor of safety against liquefaction and predict
the liquefied soil thickness. ... the data in a single soil boring. Output
results from the EPOLIQAN code, for each soil boring. at a ..., papers
(20) .
5. “SEISMICDESIGN CRITRIA FOR SOIL LIOUEFACTION “
J.M.Ferritto / June / /1997 / Technical Report TR – 2077 – SHR,
papers (62) .
"Geoslope: a computer program", John Krahn / May / 2004 / Geo-slope
international Ltd 1400,633- 6th Ave SW Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2p
, ( http://www.geo-slope.com , Web: info@geo-slope.com2y5, E-mail :
papers number of QUAKE / W book is (260), papers number of SLOPE /
W book is (412), papers number of SIGMA / W book is (406) )

615
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻷﻭل – ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬ ‫ﺘﺂﻜل ﻓﻭﻻﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻴﺏ ﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪STRENGTHENING OF RECTANGULAR REINFORCED‬‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﺸﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪CONCRETE COLUMNS USING FIBER GLASS‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪REINFORCED POLYMERS‬‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺴﺎﻡ ﺩﻴﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪104‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫‪131‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻻﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻁﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ‬
‫‪141‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺅﺍﺩ ﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬
‫‪157‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻨﺎﺩﺭ ﻨﺒﻴل ﺃﻨﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﺘﺼﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪SHORT AND LONG-TERM EFFECT ON BEHAVIOUR OF‬‬
‫‪164‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪HIGH-RISE STRUCTURES‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﻁﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ‬
‫‪181‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺴﻴﺯ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﻟﻴﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪195‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Strengthening Continuous Composite Beams using‬‬
‫‪215‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﺸﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺤﻲ‬ ‫‪CFRP in Region of Hogging Moments‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻤﻠﺨﺹ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﺭﺙ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل‬
‫‪216‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻨﺩﻱ ﺠﺤﺠﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ‬
‫‪237‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺤﻀﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫‪253‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻨﺩﻱ ﺠﺤﺠﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪EFFECTS OF SLAB OPENINGS ON SEISMIC‬‬
‫‪271‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻼل ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪RESPONSE OF HIGH RISE BUILDINGS‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻟﺯﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺠﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ‬
‫‪292‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪.‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻨﺎﺼﻴﻑ‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺘﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻷﻭل – ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻡ‬

‫‪314‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪19‬‬

‫‪RESPONSE OF R. C. BEAMS CONFINING USING OUT‬‬

‫‪330‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻤﻀﺎﻥ ﻋﺴﻜﺭ‬ ‫‪OF PLAIN HORIZONTAL LOADS ABOUT MID-SPAN‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪345‬‬ ‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺯﺍﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻤﻠﺤﻡ‬
‫‪359‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﺤﻴل ﺍﻷﻨﻘﺎﺽ‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺒﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‬

‫‪365‬‬ ‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻁﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺭﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪A New Techniquefor Strengthening Beams with‬‬
‫‪382‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻥ ﻋﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪CFRP laminates‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﻨﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺵ‬
‫‪399‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻊ‬

‫‪BEHAVIOUR OF ELASTICITY MODULUS‬‬

‫‪413‬‬ ‫‪A.G.SHCHERBO‬‬
‫‪DUE TO PLASTIC DEFORMATION‬‬
‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ – ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫‪425‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺼﻑ ﺩﻴﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬

‫‪434‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﻴﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻨﻅﻡ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫‪456‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻻﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫‪473‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺤﻤﺯﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
 ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺙ – ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEC2009‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ – ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻭﺘﻜﻨﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫‪LABORATORY INVESTIGATION ON STRESS‬‬
‫‪493‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻓﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪CONCENTRATION BETWEEN STONE COLUMNS AND‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬
‫‪SURROUNDING SOFT CLAYS‬‬

‫‪ANALYSIS OF EMBANKMENT ON SOFT SOIL‬‬

‫‪510‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻓﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪REINFORCED WITH STONE COLUMNS‬‬

‫‪516‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺸﻭﻗﻲ ﻤﺴﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻤل ﻨﻔﻭﺫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺎ ﺨﻴﺭﺒﻙ‬
‫‪527‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻼ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻠﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﺎﻥ ﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺎ ﺨﻴﺭﺒﻙ‬
‫‪546‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﺎﻥ ﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪Stabilization of empty underground circular storage tanks‬‬
‫‪565‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﺀ ﺩﺭﻭﻴﺵ‬ ‫‪against uplifting underground water forces‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻴﺱ ﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫‪576‬‬ ‫ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﺥ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺭل ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻁﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻴﺭ‬

‫‪596‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺘﺭﺒﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪38‬‬

‫ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل‬